15 hours ago — • Quick Start Guide. • Instructions. inkAID Transferiez. inkAID. Transferiez™. Concentrate is an image transfer medium used to transfer images from inkAID ...
1 giorno fa — • Quick Start Guide. • Instructions. inkAID Transferiez. inkAID. Transferiez™. Concentrate is an image transfer medium used to transfer images from inkAID ...
| CONTENTS | CATALOGUE 2024+ Guide to Analogue Photography 1 Film & Film Processing Print & Print Processing Photographic Equipment Studio Equipment INDEX | INTRODUCTION | WELCOME | CONTENTS | Film & Film Processing Film & Film Processing Print & Print Processing Photographic Equipment Studio Equipment INDEX Print & Print Processing Photographic Equipment Guide to AnCaAloTgAuLeOPGhUotEog2r0a2p4h+y www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 1 Welcome to the latest edition of the Firstcall Photographic catalogue -- a comprehensive guide to our extensive range of photographic products. This special 100-page issue marks an exciting new chapter in our journey, as we celebrate a significant milestone in the history of our company. Since our establishment in 1991, Firstcall Photographic has been dedicated to providing photographers of all levels with the highest quality supplies, equipment, and expertise. Our commitment to excellence and customer satisfaction has remained unwavering, thanks in large part to the visionary leadership of our founder, Rodney Bates. After years of passionately steering Firstcall, Rodney has decided to retire. We extend our deepest gratitude to him for his invaluable contributions and wish him all the best in his well-deserved retirement. With Rodney's retirement, we are thrilled to announce that Firstcall Photographic has been acquired by LUMESCA Group Limited, a company that shares our passion for photography and our commitment to serving the photographic community. This acquisition marks a seamless transition, with Gill Peatfield heading up the Customer Service team for Firstcall, ensuring that the core values and high standards you've come to expect from Firstcall remain intact. Our team continues to be driven by the same dedication to quality and service, now bolstered by the additional resources and expertise that come with being part of the LUMESCA family. One of the most exciting aspects of our integration with LUMESCA Group is the enhanced product range now available to our customers. As part of LUMESCA, Firstcall customers will have access to an even broader selection of photographic products through The Flash Centre, the UK's leading supplier of flash and continuous lighting. This catalogue is designed to be your ultimate reference, showcasing everything from film and darkroom supplies to the latest cameras and accessories. We have meticulously curated each section to provide you with detailed information, helping you make informed decisions and find exactly what you need to elevate your photography. We are excited about the future and look forward to continuing to serve you with the same passion and dedication that has defined Firstcall Photographic for over three decades. Thank you for being a valued part of our community, and we hope this catalogue inspires your photographic journey. The Firstcall Photographic Team 2 Studio Equipment INDEX Film & Film Processing CONTENTS | CONTENTS | Film & Film Processing Print & Print Processing Photographic Equipment Studio Equipment B&W 35mm Film 45 B&W Bulk & 120 Film 6 Budget, Large Format and Sheet 7 Colour Print 35mm Film 8 Colour Print Medium and Sheet 9 Colour Slide 35mm Film 10 Instant Film 11 Black & White Developers 12 Stop Bath 14 Fixers 15 Eco-friendly Film Dev. Chemicals 16 C41 17 C41 & E6 Chemicals 18 Cleaning Aids 19 Film Storage 20 Film Scanners 2326 Developing Tanks 27 Film Processing Accessories 32 Film Washing & Dryers 35 Slide Viewers and Accessories 36 Books 37 B & W Paper Multigrade 3841 Direct and Colour Papers 42 Paper Chemicals 43 No Darkroom 47 Alternative Processes 50 RAW Photographic Chemicals 51 Inkjet Paper 5254 Inkjet Cartridges 5556 Print Storage 5758 Mounting 5961 Darkroom 62 Darkroom Lighting 6465 Enlargers 6667 Lenses & Easels 68 Enlarger Timers 6970 Print Processing 71 Print Washing 71 Inkjet Printers 7273 Film Cameras Digital SLRs Lenses and Accessories Tripods Camera Power Memory Camera Accessories 7477 7879 7980 8182 83 84 8587 Continuous Lighting 88 Flash Lighting 90 Flashguns & Accessories 91 Copystands 92 Background Support Systems 93 Background Paper 94 Background Cloth 95 Studio Accessories 96 Digital Colour 97 INDEX 9899 ANALOGUE PHOTOGRAPHY GUIDE AND CATALOGUE 2024+ Print & Print Processing Photographic Equipment Studio Equipment Your contract with us Firstcall Photographic is a trading name of The Flash Centre Limited, company registration number 2441299, part of the LUMESCA Group. Despatch of your order Any order received before 2pm by mail, telephone, or email should be shipped the same day depending on all the items being available from stock and warehouse capacity. You can confirm availability when ordering; we notify all customers of extended delays if five days have elapsed from order receipt. For urgent despatch, please notify us by phone or email. You should receive the goods within two working days of despatch of your order. In the Highlands, Outer Scottish Islands, Isle of Man, delivery should be within three working days (generally, Saturday & Sunday are not considered working days). Carriage We send the majority of our orders by UPS and charge £7.49 plus VAT for most UK mainland orders (no maximum weight or size). Please contact us for carriage charges to other areas. You can track online the progress of your shipment once it has left our warehouse. Backorders If we have to part ship an order, we will only invoice you for the backordered item once it is shipped and there will only be a single carriage charge. If you want to cancel a backorder after the initial dispatch, call us on our Customer Service line at 01823 413007. Collection from our warehouse Anyone who wishes to arrange a collection from our warehouse in Birmingham may do so but it is essential you contact our Customer Service team to arrange collection ahead of arriving at our warehouse. Export orders We supply customers all over the world. We charge different courier rates for export orders, which we can quote in advance. Export orders outside the UK are not subject to UK VAT, including the Channel Islands. Anything to return Under our Terms and Conditions of Sale, you must notify us of any damages or discrepancies within seven days of receipt. You can return any purchased item for a credit or refund within seven days, at your own expense, with the exception of any special order items. Please get in touch with us before you return the item for an RMA number. All returns must be in a re-saleable condition, and we reserve to either refuse the return or to add a service charge to any return where remedial work is required to return it to saleable condition. Ordering by Phone on 01823 413007 Before you call, have your credit card or debit card handy, complete with the expiry date and the last three digits of the card number found on the back. If you are an existing customer, quote your account reference or postcode, and we'll access all your address and account details. Ordering for Schools and Colleges Schools, Colleges, Universities and associated educationa establishments can order by phone, email or post. We will open an instant credit account for you if you place the order on official letterheaded stationery or by email. Internet terms and conditions Terms and conditions for e-commerce transactions differ slightly from the above. You can find a complete set on our Home Page under Terms and conditions. ©2024 Firstcall Photographic E & O. E www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 3 INDEX Film Film Chemicals | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | PHOTOGRAPHIC FILM Photographic film was the "camera food" for creative photography long before the arrival of digital memory cards, and to the contemporary digital photographer, film is often misunderstood and categorised in the same way as memory cards, i.e. just a way of recording your photographic images. Photographic film gives you uniquely subjective results and unrivalled archival qualities, two things today's memory cards will never match. All options are still open to the film photographer who wishes to make the film the real heart of their picture-making assignments. NO RETAILER IN THE UK STOCKS MORE FILM BRANDS THAN FIRSTCALL Kodak, Fuji, Ilford, Bergger, Adox, Foma, Ferrania, CineStill, Revolog, Lomography, Kentmere, Rollei, Washi Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories 35mm Black & White Film No other type of film today sells more than black and white 35mm film. You use 35mm film in 35mm SLR, compact and re-useable (disposable) cameras. We suggest buying 35mm film according to film speed (or ISO light sensitivity) based on whether you want a medium or high-speed option. Different types of photography lend themselves to using film with various ISO settings. For everyday work, choose between ISO 100 and 200. For fine detail or document work, choose between ISO 25 and 50. If you're working in sports or lower light conditions, choose ISO 400 or extend the ISO range to 3200 in extreme conditions. Black & White 35mm Film, Under ISO 400 Use these films for various shooting requirements, from lithwork, high contrast, and fine grain or just when you want a very high sharpness as your end result. ISO 100 is also the film speed for the everyday photographer with the ability to push the film if extra speed is needed. CineStill BwXX Black & White CineStill BwXX 35mm is a classic panchromatic black and white negative film for outdoor and studio use. It has a variable base sensitivity of ISO 250 under daylight (5500K) and ISO 200 under tungsten lighting (3200K), and you can rate it up to ISO 1600 with the appropriate processing compensation. Ideal for low-light situations, this film delivers rich blacks and high-contrast images while providing very high sharpness, a broad tonal range, and a fine-grain structure. It is an excellent choice for those looking for a classic film stock to fill the void left by the discontinuation of Kodak Plus-X or TXP320. This film stock has been left relatively unchanged since its release in 1959 for still and motion picture use. BLACK & WHITE 35MM FILM, UNDER ISO 400 Code Brand Product 40904 Adox CMS 20 II 35mm, ISO 20 40906 Adox HR-50, 135-36, ISO 50 40908 Adox CHS 100 II 35mm, ISO 100, 135-36 21031 CineStill BWxx ISO 200 135/36 11131 Ferrania P30 135-36, ISO 80 26431 Foma Fomapan 100, Classic, 135-36, ISO 100 26434 Foma Fomapan 200, Creative, 135-36, ISO 200 26443 Foma Fomapan R100, 135-36, ISO 100 Slide Film 26247 Fujifilm Neopan Acros II 135-36, ISO 100 11133 Ilford PanF Plus 135-36, ISO 50 11135 Ilford FP4 Plus 135-24, ISO 125 11136 Ilford FP4 Plus 135-36, ISO 125 11172 Ilford Delta Pro 135-24, ISO 100 11173 Ilford Delta Pro 135-36, ISO 100 11198 Ilford SFX 135-36, ISO 200 26315 Kentmere PAN 100 Black and White Film, ISO 100, 135-24 26316 Kentmere PAN 100 Black and White Film, ISO 100, 135-36 26269 Kodak TMax Pro 135-36, ISO 100 90552 Lomography Babylon 13 Kino , ISO 13, 135-36 90553 Lomography Potsdam Kino, ISO 100. 135-36 90555 Lomography Earl Grey, ISO 100. 135-36, Pack of 3 90559 Lomography Fantome Kino ISO 8, 135-36 26265 Rollei Ortho 25 Plus 135-36, ISO 25 26349 Rollei Retro 80S 135-36, ISO 80 26352 Rollei Superpan 200 135-36, ISO 200 26389 Rollei Blackbird Creative 135-36, ISO 25/100 26273 Washi 135, 16 exposures, W, ISO 25 26290 Washi 135, 24 exposures, F, ISO 100 Ex VAT Inc VAT 8.33 9.99 4.74 5.69 7.08 8.49 11.91 14.29 12.08 14.49 3.91 4.69 4.58 5.49 6.41 7.69 11.66 13.99 8.74 10.49 6.08 7.29 7.49 8.99 8.41 10.09 10.83 12.99 12.58 15.09 4.41 5.29 4.58 5.49 11.33 13.59 7.49 8.99 7.91 9.49 13.33 15.99 7.92 9.5 7.66 9.19 5.24 6.29 5.24 6.29 8.74 10.49 13.58 16.29 5.83 6.99 4 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | BEWARE OF NEW FILM INTRODUCTIONS It is a sad fact of life that only three black and white film manufacturers are left to produce a new monochrome film for the whole of the world; they are Ilford, Kodak and Foma. Therefore, It stands to reason that any "new" film introduced must be made by one of these existing manufacturers, and often, we question the actual "newness" or difference that such a film can offer. Admittedly, emulsion bases will change the characteristics of a film, but because we know the film market well, we'll only list a new film when we think it has something of real merit to offer to our customers. Budget Black & White Film Everyone loves a bargain, especially when you need to make your photography budgets work harder than ever. You need to know that you've bought as wisely as possible. We recommend Kentmere as your base purchase. No one sells it cheaper than us, and it offers excellent results, albeit limited push-ability and can sometimes appear a little grainy. Kentmere Pan film is also available in ISO 100 or 400 and, conveniently for educational users, comes in 24 or 36 exposure lengths. For those who want to save even more money, we are pleased to advise you that you can also buy this film in 30-metre bulk options too. FROM £5.29 Black & White 35mm Film ISO 400 & Above Film photographers choose ISO 400 indoors when you cannot use flash, and with the extra sensitivity, it is possible to get some decent shots. With increased sensitivity comes the downside, where you create extra grain or distortion in your pictures, but given the British climate, this is the film to have with you in the winter months. When light levels are deficient, we suggest the extended sensitivity of ISO 3200 film. It increases the shutter speed in certain situations (if you can't use a faster lens or additional lighting/tripod). Washi Film Washi's 25 ISO black & white film is a modern adaptation of one of the oldest photographic techniques: the paper negative or Calotype, invented by William Henry Fox Talbot. By coating photosensitive emulsion onto traditional Japanese paper, this innovative French company has produced the Washi, a new original film with a unique pictorialist aesthetic look. Entirely handcrafted, easy to handle and develop, Washi Film is now available in conventional photographic formats: 35mm, 120 and 4 x 5, so now any monochrome photographer can discover this unique film. Being a paper negative, you develop it in paper developer, usually 1+1 dilution, and you can reuse the solution for several rolls or sheets. FomaPan Film FomaPan, based in the Czech town of Hradec Kralove, is a quality budget alternative film to the big brands. Foma has been producing photo materials for almost one hundred years. Unlike other film manufacturers, they make in ISO 100, 200 and 400 options. All offer very competitive prices, and we recommend their 400 Action range with a 36-exposure film costing just £5.49. It features an excellent resolution and is intended for use under unfavourable light conditions. We think it's an ideal educational purchase for the autumn/winter terms when picture-taking opportunities can sometimes be at a premium. BLACK & WHITE 35MM FILM, ISO 400 & ABOVE Code Brand Product 42018 Bergger Pancro 400, 135-36, ISO 400 26437 Foma Fomapan 400, Action, 135-36, ISO 400 11139 Ilford HP5 Plus 135-24, ISO 400 11140 Ilford HP5 Plus 135-36, ISO 400 11142 Ilford XP2 Super 135-24, ISO 400 11143 Ilford XP2 Super 135-36, ISO 400 11144 Ilford Delta Pro 135-24, ISO 400 11145 Ilford Delta Pro 135-36, ISO 400 11146 Ilford Delta Pro 135-36, ISO 3200 26317 Kentmere PAN 400 Black and White Film, ISO 400, 135-24 26318 Kentmere PAN 400 Black and White Film, ISO 400, 135-36 26280 Kodak TMax Pro 135-36, ISO 400 26283 Kodak Tri-X Pro 135-36, ISO 400 26291 Kodak TMax Pro 135-36, ISO 3200 90550 Lomography Berlin Kino ISO 400, 135-36 90557 Lomography Lady Grey, ISO 400. 135-36, Pack of 3 26271 Rollei Infrared IR400 135-36, ISO 400 26354 Rollei Retro 400S 135-36, ISO 400 Ex VAT Inc VAT 6.08 7.29 4.58 5.49 6.08 7.29 7.49 8.99 7.24 8.69 9.24 11.09 8.49 10.19 9.99 11.99 11.91 14.29 4.41 5.29 4.58 5.49 11.66 13.99 11.66 13.99 14.16 16.99 9.99 11.99 14.58 17.49 6.16 7.39 5.24 6.29 Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 5 INDEX Slide Viewers and Accessories Film Washing and Drying Film Processing Accessories Film Developing Tanks Film Scanners Film Storage Film Cleaning Film Chemicals Film | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | Bulk 35mm Black & White Film Bulk film is not a quaint photographic term for buying quantities of film at a reduced price, but ironically, this is precisely the result you achieve. Bulk loading black and white 35mm film will save up to 40% compared to a regular "cassette" film roll. To take advantage of this saving, you must buy additional equipment, including a bulk film loader, scissors, tape, and reloadable cassettes. Loading bulk film could not be easier; you attach the cassette in daylight, then wind on your required exposures - between 4 and 36 shots. Finally, cut the length from your main bulk, again in daylight, and you are ready to load your film into your camera. When bought in 30-metre lengths, you get up to 684 shots from a single roll. This equates to a price of only £3.41 inc VAT for every roll of 36 exposures used (when using Kentmere PAN film), and as the cassettes used are re-useable, the only extra cost to a photo department is the time used in reloading the film. DON'T FORGET YOUR CASSETTES If you're buying bulk film, you'll need some plastic cassettes to load the film. Our cassettes are fully reusable, guaranteed light-tight and scratch-proof. The cassettes, manufactured by AP in Spain, are made in three pieces: casing, spool and cap. A pack of cassettes in a pack of 20 costs £19.99 inc VAT, respectively. 120 Black & White Film Medium-format film, sometimes called 120, is usually roll film, typically allowing 8 to 32 exposures on one roll of film before reloading is needed. This is fewer than 35mm cassettes, which usually take 24 or 36 pictures on one roll. Being a negative size of 60 x 60mm, it also records an image size four times larger than a 35mm equivalent, making it the choice of professionals when printing in the darkroom. Interestingly, medium format film also has a paper backing, which you discard during the loading of the film. BULK 35MM BLACK & WHITE FILM Code Brand Product 26466 Foma Fomapan 100, Classic, 17m, ISO 100 26467 Foma Fomapan 100, Classic, 30.5m, ISO 100 26468 Foma Fomapan 400, Action, 17m, ISO 400 26469 Foma Fomapan 400, Action, 30.5m, ISO 400 11194 Ilford Delta Pro 30m, ISO 100 11195 Ilford Delta Pro 30m, ISO 400 11150 Ilford FP4 Plus 125 17m, ISO 125 11151 Ilford FP4 Plus 125 30m, ISO 125 11153 Ilford HP5 Plus 400 17m, ISO 400 11154 Ilford HP5 Plus 400 30m, ISO 400 11148 Ilford PanF Plus 50 30m, ISO 50 11157 Ilford XP2 400 30m, ISO 400 26338 Kentmere PAN 100 Black and White Film, ISO 100, 30m 26339 Kentmere PAN 400 Black and White Film, ISO 400, 30m 25163 Kodak Tri-X Pro 30m, ISO 400 120 BLACK & WHITE FILM Code Brand Product 42028 Bergger Pancro 400, 120, ISO 400 26432 Foma Fomapan 100, Classic, 120, ISO 100 26435 Foma Fomapan 200, Creative, 120, ISO 200 26438 Foma Fomapan 400, Action, 120, ISO 400 26248 Fujifilm Neopan Acros II 120, ISO 100 11132 Ilford PanF Plus 120, ISO 50 11200 Ilford Ortho 80 Plus 120, ISO 80 11107 Ilford Delta Pro 120, ISO 100 11108 Ilford Delta Pro 120, ISO 400 11411 Ilford Delta Pro 120, ISO 3200 11134 Ilford FP4 Plus 120, ISO 125 11137 Ilford HP5 Plus 120, ISO 400 11410 Ilford SFX 120, ISO 200 11141 Ilford XP2 Super 120, ISO 400 11149 Kentmere Pan 100 120, ISO 100 11156 Kentmere Pan 400 120, ISO 400 26267 Kodak TMax Pro 120, ISO 100, Pack of 5 26278 Kodak TMax Pro 120, ISO 400, Pack of 5 25156 Kodak Tri-X Pro 120, ISO 400, Pack of 5 90551 Lomography Berlin Kino ISO 400, 120 90556 Lomography Earl Grey, ISO 100. 120, Pack of 3 90558 Lomography Lady Grey, ISO 400. 120, Pack of 3 90554 Lomography Potsdam Kino, ISO 100. 120 26263 Rollei Infrared IR400 120, ISO 400 26274 Rollei Ortho 25 Plus 120, ISO 25 26351 Rollei Retro 80S 120, ISO 80 26355 Rollei Retro 400S 120, ISO 400 26353 Rollei Superpan 200 120, ISO 200 26300 Washi 120, F, ISO 100 26277 Washi 120, W, ISO 25 26279 Washi 4 x 5, W, ISO 25, 12 sheets 6 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Ex VAT 24.24 42.91 26.41 44.58 111.24 117.49 67.91 111.24 67.91 111.24 106.08 93.58 54.08 54.08 187.5 Inc VAT 29.09 51.49 31.69 53.49 133.49 140.99 81.49 133.49 81.49 133.49 127.29 112.29 64.89 64.89 225.00 Ex VAT 5.24 4.08 4.49 4.49 12.33 7.08 8.91 7.24 7.24 8.74 6.58 6.58 12.49 6.33 4.99 4.99 58.33 48.33 49.99 7.91 14.16 14.99 6.91 7.08 8.33 5.41 5.66 5.58 6.66 11.49 23.58 Inc VAT 6.29 4.89 5.39 5.39 14.79 8.49 10.69 8.69 8.69 10.49 7.89 7.89 14.99 7.59 5.99 5.99 69.99 57.99 59.99 9.49 16.99 17.99 8.29 8.49 9.99 6.49 6.79 6.69 7.99 13.79 28.29 Film Film Chemicals Our Budget 120 Black and White Film Have you ever longed for an inexpensive mediumformat film in a world of ever-increasing prices? Well, Harman Technology (the Ilford people) offer two films, the cheapest medium format we sell. Available in both 100 and 400 ISO, they are ideal for those new or returning to film photography and budget-conscious photographers struggling with the current cost of living pressures. ONLY £5.99 We particularly like the Kentmere Pan 100, which, compared to the Kentmere Pan 400, is slower, has finer grain, and has a touch more contrast when compared to the Ilford FP4. It also has less visible grain, less latitude although slightly less forgiving, and more contrast. At £5.99 inc VAT, both films represent excellent value for money. | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | FomaPan 100 120 Fomapan 100 Classic is another new budget medium format film this year. It is a flexible, panchromatically sensitised black and white negative film that produces fine grain and a very high resolution. It adapts well to exposure errors but may not be as dense in shadow areas as some contemporaries. Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Large Format Black & White Sheet Film Photographic sheet film is a large format photographic film supplied on individual sheets of acetate or polyester film base rather than rolls. It was initially provided as an alternative to glass plates. The most popular size measures 4×5 inches, although we also carry 5x7 and 8x10 inch sizes. These days, the principal use for large format sheet film is for taking pinhole shots, but large format cameras, film holders and lenses are still widely available. Our Budget 4 x 5" Black & White Film The same Fomapan 100 Classic above is also available in the sheet film version and is a much cheaper option when compared to Ilford or Kodak equivalents. The nominal sensitivity of Fomapan 100 Classic is ISO 100/21. Its exposure latitude gives good results within an exposure range of EI 50/18 to EI 400/27. Fomapan 100 Classic resolving power: 110 lines/mm. Being the cheapest sheet film that we sell, it is also ideal for experimental educational work. £42.39 FOR 50 SHEETS Sheet Film Buy the Best from Ilford When you want the best quality sheet film, we recommend Ilford. FP4 Plus combines fine grain, high sharpness, and an exceptionally smooth tonal range with robustness unaffected by over or underexposure. HP5 Plus is their high-sensitivity, fast alternative and can also be pushed to 3200/36 and given extended development in Ilford DD-X, Ilfotec HC or Microphen developers. Capable of enlargement up to huge sizes, FP4 film is used at its best where quality, dependability and control take priority over the speed of the film. HP5 is ideal for action, available light and general-purpose photography. You could use this film for landscapes and product photography. Washi Paper Negative 4 x 5" Film We sell a sheet film, a modern adaptation of one of the oldest photographic techniques: the paper negative or Calotype, invented by William Henry Fox Talbot. By coating photosensitive emulsion onto a traditional Japanese paper, Washi ISO 25 black & white film original film gives a lovely, unique pictorialist aesthetic look to it. Entirely handcrafted and easy to handle and develop, Washi Film is recommended for those who like to experiment with film results. However, remember that being a paper negative, you develop it in a paper developer, like Ilford PQ, usually 1+1 dilution, and you can reuse the solution for several sheets. LARGE FORMAT BLACK & WHITE SHEET FILM Code Brand Product 26292 Foma Fomapan 100, Classic, 4 x 5in, ISO 100, 50 sheets 26299 Foma Fomapan 100, Classic, 9 x 12cm, ISO 100, 50 sheets 26436 Foma Fomapan 200, Creative, 4 x 5in, ISO 200, 50 sheets 26439 Foma Fomapan 400, Action, 4 x 5in, ISO 400, 50 sheets 26444 Foma Retropan 320 4x5, ISO 320, 50 sheets 11138 Ilford FP4 Plus 4 x 5in, ISO 125, Pack of 25 11147 Ilford HP5 Plus 4 x 5in, ISO 400 Pack of 25 11152 Ilford FP4 Plus 8 x 10in, ISO 125, Pack of 25 11155 Ilford HP5 Plus 8 x 10in, ISO 400 Pack of 25 11158 Ilford Ortho Copy Plus, ISO 80, 4 x 5in, Pack of 25 11413 Ilford Delta 100 Sheet Film, 5 x 4, 25 Sheets 26270 Kodak TMax Pro, 4 x 5in, ISO 100, 10 sheets 26275 Kodak TMax Pro, 4 x 5in, ISO 400, 10 sheets 26264 Rollei Ortho 25 Plus film, 5 x 4in, ISO 25 26272 Rollei Infrared 400S 4 x 5 in, ISO 400, 25 Sheets 26276 Rollei Ortho 25 Plus film, 8 x 10in, ISO 25 26279 Washi 4 x 5, W, ISO 25, 12 sheets Ex VAT 35.33 30.41 40.49 40.49 35.41 51.91 51.91 157.41 157.41 59.91 51.24 58.33 74.99 59.99 50.83 157.50 23.58 Inc VAT 42.39 36.49 48.59 48.59 42.49 62.29 62.29 188.89 188.89 71.89 61.49 69.99 89.99 71.99 60.99 189.00 28.29 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 7 Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX Film | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | 35mm Colour Print Film Colour film is a far more technologically advanced medium than black and white and uses two different processes for development C41 for colour print film and E6 for processing colour slide film. The sensitivity rule, described for black and white film, still applies, but most colour films remain in the popular ISO 100 400 grouping. Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners Film Developing Tanks Our Budget 35mm Colour Print Film Fuji's C200 film is our preferred budget colour print film. We consider it an ideal colour print film and a great alternative to Ektar or Portra from Kodak. Harman Phoenix 200 This is the first-ever colour film made entirely from Harman technology and the first genuinely new colour film since Kodak Portra in 1998. Phoenix is a quirky, experimental film that produces high-contrast images with strong, visible grain and punchy, vibrant colours. It's unlike any other colour film, and we urge all analogue colour photographers to try it. NEW With a DX-coded cassette and a box speed of ISO 200, Phoenix can be rated between ISO 100 and 400 but performs best in good, consistent light. Expect intense greens, good reds, and vibrant blues, but the possibility of halation. Dubblefilm Great Fun Kodak makes the Dubblefilm range of 36 exposure 35mm rolls and then pre-exposed for creative looks. Partnered with Revolog, the range has five variants - Apollo, Bubblegum, Jelly, Pacific and Solar. We particularly like the Pacific film, which creates beautiful sepia/ blue/greenish tones that will enhance your photos. Dubblefilm describes it as a colour 35mm film with added tone, producing deep colours inspired by the freshness of a post-monsoon rain. Each one will add a subtle twist to your colour photos, so it's worth checking out each one with its sample pictures on our website. PACIFIC SOLAR In our view, taking pictures in good lighting conditions works best and produces brilliant images when you want nostalgic results. Either way, you'll not find better value because, at only £9.99 per roll of 36 exposures, it's an excellent film for beginners of colour analogue work. It is not as cheap as ColorPlus from Kodak but more readily available and a better film. 35MM COLOUR PRINT FILM Code Brand Product 25169 CineStill Xpro C-41 ISO 50 Daylight 135/36 25182 CineStill 400 Daylight C-41 135/36 25170 CineStill Xpro C-41 ISO 800 Tungsten 135/36 26806 Dubblefilm Jelly 135-36 26807 Dubblefilm Solar 135-36 26808 Dubblefilm Apollo 135-36 26809 Dubblefilm Pacific 135-36 25181 Firstcall Vision 3 250D ISO 125-400, 135-36 25184 Firstcall Vision 3 500T ISO 500-800, 135-36 26634 Flic Elektra 135-36, ISO 100 26341 Fujifilm 400 135-36, ISO 400 26360 Fujifilm C200 135-36, ISO 200 11168 Harman Phoenix C41 Colour Film C-41 135-36 26450 Kodak ColorPlus 135-24, ISO 200 26451 Kodak ColorPlus 135-36, ISO 200 26628 Kodak Ektar 100 135-36 ISO 100 26630 Kodak Gold GB 135-24, ISO 200 26631 Kodak Gold GB 135-36, ISO 200 26632 Kodak Gold GB 135-108, ISO 200 26030 Kodak Ultra Max 135-24, ISO 400 26053 Kodak Ultra Max 135-36, ISO 400 26773 Kodak Portra 800 135-36, ISO 800 26779 Kodak Portra 400 135-36, ISO 400, Pack of 5 26781 Kodak Portra 160 135-36, ISO 160, Pack of 5 90538 Lomography LomoChrome Metropolis XR ISO 100-400, 135-36 90539 Lomography LomoChrome Metropolis XR ISO 100-400, 120 26760 Revolog Rasp 135-36 26761 Revolog Volvox 135-36 26762 Revolog Texture 135-36 26763 Revolog Lazer 135-36 26764 Revolog Plexus 135-36 26765 Revolog Streak 135-36 26766 Revolog Tesla One 135-36 26767 Revolog Tesla Two 135-36 26768 Revolog Kolor 135-36 26769 Revolog 460nm 135-36 26770 Revolog 600nm 135-36 26772 Revolog Kosmos 135-36 26311 Washi 135, 36 exposures, X, ISO 100, colour film Ex VAT 15.83 13.16 15.24 9.99 9.99 9.99 9.99 10.41 10.41 11.25 12.49 8.33 10.83 6.66 9.99 13.58 6.41 10.83 29.98 7.41 8.74 16.66 74.99 65.83 11.24 10.50 12.91 12.79 12.91 12.91 12.91 12.91 12.91 12.91 12.91 12.91 12.91 12.91 10.00 Inc VAT 18.99 15.79 18.29 11.99 11.99 11.99 11.99 12.49 12.49 13.5 14.99 9.99 12.99 7.99 11.99 16.29 7.69 12.99 35.97 8.89 10.49 19.99 89.99 78.99 13.49 12.60 15.49 15.35 15.49 15.49 15.49 15.49 15.49 15.49 15.49 15.49 15.49 15.49 12.00 Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX 8 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Film Film Chemicals 120 Colour Print Film | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | Kodak Portra 160 The Kodak Portra 160 120 variant is daylight-balanced and offers a smooth and natural colour palette, balanced with medium saturation and low contrast for accurate skin tones and consistent results. It is, therefore, well-suited to portrait, wedding, commercial photography, and general use when lighting permits. We love its excellent grain structure, high sharpness, and fine edge detail, and because of this, it is one of our favourite colournegative films for scanning. Alternatively, Portra 120 ISO 400 film is ideal for nature, travel and outdoor photography, where the action is fast, or you can't control the lighting. It delivers fine grain, spectacular skin tones, and exceptional colour saturation over a wide range of lighting conditions. Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Sheet Colour Print Film Kodak Portra 400 Sheet Film You cannot get a finer-grain, high-speed colour-negative sheet film than the Kodak Portra 400. At actual ISO 400 speed, it offers exceptional colour saturation over various lighting conditions. As a large format photographer, you'll also appreciate consistently smooth, natural reproduction of the full range of skin tones. Although Portra 400 sheet film is the ideal choice for portrait and fashion photography, you can equally use it for stunning nature, travel and outdoor photography, where the action is fast or the lighting is unchangeable. Protect your sheets with Maco Glassine Pages An economical and practical method of storing negatives and contact proof pages is to buy a paper (glassine) type of storage sheet. Our range from MACO is an alternative to those made in the UK by Kenro Limited and is almost 1/3 of the price compared to our Kenro range. They make their negative sleeves from finely ground pulp paper, which is mainly greaseproof but has a low wet strength. A unique mechanical treatment called calendaring achieves a high level of transparency. Acid- and ligninfree, they are suitable for long-term negative storage. · 100 sheets per pack · Museum quality, document safe · Acid- and lignin-free · Highly suitable for archiving · Glassine releases moisture 120 COLOUR PRINT FILM Code Brand Product 25179 CineStill Xpro C-41 ISO 50 Daylight 120 25183 CineStill 400 Daylight C-41 120 25180 CineStill Xpro C-41 ISO 800 Tungsten 120 26633 Kodak Gold GB 120, ISO 200, Pack of 5 26636 Kodak Ektar 100 120, ISO 100, Pack of 5 26774 Kodak Portra 800 120, ISO 800, Pack of 5 26780 Kodak Portra 400 120, ISO 400, Pack of 5 26782 Kodak Portra 160 120, ISO 160, Pack of 5 SHEET COLOUR PRINT FILM Code Brand Product 26613 Kodak Ektar 100 4 x 5, ISO 100, Pack of 10 sheets 26614 Kodak Portra 160 4 x 5, ISO 100, Pack of 10 sheets 26615 Kodak Portra 400 4 x 5, ISO 100, Pack of 10 sheets 26616 Kodak Portra 160 8 x 10, ISO 100, Pack of 10 sheets 26617 Kodak Portra 400 8 x 10, ISO 100, Pack of 10 sheets 26429 MACO Negative Pages, Paper (glassine), 4 x 5 inch, 100 sheets 26430 MACO Negative Pages, Paper (glassine), 8 x 10 inch, 100 sheets Ex VAT 15.24 13.16 15.83 49.99 66.66 89.99 72.49 66.66 Inc VAT 18.29 15.79 18.99 59.99 79.99 107.99 86.99 79.99 Ex VAT 77.50 60.83 90.00 299.17 337.50 38.33 20.24 Inc VAT 93.00 73.00 108.00 359.00 405.00 45.99 24.29 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 9 Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | 35mm Colour Slide Film Kodak Ektachrome Kodak Ektachrome is recommended as the replacement for Kodachrome, and for a short time, was Kodak's only available slide film. Then it disappeared, but thanks to a resurgence in demand, it's back. Ektachrome, known for its superb grain, clean colours, great tones and contrasts, is a great film to have back in an analogue photographer's armoury. When buying Ektachrome, you can choose between 35mm and 120 format versions. Fuji Slide Film Fuji Velvia offers unparalleled colour saturation when shooting landscape or product shots with intense colours and high contrast. Use the Velvia 50 version when lighting conditions allow, e.g. Mediterranean landscapes or Velvia 100 when your lighting is not quite good. We recommend Provia 100F if you want to scan your film and manipulate it digitally. Still, as it offers normal saturation, natural colours and medium contrast, it is the "all-rounder" safe option from Fuji. 35MM COLOUR SLIDE FILM Code Brand Product 26635 Flic Chrome 100 135-36, ISO 100 26325 Fujifilm Velvia 100 135-36, ISO 100 26327 Fujifilm Velvia 50 135-36, ISO 50 26373 Fujifilm Provia 100F 135-36, ISO 100 26146 Kodak Ektachrome E100 135-36, ISO 100 26382 Adox Scala 50 135-36, ISO 50 (B&W) 120 and Sheet Colour Slide Film Only Fuji make of Professional Slide Film Although Kodak is now making 120 Ektachrome, only FujiFilm manufacture a full range of professional slide film. The quality of the media that Fujifilm produces is just fantastic. When the client wants to see fully saturated, ultra-sharp slides, there is no better way than making that impact with Fuji Professional slide film. As with 35mm, choose between Velvia ISO 50 or 100 and Provia 100F options. 120 AND SHEET COLOUR SLIDE FILM Code Brand Product 26323 Fujifilm Velvia 100 4 x 5 in, 20 Sheets 26324 Fujifilm Velvia 100 120, ISO 100, 5 pack 26326 Fujifilm Velvia 50 120, ISO 50, Pack of 5 26329 Fujifilm Provia 100F 4 x 5 in, 20 Sheets 26372 Fujifilm Provia 100F 120, ISO 100, Pack of 5 26147 Kodak Ektachrome E100 120, ISO 100, Pack of 5 Ex VAT 15.83 22.08 22.08 18.16 24.16 4.96 Inc VAT 18.99 26.49 26.49 21.79 28.99 5.95 Ex VAT 143.33 56.66 62.49 127.49 49.99 89.16 Inc VAT 171.99 67.99 74.99 152.99 59.99 106.99 Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX 10 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Film Instant Film | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories FUJI INSTAX INSTANT FILM Fuji is now the dominant force in instant picture film. Their film can be used in their cameras, Leica, Lomography, and others. They offer a choice of no less than three format sizes depending on the Fuji Instax instant camera you are using. The best-selling of these three options is their Instax Mini film a wallet-sized photo that you can use in their "Mini" series cameras, and it is this size that fits the Lomography and Leica Instant cameras, too. The larger Wide Colour Twin offers a glossy image 4 x 2.5" and is used in the Instax 300 camera (and the 200/210 model, too). Much like a traditional "Polaroid" size, this larger picture can be used in a Fuji Instax camera that costs less than £110. FUJI INSTANT FILM Code Brand Product 56001 Fujifilm Instax Wide Colour ISO 800 Twin Pack 56002 Fujifilm Instax Mini, ISO 800, 10 Sheets, Twin Pack 56012 Fujifilm Instax Wide Monochrome WW1 ISO 800, 10 sheets Ex VAT 15.74 12.49 10.83 Inc VAT 18.89 14.99 12.99 POLAROID INSTANT FILM Polaroid Originals is the manufacturer of Polaroid film and cameras. We stock their Polaroid instant film in two formats, 600 and SX-70. The great thing about this is that even if your Polaroid camera is forty years old, you can still get replacement film for it. Polaroid Type 600 Instant Film This colour instant film is purpose-made with the new Now or One Step 2 cameras, i-Type, Lab or any older Polaroid 600-type camera. Made by Polaroid originals, this film offers high colour saturation, levels of detail and sharpness and stunning image quality. Specification: · Eight exposures per pack · Colour instant film for Polaroid 600-type cameras & Instant Lab · Format: 3.5 x 4.2 inches (8.8 x 10.7 cm) · Image area: 3.1 x 3.1 inches (7.9 x 7.9 cm) · Finish: Glossy · Development: 30 minutes approx at 70°F (21°C) Works with: · Polaroid 600-Type Cameras · i-1 Cameras · One Step 2 Cameras · Polaroid Now Cameras · Instant Lab Polaroid Black & White Instant Film Polaroid produces both formats of its film in black and white as well as colour. Black & White 600 film is a classic instant film for vintage Polaroid 600 cameras (but it works with i-Type cameras as well). It captures your photos in deep blacks, bright whites and a million shades in between, and it's great for everything from studio portraits to late-night parties because everyone looks good in black & white (even after one too many cocktails). Their SX-70 Black and White film is the same slow speed (ISO 160) as the colour SX-70 version, so while it can be equally as creative as with the Type 600 B&W, you need to try to shoot in lots of bright, natural light just as when you're using colour. POLAROID INSTANT FILM Code Brand Product 90543 Polaroid Color 600 Film - 8 pictures 90544 Polaroid B&W 600 Film - 8 pictures 90545 Polaroid Color SX70 Film - 8 pictures 90547 Polaroid B&W SX70 Film - 8 pictures 90565 Polaroid Go Colour Film Twin Pack www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com Ex VAT 15.83 15.83 17.49 17.49 15.83 Inc VAT 18.99 18.99 20.99 20.99 18.99 11 Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | FILM PROCESSING CHEMICALS Developing film is more accessible than most photographers think. In particular, Black & White, which is very straightforward and inexpensive to do. It's even possible to process with just two chemicals -- developer and fixer -- converting the unseen latent image into a permanent visual image. However, other solutions -- stop bath, clearing agent and wetting agent -- are optional but strongly recommended for obtaining filmprocessing results that are consistently good and long-lasting. The colour print film follows a similar path to black and white when it comes to processing chemicals, but generally at higher temperatures (38°C). However, colour print and colour slide processing chemicals tend to come in kits with everything you need to make it easier. Black & White Film Developers The most critical part is the developer, which is needed to convert the exposed silver halide crystals on a film into metallic silver, which produces the characteristic blacks and greys of a monochrome image We stock over 30 different types of developers; most are available for next-day delivery. Choosing from highly economical options to specialist offerings to customise the process is possible. Most developers come in concentrated liquid form, which you then dilute with water. The most common dilution is 1+4, but some highly concentrated developers, like Ilford's LC29, dilute as little as 1+29. All black and white film developers will process at a room temperature of 20°C, but increase that temperature to 24°C, and you will cut your processing time by up to one-third. Ilford Ilfosol 3 and Fotospeed FD10 Closely related in formulaic terms, Ilford Ilfosol 3 and Fotospeed FD10 are both liquidconcentrated developers that give fine grain and good sharpness. We sell more of these two developers than any other principally because they faithfully develop medium and slow-speed films like Ilford Pan 100 or 400 films. To use, you generally dilute the liquid concentrate at 1+9 for a one-shot at 20°C. For more excellent economy, they can be used with many films at a higher dilution of 1+14, with only a slight trade-off in image quality. Full unopened bottles will be kept for a year but opened for up to four months. Ilfosol 3 only comes in 500ml bottles, typically making 5 litres of working solution. Fotospeed FD10 comes in 250ml, 1-litre and 5-litre options. The 5-litre container will make 50 litres or, put another way DEVELOP UP TO 170 FILMS when a typical 35mm tank uses 300ml of working solution. This equates to a cost of only 44p a film. Zone Imaging Lab 510 Pyro 510 Pyro is a unique developer among the staining pyro and catechol type; it is the finest grained developer to date without compromising film speed or acutance. It has even better tonal separation than any other of its contemporaries. For scanning, shadows are exceptional, and in the darkroom, highlights look outstanding. That's why at Firstcall, we believe it is the best of the various tanning and staining developers. It offers the ultimate Holy Trinity of full speed, fine grain and acutance, often compromised with other developer choices. For UV-based alternative prints, the proportional stain increases the density of highlights. Hence, a more pleasing contrast is possible without using toxic chemicals like dichromate to increase contrast afterwards, when such chemicals also damage the print. Plus, it is compatible with Jobo and other rotary machines, unlike other pyros/catechol developers - PMK can be of note as one that does not. It's a highly flexible developer, using 1:100 to 1:500, with two main recommended development methods for user preference, with 1:100 dilution with almost 50 films having times. It also hardens the emulsion, protecting it from damage. Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX 12 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | Our Cheapest Film Developer CineStill DF 96 Monobath Developer & Fixer Adox Atomal 49 is an extra-fine grain, compensating developer offering excellent film speed and high contrast control. As a single-use developer, ATM 49 delivers precise, repeatable results. The powder developer mixes to make a 1-litre stock solution. The stock solution can be used for up to ten films or further diluted as a single-shot developer. Stock solution can be kept in a full container for up to 6 weeks. The 5-litre version mixes to a 5-litre stock and, working the same way, can process up to 50 films, making it the cheapest developer we sell. Develop and Fix your Black & White Film at the same time Most analogue photographers have two options for processing the film they shoot develop the rolls yourself or take them to your local lab. Until now, being away from home, without a darkroom or a changing bag, has meant extreme difficulty in developing a film. With the Ars-Imago MB Monobath film developer, you can develop and fix simultaneously with only one bath! Developing black and white film is so simple with the CineStill Df96 Monobath. The angst of too much development, dilution, time or agitation is a thing of the past. Even Stop Bath, Fixer or Hardener can all be dispensed with if you use Df96, making for foolproof athome film processing. This ready-to-use single-step solution also overcomes inconsistencies like improper dilution, over-agitation, bubble marks or surge marks. You'll also find that over-processing is impossible because the fixing action overtakes chemical development while aiding physical development, creating better image uniformity and finer-grain negatives. Df96 has finally overcome the old monobath solution problem of losing emulsion speed, which often results when the fixation process dissolves the exposed silver halide before development can happen. Available as a liquid or long-lasting powder. FX-39 Type II Film Developer HD Excellence This one-shot, high-definition developer is perfect for bringing out exceptional detail and extreme sharpness from your negatives. This highly concentrated all-in-one developer produces medium-high contrast negatives with an accurate and evenly balanced tone scale for black and white films. Mix 300ml of Part A and 300ml of Part B to get 600ml of working solution in a jug. Pour the solution into the developing tank, and 8 minutes is all it takes at 20 degrees C for most black and white film to be developed (and fixed)--no stop bath required. You can re-use the working solution several times in a couple of weeks, or the stock solution can be diluted 1:1 and used as a one-shot developer. You can achieve the best results with conventional cubic-grain films like Ilford's HP5 and FP4, Kodak Tri-X or Kentmere. Using Monobath with T-Grain films like Ilford Delta or Kodak T-Max is not recommended. This fast, easy and efficient solution for developing your black and white films, with only one chemical bath, makes it an ideal companion to the new Lab-Box from Ars-Imago. Based on the Beutler Formula for Neofin Red, it was initially formulated by Geoffrey Crawley for Paterson Photographic and is closely related to Acutol but specifically developed to exploit the advanced silver halide grain technology in films such as Ilford Delta, Kodak Tmax or Fuji Acros. It makes excellent use of the film's total ISO rating and can double its ISO by adjusting the development times. At 1+19 dilutions, twice the average development time applies, giving you a valuable compensating effect with extra shadow detail and the ability to cope with high-contrast subjects. We especially recommend it for films up to 200 ASA. Standard dilution is 1+9. At 1+14, the time should be multiplied by 1.5, and dilutions of 1+19 develop for twice as long as by standard dilution. Powder Developers ID11 and D76 Adox Adonal Film Developer (Rodinal formula) Adonal is made to the same formulation as Rodinal and is an acutance-enhancing film developer. You should achieve identical results, albeit it offers more fine-grain while enhancing sharpness and acutance. We also suggest that when using high dilutions and small developing tanks, please apply 35mm or 120 at least 5 ml of the concentrated developer on each film. For sheet films, please use 5 ml of concentrate for every four sheets of 4x5 or one sheet of 8x10 inch size. These two powder developers' formulas are similar, producing identical results. They are the two most popular powder developers we sell, single part and straightforward to mix. Both are economical, versatile fine-grain developers for all general film processing requirements requiring fine-grain negatives without losing emulsion speed. It is recognised internationally as a standard in many scientific and technical photography fields. They will process more types of black and white film than any other developer, ensuring the best balance of fine grain, sharpness and tonal rendition, producing negatives that allow a high degree of enlargement. Made in Germany, it features superb contour sharpness and a high-speed yield and is a highly concentrated, very sharp working film developer. It is a one-shot developer and cannot be re-used but can be used as a fundamental economic developer. It can be used with slow or medium-speed films at a dilution of 1+25 or 1+50 for real economy. For specialist films, you can even use it at dilutions of 1+300. ID11 is still available in a pack to make one litre (5 films) or 5 litres, and so is the new Adox D76 (a replacement for Kodak), which is identical to the unobtainable Kodak version. Storage time for an unopened full bottle of ID-11 stock solution is six months. Finally, here's a little tip if you like the look of these developers. Ilford Ilfotec-HC was designed to be liquid concentrate alternatives of D76 and ID11. Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 13 Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | FILM DEVELOPER Code Brand Product 26332 Adox FX-39 Type II Film Developer, 500ml 26333 Adox FX-39 Type II Film Developer, 100ml 27485 Adox XT-3 Film Developer, makes 1 litre 27486 Adox XT-3 Film Developer, makes 5 litres 27505 Adox D-76 Film Developer, makes 1 litre 27506 Adox D-76 Film Developer, makes 5 litres 40902 Adox Adotech IV, 100 ml 40907 Adox HR-Developer, 100ml 41141 Adox Adonal Film Developer (Rodinal formula), 500ml 41176 Adox Atomal 49 Film Developer, makes 1 litre 41177 Adox Atomal 49 Film Developer, makes 5 litres 12032 Ars-Imago Monobath Film Developer, A & B, 500ml 27480 Bellini Eco Range Film Developer, 500ml 27487 Bellini Hydrofen Developer, 100ml 27488 Bellini Hydrofen Developer, 250ml 27489 Bellini Nucleol BF200 Developer A + B, 500ml 27490 27492 42024 42025 42026 26110 21029 21030 41174 41175 26059 13001 13003 13004 11004 11006 11009 11010 11011 11014 11015 11016 11360 18032 26050 26054 26057 28484 28485 19128 27493 Bellini Eco Range Film Developer, 1 litre Bellini Euro HC Film Developer, 500ml Bergger Berspeed Film Developer, 5 litre Bergger PMK Film Developer, A & B 500ml plus 250ml Bergger PMK Developer Roto Additive, 250ml Champion Suprol Universal Film & Print Developer, 1 litre CineStill DF 96 Monobath Developer & Fixer, 1 litre CineStill DF 96 Monobath Dev & Fixer, powder, makes 1 litre Foma Fomadon Excel Film Developer, makes 1 litre Foma Fomadon LQN Film Developer 250 ml. Fotoimpex 110 Film Developer, 500ml Fotospeed FD10 Film Developer, 250 ml Fotospeed FD10 Film Developer, 1 litre Fotospeed FD10 Film Developer, 5 litres Ilford ID11 Film Developer, 1 litre Ilford ID11 Film Developer, 5 litres Ilford Microphen Film Developer, 1 litre Ilford Ilfotec DD-X Film Developer, 1 litre Ilford Perceptol Film Developer, 1 litre Ilford Ilfosol 3 Film Developer, 500 ml Ilford Ilfotec LC29 Film Developer, 500ml Ilford Ilfotec HC Film Developer, 1 litre Ilford Simplicity Film Developer, 60ml Kodak XTOL Film Developer, 5 litres Kodak D76 Film Developer, 3.8 litres Kodak HC110 Film Developer, 1 litre Kodak T-Max Film Developer, 5 litres Rollei RHC High Contrast, 1 litre Rollei Supergrain Film Developer, 500ml Tetenal Parvofin B/W Developer Tablets (10) Zone Imaging Lab 510 Pyro, 100ml with the 5ml oral syringe Description High definition developer offering fine-grain and sharpness High definition developer offering fine-grain and sharpness develops 4 films Also know as Vitimin C developer, processes 10 films Also know as Vitimin C developer, processes 50 films Alternative to the classic Kodak developer, processes 10-16 films Alternative to the classic Kodak developer, processes 50+ films Liquid, for use with Adox CMS20 film, develops 6 rolls Makes up to 5 litres. Purpose made for use with Adox HR-50 film Liquid, pea-soup economy, ma litres Powder, extra-fine grain developer, processes 10 films Powder, extra-fine grain developer, processes 50 films Develop and fix your black & white film at the same time with only one bath! Hydroquinone Free, makes 1 litre Hydroquinone, high contrast developer, makes 1.6 litres Hydroquinone, high contrast developer, makes 4 litres Pyro developer that offers fine-grain negatives with a high level of sharpness, high acutance and superb tonality. Hydroquinone Free, makes 2 litres Liquid, rapid processing, makes 16 litres, alt to Kodak HC110 Powder, speed enhancing, makes 10 litres Liquid, Pyro staining universal developer, makes 25 litres For use with PMK when used in rotary processor, makes up to 25 litres Liquid, for film and paper, makes up to 10 litres Single-step solution, processes up to 16 black & white films Single-step solution, processes up to 16 black & white films Low cost powder developer perfect for Foma films Low cost liquid developer perfect for Fomapan films. Liquid, rapid processing, makes 16 litres Liquid, one-shot economy, makes 2.5 litres Liquid, one-shot economy, makes 10 litres Liquid, one-shot economy, makes 50 litres Powder, makes 1 litre Powder, makes 5 litres Powder, extra fine, makes 1 litre Liquid, ideal for Delta 3200, makes 5 litres Powder, extra fine grain, makes 1 litre Liquid, makes 5 litres Liquid, economical, makes 15 litres Liquid, rapid processing, makes 16 litres Enough black & white developer to process 2 films Powder, makes 5 litres Powder, same as ID11 Liquid, rapid processing, makes 32 litres Liquid Liquid, for film & paper, makes up to 10 litres Liquid, compensating developer, one time for all films, makes up to 7.5 litres Individiual film development dry tablets pack will process 20 films Ex VAT 6.33 4.83 4.42 12.42 6.66 12.49 12.49 8.29 10.41 5.41 11.49 15.00 7.50 3.33 6.66 6.66 10.83 16.66 16.66 25.83 4.91 9.16 18.33 16.66 4.41 3.74 21.66 5.58 15.83 63.33 8.08 16.49 8.08 27.99 8.08 12.24 26.24 38.24 4.41 13.91 13.16 31.41 21.58 17.66 17.08 31.24 Inc VAT 7.59 5.79 5.3 14.9 7.99 14.99 14.99 9.95 12.49 6.49 13.79 18.00 9.00 3.99 7.99 7.99 12.99 19.99 19.99 31.00 5.89 10.99 21.99 19.99 5.29 4.49 25.99 6.69 18.99 75.99 9.69 19.79 9.69 33.59 9.69 14.69 31.49 45.89 5.29 16.69 15.79 37.69 25.89 21.19 20.49 37.49 Amazing pyro developer that develops 30-100 35mm rolls, 5+ years shelf life 21.67 26.00 Cost of living helper With money being a little tighter to spend this year, not helped by some significant film price increases, we have noticed a large increase in Fomapan's black and white film sales in the last few months. To go with that, but not exclusively, we offer a new low-cost film developer option from Foma that will make the pennies go further. They produce two Fomadon developers that (for around £5) are welcome additions to this year's film developer range. Fomadon Excel is a one-litre powder developer capable of producing 12 black-and-white films from any manufacturer. Fomadon LQN is a 250ml liquid developer capable of developing 12 films but is particularly attuned to Fomapan 100 and 400 users. STOP BATH Code Brand 27482 Bellini 27491 Bellini 13034 Fotospeed 13037 Fotospeed 11025 Ilford 11362 Ilford 18001 Kodak 41120 Rollei Product Eco Range Universal Stop Bath, 1 litre Eco Range Universal Stop Bath (inc. indicator dye) 500ml SB50 Odourless Stop Bath, 1 litre SB50 Odourless Stop Bath, 5 litres Ilfostop Stop Bath, 500 ml Simplicity Film Stop Bath, 30ml Indicator Stop Bath, 470ml RCS Odourless Stop Bath, 1 litre Description Citric Acid Monohydrate makes 20 litres Citric Acid Monohydrate (odourless) makes 10 litres Liquid, including dye indicator, makes 20 litres Liquid, including dye indicator, makes 100 litres With indicator, based on citric acid, makes up to 10 litres Enough black and white stop bath to process two films Liquid, including dye indicator, makes 30 litres Liquid, including dye indicator, makes 17 litres Ex VAT Inc VAT 11.66 13.99 6.91 8.29 11.08 13.29 44.33 53.19 8.99 10.79 3.58 4.29 7.49 8.99 14.58 17.49 Film Stop Bath The primary function of the stop bath is to halt the development process and to remove the excess developer from the film. Do not only use running water for this purpose because you need to neutralise the developer and prevent contamination of the fixer. The stop bath also removes the calcium and magnesium deposits in hard water that often form during development. The most commonly used film stop bath is an acetic acid solution. Odour-free citric acid stop baths are also available but are not as concentrated as acetic acid versions and often cost more. You use Stop Baths in film and print processing, and they usually come with a dye that changes the colour of the solution when exhausted. Be sure to dilute the concentrate correctly, as you can blister the film if it is too strong. Most films only need 30-60 seconds in a stop bath to be effective. Our Cheapest Stop Bath We do not sell a cheaper stop bath than one from Ilford. Ilfostop ONLY £10.79 is a citric acid odourless stop bath made in Germany and has a universal application for all black & white films and photographic RC/ FB papers. It has an indicator dye to warn of exhaustion. It also makes for a more pleasant darkroom environment due to its odourless formula. It dilutes at 1+19 with water in all applications, making up to 10 litres of working solution. Odour Free Stop Bath Using a citric odourless stop bath makes for a safer and sweetersmelling darkroom when compared to a traditional acetic acid stop bath. You remove allergies and skin irritations by using this type of stop-bath, equally suitable for film or paper use. Choose from Bellini, Fotospeed or Tetenal. All dilute at 1+19 in either application, come with indicator dye to warn of exhaustion and are ready to wash after 1 minute of immersion. With them, you will find they also protect your fixer life and performance with no alkali carryover from the developer. Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX 14 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | Film Fixers Sodium Fixers The action of "fixing" the film will fix the image on the negative; in effect, it stops the film from going black in daylight. A fixer turns unused silver halides into a compound that will dissolve in water and can then rinse off the film. As a rule, you should allow 5 minutes to fix a film and 2 minutes for paper fixing. There are two types of fixer. The acidified "hypo" type main ingredient is sodium thiosulphate, which you usually use at film strength. The other kind of fixer contains acidified ammonium thiosulphate. You once needed to add a hardener to these fixers for use with films when an emulsion required protection, but this is no longer the case with most modern films. Ammonium thiosulphate fixers half the fixing time and are often called rapid fixers. Not many sodium fixers are left on the market now, as everyone prioritises processing speed. However, Kodak's version is a traditional hardening Sodium Thiosulphate fixer powder that makes a stock solution of 3.8 litres for fixing film. Still, you can also dilute the stock 1:3 to fix the paper. Tetenal markets a time-saver fixer called Superfix Plus that eliminates the need for a stopbath after development. For sensitive users, we also sell the Fotospeed Odourless Stop baths and fixers - which you will find on the black and white paper auxiliaries page. Adox Adofix P II Great value Adox Adofix P II is unusual because it is a universal powder acid fixer for films and papers - all others being liquid. You can use it to process most types of blackand-white photo papers and films manually. ONLY £3.49 This lightweight powder fixer, based on Sodium Thiosulphate, has a great shelf life. Both the powder and the working solution are very durable. It's also a great value option when a small fixer solution is required. Makes 1 litre. Champion Amfix Amfix universal fixer dilutes at 1+4 for film or 1+9 for prints of all types. It offers rapid fixing times and high throughput potential. Available in 1- or 5-litre concentrates, it is our best-selling fixer. You cannot buy a cheaper fixer. Ilford Rapid and Hypam Hypam was available in all sizes, but now only 5-litre containers are available. Hypam differs from Rapid Fixer, Ilford's standard offering in 500ml and 1-litre bottles, because Ilford adds a hardener to Hypam to make a hardening fixer. Both are ammonium thiosulfate rapid fixers and are thus very similar in use. Both give you the quickest wash times possible with a non-hardening fixer. You can also use film and paper at 1+4 dilution for film and 1+9 for paper. Film Storage Film Scanners Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Odourless Fixer Fotospeed's helping hand in making your darkroom a sweeter-smelling place is extended with their odourless fixer, suitable for film and paper use. The FX30 fixer standard dilution is 1+9. It makes for a more pleasant working environment in your darkroom and is pH neutral; it is available in 1 or 5-litre containers. Using a stop bath is recommended to extend the life of the fixer. Tetenal also makes an odourless fixer, but only in a one-litre size. FIXER Code Brand 26334 Adox 40905 Adox 40909 Adox 40910 Adox 27481 Bellini 27502 Bellini 26116 Champion 26117 Champion 13010 Fotospeed 13011 Fotospeed 13012 Fotospeed 13014 Fotospeed 11020 Ilford 11021 Ilford 11022 Ilford 11361 Ilford 18036 Kodak 26070 Kodak 41114 Rollei 41115 Rollei 41116 Rollei 19043 Tetenal 19129 Tetenal 27456 Zone Imaging Lab Product Adofix Plus Fixer, 100ml Description Baby bottle fixes 4 films Adofix P II Universal Fixer, powder makes 1L Powder, for film and paper, makes 1 litre Adofix Plus Fixer, 500ml Liquid, for film and paper, makes 5 litres Adofix Plus Fixer, 1L Liquid, for film and paper, makes 10 litres Eco Range Universal Fixer, FX100, 1L Ammonium Hyposulfite, makes 5-10 litres Eco Range Universal Fixer, FX100, 5L Ammonium Hyposulfite, makes 50-100 litres Amfix Fixer, 1L Liquid, for film and paper, makes 5 l for film or 10 l for prints Amfix Fixer, 5L Liquid, for film and paper, makes up to 50 litres FX20 Fixer, 1L Liquid, film and paper, makes up to 10 litres FX20 Fixer, 5L Liquid, film and paper, makes up to 50 litres FX30 Odourless Fixer, 1L Liquid, for film and paper, makes up to 10 litres FX30 Odourless Fixer, 5L Liquid, for film and paper, makes up to 50 litres Rapid Fixer, 500 ml Liquid, film and paper, makes up to 5 litres Rapid Fixer, 1L Liquid, film and paper, makes up to 10 litres Hypam Fixer, 5L Liquid, film and paper, makes up to 50 litres Simplicity Film Fixer, 100ml Enough black and white fixer to process 2 films Professional Rapid Fixer with Hardener, 1L For film and paper, makes up to 3.8L; Solution A 946ml, Solution B 106ml Sodium Fixer, 3.8L Powder, for film and paper, makes up to 15 litres Fix AG, 1.2L Liquid, for film & paper, makes up to 12.5 litres Fix AG, 5L Liquid, for film & paper, makes up to 50 litres Fix AG Plus, 5L Liquid, for film & paper, makes up to 50 litres Superfix Plus Fixer, 1L Liquid, rapid fixer, makes up to 10 litres Superfix B/W Film & Paper Fixer Tablets (20) 20 individiual fixer dry tablets - pack will process up to 60 films or 160 sheets of RC paper Eco Zonefix, 1L Powder, alkaline fixer Ex VAT Inc VAT 2.91 3.49 2.91 3.49 4.99 5.99 8.33 9.99 11.24 13.49 39.16 46.99 7.08 8.49 21.83 26.19 8.74 10.49 34.83 41.79 8.74 10.49 34.83 41.79 11.74 14.09 16.08 19.29 45.41 54.49 4.49 5.39 17.66 21.19 20.33 24.39 10.00 12.00 24.58 29.49 28.74 34.49 15.91 19.09 24.99 29.99 6.63 7.95 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 15 Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | Photo Chemicals for an Eco-Friendly Life We have increasingly been asked to source sustainable products that customers can enjoy more responsibly in the last few years. Because of our experience, we have provided new ranges of both chemicals and equipment. Here we list our environmentally-friendly chemical range, and if you're interested in our equipment additions (like our stainlesssteel replacements for plastics), please look at page 29. You can easily replace your film developer and completely stop bath and fixer with ecofriendly products. Bellini, for example, makes a hydroquinone-free developer (saves killing fish in the watercourse). Fotospeed and Ilford also make comparable products. They also produce citric acid stop baths and odourless fixers I'm sure we've all had enough of wearing masks in the last couple of years. Look out for more eco-products in the coming year. PHOTO CHEMICALS FOR AN ECO-FRIENDLY LIFE Code Brand Product Description 27485 Adox XT-3 Film Developer, makes 1 litre Also know as Vitimin C developer, will process 10 films 27486 Adox XT-3 Film Developer, makes 5 litres Also know as Vitimin C developer, will process 50 films 27480 Bellini Eco Range Film Developer, 500ml Hydroquinone Free, makes 1 litre 27490 Bellini Eco Range Film Developer, 1 litre Hydroquinone Free, makes 2 litres 27481 27491 27482 Bellini Bellini Bellini Eco Range Universal Fixer, FX100, 1 litre Eco Range Universal Stop Bath (inc. indicator dye) 500ml Eco Range Universal Stop Bath, 1 litre Ammonium Hyposulfite, makes 5-10 litres Citric Acid Monohydrate (odourless), makes 10 litres Citric Acid Monohydrate, makes 20 litres 27492 Bellini Euro HC Film Developer, 500ml Liquid, rapid processing, makes 16 litres, alternative to Kodak HC110 13010 Fotospeed FX20 Fixer, 1 litre Liquid, film and paper, makes up to 10 litres 13011 Fotospeed FX20 Fixer, 5 litres Liquid, film and paper, makes up to 50 litres 13012 Fotospeed FX30 Odourless Fixer, 1 litre Liquid, for film and paper, makes up to 10 litres 13014 Fotospeed FX30 Odourless Fixer, 5 litres Liquid, for film and paper, makes up to 50 litres 11025 Ilford Ilfostop Stop Bath , 500 ml With indicator, based on citric acid, makes up to 10 litres 11362 Ilford Simplicity Film Stop Bath, 30ml Enough black and white stop bath to process 2 films 18001 Kodak Indicator Stop Bath, 470ml Liquid, including dye indicator, makes 30 litres 18032 Kodak XTOL Film Developer, 5 litres Powder, makes 5 litres 41120 Rollei RCS Odourless Stop Bath, 1 litre Liquid, including dye indicator, makes 17 litres Ex VAT Inc VAT 4.42 5.3 12.42 14.9 7.50 9.00 10.83 12.99 11.24 13.49 6.91 8.29 11.66 16.66 8.74 34.83 8.74 34.83 8.58 3.58 7.49 13.91 14.58 13.99 19.99 10.49 41.79 10.49 41.79 10.29 4.29 8.99 16.69 17.49 Film Storage Film Scanners Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Clearing and Wetting Agents After fixing, the film must be washed clean of processing chemicals. This process usually requires 20 to 30 minutes, with agitation and a complete water change at least every 5 minutes. Because concern for conservation and ecology is placing a higher premium on water supplies, it is worthwhile to reduce long and wasteful washing times by using a clearing agent, often called a hypo neutraliser or hypo eliminator. This solution speeds up the removal of the fixer and allows more efficient washing. For example, after a one or two-minute bath in Kodak's Hypo Clearing Agent, films need only a 5-minute wash. It is best to give the film a pre-rinse with water and moderate agitation during the clearing step. Using a wetting agent is unnecessary, but it is a final step before drying that helps you get the best negatives. Wetting agents, such as Fotospeed's RA50, make the film's surface "wetter" so water flows off it smoothly, preventing water spots or streaks on the film while drying. The film is bathed in it for 30 to 60 seconds, which helps minimise scratching of the film. 16 CLEARING AND WETTING AGENTS Code Brand Product 13009 Fotospeed FR10 Farmers Reducer, 4x 250ml 13019 Fotospeed RA50 Rinse Aid Wetting Agent, 500 ml 11001 Ilford Washaid, 1 litre 11029 Ilford Ilfotol Wetting Agent Liquid, 1 litre 11363 Ilford Simplicity Film Wetting Agent, 25ml 18002 Kodak Photo Flo, 470ml 18004 Kodak Hypo Clearing Agent, 3.8 litres Description For over exposure, makes 4x 250ml Liquid, anti-drying marks aids drying, makes 200 litres Liquid, aids washing of film and FB papers, makes 5 litres Liquid, add to film wash, makes 200 litres Enough black and white wetting agent to process 2 films For anti-drying marks, makes 94 litres Powder, reduces wash time, makes 19 litres www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Ex VAT Inc VAT 14.99 17.99 5.74 6.89 10.24 12.29 18.58 22.29 3.83 4.59 8.83 10.59 10.24 12.29 Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX Film Colour Film C41 Chemicals We often get the question, "I have done black and white processing and now want to try colour negative processing how hard is it?". If you can maintain the temperature at 38 degrees C (the main difference between the two), then everything else in C41 processing is relatively familiar and straightforward. When you need to develop a colour-negative film, C41 chemistry is required. | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners Film Developing Tanks OUR ECN2 KITS C41 ALTERNATIVES Chemical kits designed for motion pictures that require the Motion ECN2 process can also process 35mm camera film that has been re-rolled from large reels for SLR photography, e.g. the new Firstcall Vision 3 film we are selling. While Bellini produces a complete liquid kit, an alternative option comes from Cinestill in their Cs2 kit. This kit contains one litre of ready-to-use pre-bath and concentrated solutions, including one litre of the developer, stop bath, bleach and fixer in handy powder form. The one-litre kit will process up to 16 35mm films of 36 exposure, one 16mm film of 30.5m, or six Super 8 films of 15 metres in length and comes with straightforward instructions. All you need is water, a thermometer and any simple tank and reel system! ECN is excellent for high-contrast scenes, achieving the low-contrast cinematic look of motion picture negatives and a high-quality alternative to standard C41 processing. Shelf life can be up to two to three years. Rollei Colorchem C-41 The Colorchem Kit is identical to Tetenal's in that the kit comes in two baths and includes a stabiliser bath in the box. This one-litre pack will develop up to 16 films that cost only £1.62 per developed roll, making it very economical. Rollei Colorchem C41 can process any C41 film (including Ilford XP2) from operating temperatures as low as 25°C to the classic 38 °C. You can even use it at a Rapid temperature of 45° C. Total processing time, including washing and stabilising, for films varies between 11 and 28 minutes, depending on the temperature. The kit has a complete instruction booklet with development times, storage life, and mixing instructions. Our recommended C41 Kit Our recommended C41 kit is also one of the cheapest. The Bellini Monopart Kit is also slightly different from other kit suppliers in that the developer is diluted when using it and because the bleach and fix are separate components (the bleach even comes ready to use). It is an excellent value kit (up to 14 films can be processed) and easy to mix, with a start-to-finish processing time of less than a quarter of an hour; this is the standard to beat in colour processing kits. C-41 for MiniLabs We now stock Bellini C-41 colour chemicals, needed in bulk, for use with Fuji MiniLab processing machines. The chemicals in the range are: 27498: C41 Single-Part Colour Developer 20l (4x5 litres) 27499: C41 Bleach RA Process, Ready to Use, 2x 5 litres 27500: C41 Fixer RA Replenisher, 20l (2 x 10 litres) 27503: C41 Starter Bleach, 2 litres 27504: C41 Starter Developer, 1 litre Take Anywhere C41 Powder Kit If you can process your black and white film, you can quickly process your colour film with this kit from CineStill. You can use their two-bath, powder-processing kit at various temperatures with the same equipment you already use to process your black and white film at home. You don't need a darkroom or automated processor, meaning you can process anywhere and achieve excellent results. It contains reusable Developer and Blix for up to 24 rolls of film. All you need is water, a thermometer and any simple tank and reel system! We particularly recommend it for use with the new Lab-Box from Ars Imago. Prices on Page 18 > www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 17 Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | CineStill CS Temperature Control System COLOUR FILM C41 AND ECN2 CHEMICALS Code Brand Product Description 27484 Bellini C-41 Kit, MonoPart, 1 litre Easy to use processing kit, processes 14 films 27495 Bellini 27498 Bellini 27499 Bellini 27500 Bellini ECN2 Kit, 1 litre C41 Single-Part Colour Developer 20l (4x5 litres) C41 Bleach RA Process, Ready to Use, 2x 5 litres C41 Fixer RA Replenisher, 20l (2 x 10 litres) Processing kit designed for motion pictures that require the Motion ECN2 process. Designed for Fuji MiniLab use Designed for Fuji MiniLab use Designed for Fuji MiniLab use 27503 Bellini C41 Starter Bleach, 2 litres Designed for Fuji MiniLab use 27504 Bellini C41 Starter Developer, 1 litre Designed for Fuji MiniLab use 21024 CineStill 27497 CineStill Cs41 Color Simplified Kit Powder Cn2 ECN-2 Kit, 2-bath, 1 litre Two bath C41 kit you can take anywhere with flexible processing times Powder processing kit designed for motion pictures that require the Motion ECN2 process. 41173 Rollei Colorchem C-41 Kit, 1 litre 2 baths, liquid, develops up to 16 films 21023 CineStill CS Temperature Control System TCS-1000 Easily mix and heat your chemistry, C41, ECN2 or E6 21026 Nova Water Heater, Novatronic Sticks to inside of dish, for preheating any developing tank Ex VAT Inc VAT 35.83 43.00 23.33 27.99 51.66 61.99 139.17 167.00 43.33 51.99 21.67 26.00 11.67 14.00 29.16 34.99 29.99 35.99 30.83 36.99 87.49 104.99 45.79 54.95 The CineStill Temperature Control System TCS-1000 immersion circulator/ thermostat is a great idea and a simple solution for developing your colour negative or slide films at home. This system allows you to mix your chemistry efficiently, heat it to the precise processing temperature, and maintain it during the entire developing session. COLOUR FILM E6 CHEMICALS Code Brand Product 27483 Bellini E6 Kit, Six Bath, 1 litre 27494 Bellini E6 Kit, Six Bath, 5 litre 41172 Foma Reversal Kit for Black & White Slide Film Description Slide processing slide kit, processes 8 films Professional processing slide kit, processes up to 50 films Complete reversal processing kit for slide-developement of 8 Fomapan 100 R 135/36 films or other B/W negative slide films. Ex VAT Inc VAT 30.00 36.00 113.33 136.00 32.49 38.99 Bellini E6 One Litre Kit Bellini E6 Five Litres Kit Finally, you can semi-automate mixing concentrates and powder chemicals, heating them to the precise processing temperature and maintaining the desired temperature during the entire developing session. It holds two 1000ml. Storage bottles (collapsible accordion style, wide-mouth, Jobo, etc.) in your desired sink, tub, or basin at the desired temperature. The intuitive interface presents the control to standard C-41 processing and quickly adjusts temperature and timers for any process. With the TCS-1000, you can easily mix and heat chemistry in a 1000ml mixing Jug in seconds, without spills or additional oxidation, while reheating chemistry preserved in the fridge for a longer shelf life. Novatronic Water Heater The Novatronic Water Heater is a cheaper alternative to CineStill. Because it sticks to the inside of a developing dish, it can be used as a water bath for preheating any developing tank. It is accurate to +/- 0.2 degrees C in its 0-42 degree range. This top-quality, excellent-value kit is unique. It is the only small-volume E6 Kit you can buy (processes eight films) that still uses the "traditional" six-bath process. It makes one litre of each solution: First Developer, Reversal bath, Colour Developer, Pre-beach, Bleach, Fixer and 10 litres of Stabilizer. It is probably the best E6 kit we sell. Although the six baths are double those from Tetenal, it's very straightforward in the processing method (albeit you should add around one minute to the First Developer time if you're processing Fuji slide films). It's also easy to process without a film processor and takes 45 minutes from beginning to end. Using a "traditional" six-bath process, this professional kit will process up to 50 films. It is designed to make one litre of each solution: First Developer, Reversal bath, Colour Developer, Pre-beach, Bleach, Fixer and 10 litres of Stabilizer. Having tested the kit, we can confirm it is probably the best E6 kit we sell, it's very straightforward in the processing method (albeit you should add around one minute to the First Developer time if you're processing Fuji slide films). It's also easy to process without a film processor (even though you need to maintain 38 degrees C for the first five steps, and it takes 45 minutes from beginning to end. Foma Reversal Kit Foma's complete reversal processing kit allows for developing eight Fomapan 100 R 135/36 films or other B/W negative films (to use as a slide film). Unlike the normal B/W negative developing process, the exposed silver in the image remains clear, and the unexposed areas turn black. To do this, the exposed silver areas are developed and washed away, and the remaining unexposed silver areas are then exposed (second exposure) and once again developed, then finally fixed. In this way, you get a slide with perfect grey tones. Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX 18 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | FILM CLEANING Storage for film photography can always be an issue if you're an active photographer. Film negatives are susceptible to dust or mould if not properly stored. It would be best to always store negatives in acid-free sleeves and archival binders or boxes at room temperature to prevent potential damage. But things happen, and you might come across negatives that you must clean. Luckily, you can fix most common problems, such as dirty, musty, or mouldy negatives. Dirty negatives can generally be fixed with a simple can of air. Alternatively, you can use a microfibre cloth to wipe a negative clean. As negatives can be rewashed repeatedly, washing the negatives in water at room temperature can also solve most issues. If you rewash the negative, then it is highly recommended that you use a Photo-Flo solution for B&W film or the appropriate stabiliser for colour films. The negative should be hung to dry in a dust-free environment, just like when it is developed and hung to dry. If these basic cleaning methods fail, you could try using a film cleaner such as Pec 12, the only archival film cleaner on the market. If using a film cleaner, you should try it on an unimportant negative to test it before applying it to one you hope to keep, just in case. Please note that any liquid added to the negative will make the emulsion more susceptible to scratching, so always be careful. When attempting to clean slide film, removing the film from the cardboard mount is recommended to effectively clean the entire surface of the film. Note that this will require you to have replacement mounts on hand (which we sell), allowing you to transfer the film from an older, possibly dirty one to a fresh, new one. PEC-12 Film Cleaner With thanks to www.guidetofilmphotography.com for providing the above recommendations. Not only does PEC-12 routinely save many of your most valuable images, but it Kenro Air Duster Fotospeed FC50 Film Cleaner is the ONLY archival cleaner available. PEC-12 is a non- Kenro's new professional Fotospeed water-based photographic air duster is eco-friendly FC50 is a film and print cleaner that and can clean film and liquid film removes virtually all non- reach those difficult cleaner water-based stains from areas under a camera or suitable for colour and B&W slides, enlarging lens. Kenro also all emulsions. negatives, and prints. makes refills available, and a different attachment turns their air into a vacuum when blowing dust is impractical. Antistatic Cloths Calotherm or Tetenal Microfibre cloths, when used in conjunction with Fotospeed or PEC-12 film cleaner, are recommended for removing fingerprints, grease and static buildup from your photographic film. It will remove greasy finger marks, leaving the film free of dust and less likely to attract dust. Apply with an anti-static soft cloth and allow to dry for 30 seconds. Supplied in a 125ml can. We suggest this low-cost film cleaner as an alternative to PEC-12, which works equally well. PEC-12 also can remove grease, pencil, adhesive residue, finger oils, ball-point pen, fungus, smoke & soot damage, laser separation oil and most permanent inks. Without water, PEC-12 dries instantly without emulsion swelling and leaving no residue. The 2 oz (59ml) bottle contains a dropper that enables a precise application to the minor emulsion surface, dispensing with waste that often occurs when using a All microfibre cloths spray applicator. can be washed, guaranteeing a long cleaning life once purchased. COLOUR FILM C41 AND ECN2 CHEMICALS Code Brand Product Description 19139 Calotherm Anti-static Cleaning Cloth, Calocloth, Microfibre For all lenses, washable, 8x6in Ex VAT Inc VAT 2.49 2.99 25023 Dust-Off Aerosol, Dust-Off Classic Refill 300ml air can that goes with chrome valve 8.74 10.49 25025 Dust-Off Aerosol, Dust-Off Plus Refill 300ml air that goes with multi-directional plastic valve 8.74 10.49 25026 Dust-Off Monitor Wipes 80 wipes, antisatsic and smear free 6.41 7.69 25027 Dust-Off Duster XL, 300ml Great value can of air 7.49 8.99 19123 Fotospeed FC50 Film Cleaner Liquid, 125ml Removes grease and fingerprints from all film emulsions 8.33 9.99 25869 Giottos Lens Cleaning Blower, Rocket Air 1900 The ultimate blower brush alternative 10.83 12.99 25080 Hama Anti-static Cleaning Cloth, 5904, Microfibre 6 x 6in in protective box 3.58 4.29 26163 Hama Anti-static Universal Cleaning Cloth Size 20 x 20cm 3.58 4.29 25037 Kaiser Gloves, Lint Free, Size L, 1 pair, K6365 Non static, single pair large size (12) 6.49 7.79 25081 Kaiser Lens Cleaning Blower Brush, Wide Negative With 1in wide brush 11.66 13.99 25065 Kenro Aerosol, Dust-Vac Converts any Kenro or Jessops air cans to become a vacuum 7.91 9.49 25070 Kenro Aerosol Kenair Master Kit, 360ml Can of air and valve 27.49 32.99 25071 Kenro Aerosol Replacement Refill, 360ml 16.66 19.99 64002 PEC 12 Photographic Film Cleaner, 2 oz bottle Cleans your film of grease, pencil, ball-point pen & mildew marks 14.16 16.99 19130 Tetenal Anti-static Spray, 400ml Removes static build-up 14.58 17.49 19133 Tetenal Anti-static Cleaning Cloth, Microfibre, Optical For all lenses, washable, 8x10in 5.83 6.99 19142 Tetenal Anti-static Cleaning Cloth, Premium 11.5 x 12in 5.83 6.99 Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 19 Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | FILM STORAGE Once a picture has been taken on film, it is advisable to find a safe manner of filing the negatives or slides. Not only is it a good idea to logically lay out your collections for printing and sharing purposes, but you often find that your films will get scratched or marked without correct storage. Protect all your negatives and slides in film-safe sleeves. Archival sleeves are best because the emulsions will not degrade over a period during storage. There are two types that we sell. The oldest form is acid-free paper sleeves from Kenro and MACO or clear polypropylene sleeves from ClearFile. Sold in the form of pages, they all fit the ClearFile four-ring binders, which are ideal for storing and filing. The ClearFile ones can be used directly when making contact proof sheets, and a file with pages of sleeved negatives and corresponding contact sheets is an excellent filing system that we recommend for most students and analogue photographers. 10B Page Holds forty 35mm negatives, ten strips of 4 frames. Only fits oversized ring binders like the Luxury range 11B Page Holds twenty-four 35mm negatives, six strips of 4 frames 12B Page Holds thirty-five 35mm negatives, seven strips of 5 frames Film Storage Film Scanners Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying ClearFile Archival Plus Negative Storage ClearFile Archival Plus Negative pages are our best-selling brand. Clearfile makes them from a specially formulated polypropylene to safely protect your valuable 35mm negatives. Archival Plus Negative pages feature incredible crystal clear clarity and are manufactured in a more substantial thickness than flimsier alternatives, resulting in improved durability. ClearFile Archival pages feature "ripresistant" seals. This stitched sealing method allows each seal to work independently to resist tearing, unlike straight-line seals that continue to separate once the rip begins. A stitched seal also provides excellent airflow between pockets to protect against ferrotyping, moisture and mildew. Most pages have new pan-European/US 7-ring holes and fit standard 4-ring binders. All ClearFile negative pages offer: · High Clarity 4 mil Polypropylene · Archival Safe · Acid-Free · No PVC · PAT Passed · 25 or 100 per pack All ClearFile Negative Pages are just £10.99 inc VAT for 25 sheets 13B Page Holds thirty-six 35mm negatives, six strips of 6 frames 14B Page Holds forty-two 35mm negatives, seven strips of 6 frames 15B Page Holds twelve 6 x 6cm frames of 120 film, three strips vertically, top loading 16B Page Holds twelve 6 x 6cm frames of 120 film, four strips horizontally 17B Page Holds twelve 6 x 7cm frames of 120 film, four strips horizontally 34B Page Holds four 4 x 5-inch negatives or transparencies of 120 film Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX 20 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners MACO Paper Negative Storage An economical and practical method of storing negatives and contact proof pages is to buy a paper (glassine) type of storage sheet. Our offerings from MACO are almost 1/3 of the price compared to our brandleading Kenro range. They make their negative sleeves from finely ground pulp paper, which is mainly greaseproof but has a low wet strength. A unique mechanical treatment called calendaring achieves a high level of transparency. Acid- and lignin-free, they are suitable for long-term negative storage. Each pack, in the four available sizes, come in money-saving packs of 100 sheets. ClearFile Archival Plus Slide Pages ClearFile makes its Archival Plus storage pages from specially formulated polypropylene for the safe, long-term protection of your valuable photographic slides. Their Archival Plus Slide pages feature incredible crystal clear clarity, making them more substantial in thickness than flimsier alternatives, resulting in improved durability and presentation. When used with filing bars from Kenro, the 22B, you can hang them in any standard A4 filing cabinet. Metal filing bars are available. Of course, if you want to store your pages in ring binders, they fit all US 7-ring holes and European standard 4-ring binders. All ClearFile slide pages offer: · High Clarity 6 mil Polypropylene · Archival Safe · Acid-Free · No PVC · · PAT Passed · 25 or 100 per pack · | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | Kenro Paper Negative Storage Kenro manufactures these paper-negative storage pages from Acid-Free Translucent Paper Pergamon. Each page in 35mm or 120 formats holds seven strips of 6 full-frame 35mm negatives or 12 medium format types. The pages are side-loaded, and the strip positions are overprinted to help with quick loading. The binding is multipunched and is compatible with most types of ring binders. We recommend either the Kenro Photo Storage binder or ClearFile binders, which are `oversized' A4, and they are designed for use with these pages with the extra width required. 21B Page Top Loading holds twenty 35mm Mounted Transparencies 22B Page Side Loading holds twenty slides that can be used in a filing cabinet 23B Page Top-Loading holds twelve 120mm, Unmounted Transparencies AP Slide Storage Case This inexpensive case holds your slides in five columns with up to 40 in each tray. You can break up these groups with fifteen dividers that can be inserted at any point in the case's trays. AP no longer prints the index card shown in the picture in the pack, but it's a simple job to print your own if needed. SLIDE AND NEGATIVE STORAGE Code Brand Product Description 25252 AP Projector Slide Storage Case - holds 200 Plastic with clear lid; 200 slides in compartments 43010 Clearfile 10B Negative Pages 35mm Archival Plus, 25 Pk Holds forty 35mm negatives, 10 strips of 4 frames 43011 Clearfile 11B Negative Pages 35mm Archival Plus, 25 Pack Holds twenty four 35mm negatives, 6 strips of 4 frames 43012 Clearfile 12B Negative Pages 35mm Archival Plus, 25 Pack Holds thirty five 35mm negatives, 7 strips of 5 frames 43013 Clearfile 13B Negative Pages 35mm Archival Plus, 25 Pack Holds thirty six 35mm negatives, 6 strips of 6 frames 43014 Clearfile 14B Negative Pages 35mm Archival Plus, 25 Pack Holds forty two 35mm negatives, 7 strips of 6 frames 43019 Clearfile 14B Negative Pages 35mm Archival Plus, 100 Pack Holds forty two 35mm negatives, 7 strips of 6 frames 43015 Clearfile 15B Negative Pages 6x6cm Archival Plus, 25 Pack Holds twelve 6 x 6cm frames of 120 film, 3 strips vertically, top loading 43016 Clearfile 16B Negative Pages 6x6cm Archival Plus, 25 Pack Holds twelve 6 x 6cm frames of 120 film, 4 strips horizontally 43031 Clearfile 16B Negative Pages 6x6cm Archival Plus, 100 Pack Holds twelve 6 x 6cm frames of 120 film, 4 strips horizontally 43017 Clearfile 17B Negative Pages 6x7cm Archival Plus, 25 Pack Holds twelve 6 x 7cm frames of 120 film, 4 strips horizontally 43030 Clearfile 17B Negative Pages 6x7cm Archival Plus, 100 Pack Holds twelve 6 x 7cm frames of 120 film, 4 strips horizontally 43018 Clearfile 34B Negative Pages 4x5in Archival Plus (25) Holds four 4 x 5 inch negatives or transparancies of 120 film 43021 Clearfile 21B Slide Pages 35mm Archival Plus, 25 Pack Top Loading, holds twenty 35mm Mounted Transparencies 43022 Clearfile 22B Slide Pages 35mm Archival Plus, 25 Pack Side Loading, holds 20 slides, can be used in filing cabinet 43023 Clearfile 23B Slide Pages 6x6cm Archival Plus, 25 Pack 12 top-loading, 120mm, 25s, unmounted 25213 Kenro Negtve Pages, Print Thru Acetate, 35mm, 25 sheets Tansparent, 6 frame strips, 7 strips per page 25214 Kenro Negtve Pages, Print Thru Acetate, 6 x 6cm, 25 sheets Fits one roll of 120 film, 6x6, 6x7, 6x4.5 or 6x9 cm 26449 Kenro Negative Pages, Paper, 35mm, 25 sheets Translucent, 6 frame strips, 7 strips per page 26452 Kenro Negative Pages, Paper, 6 x 6cm, 25 sheets Holds a complete roll of 120 film, 6x6, 6x7, 6x4.5 or 6x9 cm 43081 Kenro Filing Cabinet Bars, A4, Metal, Pack of 10 10 bars for 22B 26427 MACO Negtve Pages, Paper (glassine), 35mm, 100 sheets Translucent, 6 frame strips, 7 strips per page 26428 MACO Negative Pages, Paper (glassine), 6 x 6 or 6 x 7cm, 100 sheets Translucent, 3 frame strips, 4 strips per page 26429 MACO Negtv Pages, Paper (glassine), 4 x 5", 100 sheets Translucent, 4 negatives per page 26430 MACO Negtve Pages, Paper (glassine), 8 x 10", 100 sheets Translucent, 1 negative per page Ex VAT Inc VAT 8.33 9.99 9.16 10.99 9.16 10.99 9.16 10.99 9.16 10.99 9.16 10.99 24.99 29.99 9.16 10.99 9.16 24.99 5.83 24.99 9.16 9.16 9.16 9.16 13.25 13.25 6.08 6.08 6.67 18.33 10.99 29.99 6.99 29.99 10.99 10.99 10.99 10.99 15.90 15.90 7.29 7.29 8.00 22.00 18.33 22.00 38.33 45.99 20.24 24.29 Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 21 Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | Binders for film storage Binders for Film Storage Clearfile Padded Storage Sheet Binders ClearFile's padded 11 x 13-inch 4-ring file is an oversized A4 binder that fuses luxury with functionality, holding prints, slides, and negatives together stylishly. Using a 4-ring binder, your storage system is entirely flexible, allowing you to move pages from album to album and around at will. So, even if your requirements are modest, to begin with, you can have the confidence of knowing that the system will grow with you and your photography. This "leather-look" range covers ClearFile and other negative, slide, or print storage brands. They are available in three traditional colours with gold foil embossing and a D-ring design that helps the pages stack evenly and neatly. Each file will hold approximately 50-75 sheets and costs only £10.99 inc VAT in black, blue or maroon. Keeping your pages stored logically is the perfect way to find negatives or slides when you want to print or view them. We offer two sorts of binders budget or luxury. The ClearFile Standard Binder is our best seller at only £8.99. This black budget binder has four rings and is suitable for all negative, print or slide pages from ClearFile. Although not supplied, each binder will hold four packs of 25 negative pages or 2/3 packs of the equivalent slide or print versions. They are also a real low-cost option for the student photographer. Beseler Besfile Storage Box Beseler's fully enclosed archival box and binder is a cheaper alternative to the Clearfile one, but it will also store your slides, negatives, CD/DVDs, and print pages with the secure knowledge that they will stay clean and safe. Clearfile Ultimate Portfolio Archive Storage Box Clearfile's Ultimate Archival Portfolio Box Binder has three (international use) 2.5-inch D-rings to accommodate oversized and standard-sized negative, slide, print and album pages, and even CD.DVD storage pages. They make the box exterior from 0.098 heavyweight bookbinder board and black buckram-textured acrylic-coated book cloth. It is even lined on the inside with white acid- and ligninfree buffered cardstock, which makes it the ultimate long-time storage box for all your analogue and digital materials. Three inches deep, with a V-cut in the lid for easy opening, it will hold 125 negatives, 85 prints, 45 slides or 25 CD/DVD pages. · Portfolio box and D-ring album all-in-one · White acid-free and lignin-free buffered cardstock interior lining · 098 heavyweight bookbinder board · Black buckram exterior · Neutral Ph adhesives a lignin-free box construction · Ph 8.0 to 9.0 · Passes PAT - completely archival · 3-inch depth · 2-1/2 inch silver D-rings · Dimensions: 12-1/4 W x 13-5/8 H x 3 D inches Beseler makes these sleek boxes from solid archival quality polypropylene that are acid-free and contain no PVC to degrade your images. They will hold most PRINT pages from Clearfile and Printfile and include three rings that store European or US-designed sheets. The 2-inch box has snap-tight latches to keep dirt, dust and moisture out and will hold 50 pages of negatives or prints or 25 pages for just slides (that's 500 slides). The flexible spine creases and general design enable unimpeded access and manipulation of pages on and off the rings, and the rings are partially straight on one side, which allows pages to lay better and turn better without crunching or extra strain on slides near the spine. · Safely preserve your slides photographs, slides and negatives in these virtually dust and waterproof binders · Grey with 1inch metal rings · Dimensions Outside: 12-1/8 x 10-5/8 x 2" (30.4 x 26.7 x 5cm) · Dimensions Inside: 11.75 x 10.25 x 1-7/8" (29 x 26 x 5cm) Being so inexpensive, we recommend that every student should have one to store their portfolio of negatives and prints. Please note: NOT suitable for use with any Kenro or MACO negative storage pages. In the Clearfile range, 12B for 35mm, 15B for 120, 34B for 4x5 in the negative range, and Clearfile 21B for slide users are all suitable. Film Scanners Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories 22 BINDERS AND BOXES Code Brand Product 26143 Beseler Besfile Archival Storage Binder Box (Black) 26144 Beseler Besfile Archival Storage Binder Box (Grey) 43085 Clearfile Storage Sheet Binder 4 Ring, 85, Blue padded 43088 Clearfile Storage Sheet Binder 4 Ring, 84 Black non-padded 43089 Clearfile Ultimate Portfolio Archive Storage Box, 3 Ring, Black 17006 Kenro Storage Sheet Binder 4 Ring, Black 17007 Kenro Slipcase and Ringbinder, 4 Ring, Black Description Black, with 3 rings to store negs, slide, CD or print pages Grey, with 3 rings to store negs, slide, CD or print pages Takes all sheets Budget binder that takes all sheets The log term storage soltion for any analogue photographer Holds 30 pages Holds 30 pages Ex VAT Inc VAT 20.83 24.99 20.83 24.99 12.49 14.99 7.49 8.99 45.83 54.99 12.49 14.99 18.25 21.9 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS INDEX Film FILM SCANNERS If you're a film user, there is a reason to buy a standalone film scanner rather than just a print scanner that will also digitise film. In a word, it is quality. Film scanners work at a much higher scan resolution and consequently take longer to scan each image (this can be a negative). Also, they tend to be more expensive than their photo counterparts. | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners Film Developing Tanks Reflecta x66 Scan Film Scanner The Reflecta x66-Scan multi-format scanner enables high-quality digitisation of various film formats from the different epochs of photography with just one device. In addition to the popular 35mm slides and negatives, you can scan most medium format films such as 4x4 cm (type 127) and 120 from 6x4.5 cm to 6x9 cm. With an optionally available holder, the X66 can also save Instamatic film type 126 into the digital age. The scanner has a brilliant display with a diagonal of 4.3 inches and a large viewing angle, which makes selecting, scanning and displaying images an absolute pleasure. In addition, it is possible to output the monitor image to, e.g. an LCD TV via the HDMI output. The x66-Scan digitises an image in less than two seconds with a resolution of up to 22 megapixels and saves it directly as a JPEG file on an SD card. As a standalone device, the scanner is entirely independent of computers. Kenro 4-in-1 Film & Photo Scanner The Kenro 4-in-1 Photo & Film Scanner converts photos, slides, negatives and business cards to digital images, allowing you to breathe new life into old photos, enhance them, and preserve them for posterity. This versatile unit supports photos 3.5x5, 6x4 or 7x5 inches, standard business cards, 35mm negative or positive film strips, and 35mm slides. The scanner has an interpolated resolution of 8 megapixels (1800dpi) or 16 megapixels (3600dpi), as well as a built-in 2.4-inch LCD screen for previewing images and making simple edits before saving. This scanner has a small built-in memory but is recommended with an external SD card (not included). You can use the scanner as a standalone device, independently of a PC. After scanning and saving your images, remove the SD card and insert it into your computer. Images can be transferred to Windows computers using the USB 2.0 port (supported: Windows 98, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10, 11). This comprehensive scanner comes with a 2-year limited warranty. Reflecta Film Scanner for Super 8 and Normal 8 It has never been easier to digitise and save old film treasures with Reflecta's film scanner. Select between Regular 8 and Super 8, load the film into the scanner and start it. The film is scanned frame by frame at a rate of two images per second and is written as an MP4 video in HD quality directly onto an SD card. No computer is needed! You can play the digitised film on all smartphones, tablets or PCs. Reflecta Film Scanner Super 8 - Normal 8 can also be connected directly to a TV to playback the movies. Reflecta x33-Scan Film Scanner This 5-inch screen model uses a highresolution CMOS 15.3MP sensor to create the digital image at a high resolution of 4608 x 3072 Pixels, making it much faster than its contemporaries. We recommend it as the best value for money/quality output model currently available. · Two holders 35mm, 35mm mounted colour slides. · Record onto an SD card (not included) · 5-inch screen · Colour Balance is automatic · 4608 x 3072-pixel resolution · Rechargeable battery lasts 2 ½ hours. · USB2.0 and cable to connect the unit to the TV. Plustek OpticFilm 8100 The OpticFilm 8100 is a 7200 dpi film scanner, capable of scanning 35 mm slides and negatives, which will turn a 35mm slide into an A1 poster! The optical resolution equates to a 68 million-pixel digital camera. · 7200 x 7200 dpi, 48-bit colour depth · Colour CCD · USB 2.0 · Dynamic range 3.6 D · 64-bit hardware & software support · Scan mode single pass · Slide holder up to 4 slides 35mm filmstrip, holding up to 6 frames · PC/MAC compatible Product Features Film Type: Super 8 and Regular 8 (maximum reel size 5 inch / 12,7 cm) · Image Sensor: 3.53 Megapixels (2304 x 1536) 1/3" CMOS · Resolution: 1440 x 1080 p @ 20fps (MP4) · Image Area: adjustable in x-, y- and z-axis · Exposure control: Auto/Manual (-2.0 to 2.0) · Scanning Speed: 2 frames per second - ca. 30 minutes for a reel of 15 meters · External Memory: SD/SDHC cards with up to 32 GB (not included) · Display: 2,4 inch (6,1 cm) LCD · Light Source: LED · PC Interface: USB 2.0 (for data transfer) · TV-Out: NTSC / PAL · Film Format: MP4. No possibility to capture audio SCANNERS Code Brand 26503 Kenro 24231 Plustek 24232 Plustek 24233 Plustek 24238 Reflecta 24241 Reflecta 24239 Reflecta Product 4-in-1 Film & Photo Scanner OpticFilm 8100 Film Scanner OpticFilm 8200i SE Film Scanner OpticFilm 8200i Ai Film Scanner x33-Scan Film Scanner x66 Scan Film Scanner Film Scanner Super 8 and Normal 8 Description Digitally converts photos, slides, negatives and business cards to digital images breathe new life into old images 7200 dpi, 48 bit colour depth 7200 dpi, 48 bit colour depth, HDRi, Infrared Smart Removal of Defects 7200 dpi, 48 bit colour depth, HDRi, iSRD, Expert Mode, 16bit Histogram 4608 x 3072 pixels, USB 2.0 standalone scanner for 35mm slides and negatives, 5 inch screen Enables high-quality digitization of various film formats up to 120 Scan either format as MP4 video in HD quality directly onto an SD card. Full description page 26. Ex VAT Inc VAT 90.83 109.00 290.83 349.00 315.83 379.00 415.83 499.00 124.17 149.00 190.83 229.00 332.5 399.00 Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 23 Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | Valoi Negative Film Scanners The VALOI easy35 is an innovative, compact, and self-contained 35mm film scanning system that features a builtin light source and attaches directly to a macro lens, delivering professional quality scans in a system the size of a water bottle while requiring no copy stand or separate light source. It is modular, compatible with most cameras, and, above all, easy to use! · Get great film scans at home using your digital camera and macro lens. · Plug-and-Play Scanning at home · Scan up to 10x faster than with a flatbed scanner. · Super compact: Fits in a small camera bag · Professional-grade film holders for speed and quality · Built-in professional-grade light source for convenience and consistent quality · Replaceable light source for a long lifespan · Excellent materials for a long-lasting product · Modular holders allow formats smaller than 35mm. · No copy stand or tripod is required, saving you space and money. Compatible out of the box with most macro-lenses, including those with filter threads of 39mm, 46mm, 49mm, 52mm, 55mm, 58mm, 62mm, 67mm Includes: · VALOI easy35 body with built-in light · VALOI easy35 Standard 35mm Holder · VALOI easy35 Distance Tubes: 1x 10mm, 1x 20mm, 5x 40mm (230mm total) · VALOI filter thread adapters: 39mm, 46mm, 49mm, 52mm, 55mm, 58mm, 67mm (compatible out of the box with lenses with these filter thread adapters - also compatible with 62mm filter threads as this is the native thread size of the easy35) It does not include the digital camera or macro lens, both required to make final scans. Compatibility: Suitable for scanning 35mm film out of the box. The standard holder can be replaced with a variant showing the sprockets of the film. It will be compatible with smaller film sizes like APS, 110 and 126 films. Most interchangeable-lens digital cameras make excellent scanning cameras. You will need a macro lens capable of focusing to 1:1 magnification to scan 35mm film. Most of those lenses available will be compatible. We do not recommend using lenses than the following focal lengths: Full frame: Shorter than 55mm, Longer than 105mm APS-C: Shorter than 40mm - Longer than 70mm M4/3: Shorter than 40mm - Longer than 60mm Longer focal lenses can work, but we cannot guarantee enough included tubes to use the combination. Shorter focal length lenses can cause vignetting. If you are unsure or want to test yourself, follow THIS guide and check that the distance you found is shorter than 230mm. We recommend using thin cotton gloves while scanning to prevent damage to the film. Accessories: The easy35 can mount the easy35 Duster on it and has interchangeable holders. The Slide Holder replaces the standard holder for the easy35, allowing you to scan 50x50mm standard-mounted 35mm slides. Materials: The easy35 is a premium product. It is constructed from quality materials because scanning demands precision, and inferior materials do not yield a precision device. The housing is crafted from Nylon 12, an exceptionally robust plastic that is both rigid and incredibly durable. This material is also ideal for additive manufacturing. It is produced using an additive manufacturing technique known as MJF, enabling the creation of complex shapes. This results in a more robust, lighter, and more compact device. The tubes, including the part that facilitates tube rotation for rotational adjustment, are made from aluminium and are anodised with a super-matte finish. While this makes the tube somewhat heavy, it ensures it is incredibly rigid. The precise threading enhances the user experience and guarantees that the device aligns perfectly with the sensor. Additionally, the super-matte finish ensures no reflections bounce back onto the film. Inside, there's a secondary diffuser crafted from a Plexiglas diffuser acrylic designed explicitly for LED diffusion. This ensures no colour shift and promises consistency, with a guarantee against yellowing for 30 years. Light Source System: Unlike cheaper solutions, the easy35 has a light system based around a robust and high-quality light source. · Powerful light output, with shutter speeds typically between 1/40s-1/200s · CRI 95 is rated for excellent colour reproduction · Bi-colour LED adjustable to different colour temperatures · Plexiglas © secondary diffuser designed explicitly for LED diffusion guaranteed for 30 years against yellowing · 2-3 hour battery life · USB-C charging · Chargeable while on for long scanning sessions · Replaceable light source unit for a long lifetime · Internal reflector for even light in a small footprint The 35mm Sprocket holder allows you to scan more of the frame, including the open sprockets of the film. This product requires an interchangeable-lens digital camera and a macro lens to focus on a 1:1 reproduction ratio. Valoi says that all system cameras that mount a macro lens work for your camera to comply. Fixed-lens cameras do not work, as none has a true 1:1 macro. VALOI easy35 NEGATIVE FILM SCANNER Code Brand Product Description 12500 Valoi easy35 Main Kit The All-in-One High-Quality Film Scanning Solution 12502 Valoi easy35 35mm Duster Using the easy35 helps remove loose dust on film for cleaner scans. 12501 Valoi easy35 35mm Sprocket Holder Using the easy35 allows you to scan more of the frame, including the open sprockets of the film. 12525 Valoi easy35 Slide Holder Replaces the standard holder for the easy35, allowing you to scan 50x50mm standard-mounted 35mm slides Ex VAT Inc VAT 165.83 199.00 33.33 39.99 20.83 24.99 33.33 39.99 Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX 24 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | Valoi Negative Film Scanners The VALOI 360 system is a highly modular system capable of producing ultra high-end scans in all roll-film formats up to 120/220 medium format. Its modular design allows for a small up-front investment but with lots of possible upgrades, such as a dust brush and roller advance. This system is perfect for photographers with many different formats to scan and who want the absolute highest quality and, in these challenging financial times, offers excellent value for money. The Advancer is the heart of the Valoi 360 scanning system. You'll need a Valoi Holder, either the 35mm Holder or 120 Holder - which are not included in this listing. It also requires simple assembly and a small-medium Phillips screwdriver. With the Advancer, you get a host of new features all set in a sturdy all-steel construction: · Speed: Scan a roll of 35mm film as quick as in two minutes · Stability: Sturdy rubber feet and a heavy steel construction keep everything in place · Levelling: More than 10mm fine threaded adjustment on the feet · Evenly lit scans: The film is lifted approximately 5cm off the light source to diffuse imperfections on the light · Multi-format support: With rollers set up to be adjustable for almost any roll film format ever made · Access to accessories like the Duster Additional accessories are necessary to produce a final image, including a digital camera, a close-focusing lens, a light source, and a copy stand. The easy solution and most cost-effective way of buying a Valoi 360 system is to invest in one of their kits. Our best-seller is the Professional Kit. For only £330, you get everything you need for complete scanning. Includes: · Advancer · Light Adapter and Cinestill CS Lite Scanning Light · 35mm Holder · 120 Holder · Duster · Levelling Mirror · Film Masks 6x4.5, 6x6 and 6x7 This is the kit you want if you are ready to go all-in on camera scanning. Here, you get almost all Valoi products in one discounted package, plus a great light source. This kit offers a significant discount on the ultimate camera scanning setup. Additional holders can be added separately, such as a holder for scanning the sprockets on 35mm film. Advancer The Valoi Advancer will help you improve speed, stability, levelling, and quality of light and supports all Valoi holders - it will also allow you to use other accessories, like the Valoi Duster. LightAdapter This Valoi LightAdapter is a sturdy platform with space for the Cinestill CS-LITE to slot in and then screw in place. Screwing together the light with the LightAdapter and the LightAdapter with the Advancer allows for a super sturdy setup. On the bottom of the LightAdapter, you find levelling feet in rubber that allows fine adjustment in levelling and gripping on the surface. Cinestill CS-LITE The Cinestill CS-LITE is the best affordable light source for scanning film. The low cost, high CRI, high light intensity, and three settings optimised for different film types is an unbeatable offer. Best of all, it integrates seamlessly with the Valoi 360 system. Film Masks Including the 6x4.5, 6x6, and 6x7 Film masks, this kit gives you all the options when scanning 120 film. The masks help reduce additional light when scanning formats smaller than 6x9 film in the 120 Holder. This improves contrast, which has a dramatic effect on older lenses. 35mm Holder The Valoi 35mm Holder is made for standard 35mm film with a frame size of about 24x36mm and maximised for flatness and quality. It is compatible with the Advancer but can be used on its own. 120 Holder The Valoi 360 120 Holder is made for standard 120 film with a frame size up to 6x9, though ideally suited for all smaller formats on 120 film and maximised for flatness and quality. It is compatible with the Advancer but can be used on its own. Duster The Valoi Duster is the most popular accessory for the Valoi 360 system. It has an aluminium frame, anodised completely black, with a matte surface to ensure no reflections. In it are two high-quality antistatic brushes with extremely fine bristles to ensure they don't scratch the film. Levelling Mirror The levelling mirror is a modest addition to your kit but perhaps one that gives the most significant possible as it allows you to accurately and quickly ensure your film and camera sensor are parallel. This provides square images with even focus across the whole image area and is critical to a good result. VALOI 360 SYSTEM NEGATIVE FILM SCANNER Code Brand Product Description 12522 Valoi 360 Professional Scanning Kit Everything you need for complete scanning 12519 Valoi 360 Advancer Scanning Kit Perfect 35mm Valoi 360 system for those having their light source 12520 Valoi 360 Enthusiast Scanning Lighting Kit Everything you need for 35 mm and 120 scanning, including a budget lighting set, without the need for a Valoi Advancer 12505 Valoi 360 Advancer For digital camera scanning, 35mm film 12524 Valoi 360 Essential Copy Stand v2 Align your camera correctly when film scanning 12523 Valoi 360 Starter Scanning Kit Accessories for 35mm scanning on a budget 12514 Valoi 360 Light Adapter for CS-LITE Plate to adapt the CS-LITE perfectly with a Valoi Advancer 12517 Valoi 360 Slide Basket Increases in efficiency and retains of the slides were fed through 12518 Valoi 360 Slide Holder For scanning mounted slides 12506 Valoi 360 35mm Panoramic Holder (with visible sprockets) For digital camera scanning, 35mm film 12507 Valoi 360 35mm Sprocket Scanning Holder For digital camera scanning, 35mm film 12521 Valoi 360 Cinestill CS-Lite Lighting add-on for a Valoi 360 system and Neg Supply 12503 Valoi 360 120 Film Holder For digital camera scanning 120 medium format film 12504 Valoi 360 35mm Film Holder For digital camera scanning, 35mm film 12508 Valoi 360 Duster For cleaning film before scanning. 12516 Valoi 360 120 Scanning Hood Shades the film from external light when scanning 12515 Valoi 360 35mm Scanning Hood Shades the film from external light when scanning 12512 Valoi 360 Holder Plate for Light Adapter It gives extra security if you want a Valoi 360 scan as clean as possible 12509 Valoi 360 Film Mask, 6 x 4.5 For use with Advancer with Holder giving extra security if you want a scan that is as clean as possible 12510 Valoi 360 Film Mask, 6 x 6 For use with Advancer with Holder giving extra security if you want a scan that is as clean as possible 12511 Valoi 360 Film Mask, 6 x 7 For use with Advancer with Holder giving extra security if you want a scan that is as clean as possible 12513 Valoi 360 Levelling Mirror Precisely see if your scanning system is out of alignment Ex VAT Inc VAT 274.99 329.99 166.66 199.99 124.99 149.99 124.17 149 96.66 115.99 55.83 66.99 49.99 59.99 44.16 52.99 36.66 33.33 33.33 32.49 29.16 29.16 29.16 22.49 19.16 43.99 39.99 39.99 38.99 34.99 34.99 34.99 26.99 22.99 11.66 13.99 7.49 8.99 7.49 8.99 7.49 8.99 4.16 4.99 Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 25 Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | Negative Supply Professional Film Scanning Scanning film with a digital camera will revolutionise your workflow, and nobody offers a more professional choice of equipment than Negative Supply. Why scan with a digital camera? · Greater dynamic range than flatbed or strip film scanners thanks to modern digital camera technology. · Far faster operation than flatbed or strip film scanners · Easy-to-use software options. · Film is held flatter and scans sharper using Negative Supply film holders. The four parts to any digital film scanning: 1. A Negative Holder keeps the film in place for image capture. The film needs to be flat for sharp photos. 2. A Light Source to illuminate the negative from below. Consistent light allows for even capture without vignetting. 3. A Copystand which holds the camera over the light source. Reducing shake reduces blur and sharpens the image. 4. A Digital Camera. All can be used, but you can speed up the workflow if it is tethered to a computer, you can speed up the workflow. The Negative Supply film scanning method utilises a digital camera (mirrorless or DSLR) to photograph rolls, strips or individual negatives or positives. This process allows you to capture frames very quickly and eliminates the need for flatbed or traditional commercial scanners that are either outdated or extremely slow. Once you've taken a photo of your negative, import it onto a computer for conversion using software like FilmLab Desktop or Negative Lab Pro. For positives, you may utilise the file as is. If you're a digital photographer interested in shooting film, a hybrid photographer looking for a resourceful way to scan your film, or a photographer exclusively shooting film with the desire to quickly and easily scan at home or the office, using a digital camera is a great option. Negative Supply design, test and build everything they sell in their Californian factory workshop and cover a range of film formats that Valoi doesn't, but unlike Valoi, is not modular. Consider a comprehensive solution like the Negative Supply Enthusiast Kit for 35mm and 120 (#12200). NEGATIVE SUPPLY SCANNERS Code Brand Product Description 12183 12194 Negative Supply 35mm Film Scanning Hood (previous Pro Film 35mm hood), NEW Negative Supply 35mm Full Border Cassette (Previously Pro Film Cass), NEW For Basic Film Carrier 35 MK2/Pro Film Carrier 35, reduces glare when scanning Scan with full borders (including sprockets) using this cassette for your Basic Film Carrier 35 MK2 and Pro Film Carrier 35! 12196 Negative Supply 4 x 5 Light Source Basic MK2 97 CRI, NEW Below scanner light source, 2x stops brighter than MK1 Ex VAT Inc VAT 28.33 34.00 45.00 54.00 140.83 169.00 12195 12170 12174 12180 12197 12198 12190 12193 12184 12187 Negative Supply 4 x 5 Light Source Basic MK2 99 CRI, NEW Below scanner light source, brighter than MK1 199.17 239.00 Negative Supply 4 x 5 Sheet Film Holder Negative Supply 4 x 5 Sheet Film Holder c/w 2 sheets ANR Glass Negative Supply Basic 35mm Mounted Slide Scanning Kit NEW Negative Supply Basic 4x5 Sheet Film Scanning Kit for 4x5 Film Scanning NEW Negative Supply Basic Film Carrier 120 MK2 Stabilizing Mask, NEW Negative Supply Basic Film Carrier 120 Scanning Unit MK2, NEW Negative Supply Basic Film Carrier 35mm MK2 Stabilizing Mask, NEW Negative Supply Basic Film Carrier 35mm Scanning Unit MK2, NEW An easy way that allows a digital camera to capture 4 x 5-inch film Professional way that allows a digital camera to capture 4 x 5-inch film Easily and quickly capture mounted slides using our Basic Mounted Slide Holder Scanning Kit A cost effective and high quality method to scan 4x5 film without the need of our Pro Mount MK2. Seamlessly connect the Basic Film Carrier 120 MK2 to a Basic Light Source 89.17 232.50 82.50 115.83 20.00 107.00 279.00 99.00 139.00 24.00 Scan strips or rolls of 120 film in two minutes or less 132.50 159.00 Seamlessly connect the Basic Film Carrier 35 MK2 to a Basic Light Source 20.00 24.00 Scan strips or rolls of 35mm film in two minutes or less 74.17 89.00 Negative Supply Basic Riser Mini MK2, NEW Basic copy stand for film scanning 157.50 189.00 12179 12199 12202 12200 12201 12171 12167 12164 12172 12169 12186 12188 12161 12191 12163 12192 Negative Supply Basic Riser MK3 c/w Steel Base, NEW Metel entry level copy stand for camera scanning 249.17 299.00 Negative Supply Basic Riser XL, NEW Bigger brother to the Basic Riser MK3, offers added height, rigidity, and a larger baseboard 374.17 449.00 Negative Supply Enthusiast Kit for 35mm (with Basic Riser MK3), NEW Everthing you need from NS for 35mm enthusiast film scanning. 499.17 599.00 Negative Supply Enthusiast Kit for 35mm and 120 Film Scanning (with Basic Riser MK3), NEW Everthing you need from NS for enthusiast film scanning. 649.17 779.00 Negative Supply Enthusiast Plus Kit for 35mm, 120 Film & 4x5 (with Basic Riser XL), NEW Everthing you need from NS for total enthusiast film scanning. 857.50 1029.00 Negative Supply Film Carrier 120 Full Border Scanning Guide Scan your 120 film with borders using this insert for Film Carrier 120 63.33 76.00 Negative Supply Film Carrier 120 Scanning Unit Speed up scanning time by capturing entire rolls and advance between frames with a high quality stainless steel drive mechanism 440.83 529.00 Negative Supply Film Carrier and Pro Mount Accessory Kit Three accessories in one kit. Mounted slide holder, 4x5 sheet film holder and full border scanning guides 143.33 172.00 Negative Supply Film Carrier MK1 Full Border Scanning Guides Scan with full borders (including sprockets) using this insert set for your Film Carrier MK1. 49.17 59.00 Negative Supply Mounted Slide Holder MK2 Easily and quickly capture mounted slides using your Pro Mount MK2 as a sturdy and secure base! 61.67 74.00 Negative Supply Pro Film Carrier 35 Scanning Unit Speed up scanning time by capturing entire rolls and advancing between frames. 374.17 449.00 Negative Supply Pro Film Carrier 35mm Adapter Plate for Pro Mount MK2 This adapter plate will allow you to mount your Film Carrier MK1 or Film Carrier 35MD to our Pro Mount MK2.Includes hex key 51.67 62.00 Negative Supply Pro Mount MK2 To partner the MK1 or Pro Film Carrier 35. Stabilizes your workflow and reduces dust. Constructed from metal. 266.67 320.00 Negative Supply Pro Riser MK3 (replaces the Pro Riser 2) A Pro Copystand designed specifically for film sanning 565.83 679.00 Negative Supply Scanning Light Basic In Line Power Switch, NEW llows you to switch your 4x5 Light Source Basic or new Light Source Mini 97 on or off 13.33 16.00 Negative Supply Scanning Light Source Mini 97 CRI, NEW Below scanner light source, side diffusion 199.17 239.00 12166 Negative Supply Scanning Light Source Pro 4x5, 99 CRI, NEW Below scanner light source, direct diffusion, ultra high quality output 582.5 699.00 Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX 26 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage FILM DEVELOPING TANKS | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | Taking your first steps into developing your film can be daunting. Therefore, it is unsurprising that the major film development tank makers want to simplify things for you by providing you with a kit containing everything (or almost) that'll enable you to process your first black-and-white film with minimal fuss. The payback for them, given these kits are heavily discounted, is that once you commit to their "system", you stick with them for your processing life. Film Development Starter Kits Paterson Film Developing Kit Paterson introduces analogue photographers to their world with this inexpensive kit. Unlike other kits, it contains two 600ml measures, allowing the developer and fixer to be mixed before starting the process. In this new kit, you get: £62 · Universal Film Tank with 2 Reels · Two 600ml Graduates · One 150ml Graduate · Thermometer · Film Squeegee · Set of 2 Film Clips · Fully illustrated instructions included AP Darkroom Film and Print Kit Perfect for beginners - all you need in one box and saves you £30 We have assembled an `essentials' Darkroom Film and Print Kit for beginners who want to start processing their films and printing their images without choosing the individual items. It contains all the individual components needed to process black and white (or colour) film and paper prints. The basics to undertake this task are as follows: 1x Compact Universal Tank and two reels 1x 300ml Measuring Cylinder 1x 500ml Measuring Cylinder 3x 8x10 inch Developing Dishes 1x Film and Print Squeegee 3x Print Tongs 1x Set of 2 Film Clips (one weighted) 1x Stirring Paddle 1x Spirit thermometer £60 Paterson DeLuxe Film Processing Kit £70 This co-branded Ilford and Paterson starter kit contains everything* needed to process your first rolls of film. From a developer, stop bath, fixer and wetting agent to the perfectsized developing tank and measuring cylinders for processing two rolls of 35mm film at a time (or one 120 roll). The technique to process your film is simple, rewarding, and made even easier thanks to Ilford Simplicity chemicals, premeasured for speed and ease of use. While these chemicals can easily be used in most developing tanks, the measurements were based on this kit's Paterson 2-reel Universal Film Development Tank, making it the ideal pairing. The kit contains: 1 x Ilford 35mm Film Cassette Opener, 1 x Ilford Simplicity Film Starter Pack (containing developer, stop bath, fixer and wetting agent), 1 x Paterson Universal Film Tank, 2 x Paterson Super System 4 Reels, 3 x Paterson 600ml Graduates, 1 x Paterson Thermometer, 1 x Paterson Stirrer, 2 x Paterson set of 2 film clips *A darkroom, light-tight space or dark-changing bag will be needed to load the film into the tank. Film Scanners Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories Adox Starter Developing Kit Adox is our cheapest kit. It contains both the accessories AND chemicals needed to go straight from an unexposed film from your camera to the finished developed negatively in your hands. The kit allows you to process 35mm or medium format (120mm) film. The kit, although essential, contains the following items: · A Paterson two-film tank with two spirals · A thermometer · An Adox 25 ml Rodinal measuring cylinder · An Adox 1000 ml measuring jug · 100 ml of ADONAL film developer · 100 ml of ADOFIX Fixer · 50 ml of ADOFLO wetting agent · An exposed film to practice with the film spooling process · A comprehensive manual with many images explaining the film development process You can develop ten films with this kit before reordering any chemistry. £40 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 27 INDEX Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | Film Developing Tanks Processing your film, mainly black-and-white, is far easier than most people imagine. More importantly, you have complete control over the results, enforcing our view that this is real picture-making. At a small expense, nearly any roll or sheet film can be processed at a college or home. However, to consistently produce top-quality negatives or transparencies, you must always follow the proper developing procedures. To begin with, you'll need a Changing Bag and Developing Tank for developing film. Firstcall Changing Bag If you use light-sensitive film (or paper) and want to load those materials into a camera or developing tank, sometimes it may not be practical to use a darkroom, like in the field when using pinhole cameras. This is where a changing bag comes into its element. It is a photographic bag designed to be light-proof while in use. Firstcall Changing Bags use a lightweight black nylon outer bag with an interior bag constructed of rubberised nylon/cotton blend. Double-lined and double-zippered, our changing bags are guaranteed light-tight and are ideal for removing the film from its canister to put it into a developing tank or loading and unloading sheet film holders. Our recommendation is the larger, 27 x 29-inch version - its extra space allows for more movement when loading film onto a spiral. It only costs £25.19, including VAT. Paterson 35mm Film Tank Paterson's Super System are the originator of Daylight Developing Tanks. They are simple to load, faster to fill and more accessible to clean than any other tank. The design includes a large-diameter one-piece lid and funnel that clips into place positively and securely, allowing the tank to be filled and emptied quickly. The first tank in the system is a 35mm Tank (PTP114) that takes a single 35mm film and comes complete with one auto-load reel. In use, the agitation of the processing solutions can be done by inversion of the tank using the flexible watertight cap provided or by rotary agitation using the agitation rod also offered. In processing, 300 ml of solution is required for a single 35mm film. The autoload reels must be fixed onto the centre column to ensure the tank remains light-tight during the processing cycle. Paterson Universal Film Tank Their Universal Developing Tank is the most popular developing tank in the Paterson Super System range. It takes two 35mm films or a single 120/220 film and is complete with two auto-load reels. To use the reels for 120, you pull the reel apart to make the 6cm gap required. In use, the agitation of the processing solutions can be done by inversion of the tank using the flexible watertight cap provided or by rotary agitation using the agitation rod also provided. In processing, 300 ml of solution is required for a single 35mm film or 500 ml when processing two films. All parts are interchangeable, and being Made in the UK means any part can be replaced as a spare part. Paterson Multi Reel Tanks These tanks are supplied without reels, so you can build up a system best suited to your needs. The Paterson Auto-Load reels are slid onto the appropriate centre column supplied with the tank. The reels are designed to grip the centre column, and you can use any number from one reel up to the tank maximum. Care should be taken when inverse agitation is used with less than a whole load of film and chemistry, as it can lead to overvigorous agitation of the chemistry. The Multi-reel 3: Takes up to three 35mm films or two 120/220 films. (PTP116) The Multi-reel 5: Takes up to five 35mm films of 3 120/220 films. (PTP117) The Multi-reel 8: Takes up to eight 35mm films or five 120/220 films. (PTP118) Film Scanners Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories AP Developing Tanks AP Developing Tanks tanks are so easy to load. They contain thumb grips on the wide film insert area of the spiral, which is a significant benefit not only to school or college students but also to anyone starting film development for the first time. They are made from unbreakable plastic that is heat-resistant, watertight and opaque to light. In our view, the seal on the light-tight lid is better than an equivalent Paterson one, as the plastic and rubber are moulded together. The spirals are compatible with all Paterson tanks on the market. This means that even if you do not need a new tank, you can still experience the benefits of this system by purchasing one of the Compact Auto Spirals. The 35mm version contains one spiral, while the Universal has two spirals in the tank. INDEX 28 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | Jobo 1500 Developing Tanks The 1500 series tanks are modular in design, so as your requirements grow, you can add modules to your original purchase to increase capacity. The adjustable 1501 reel holds one 35mm or two 120s or 220 film. You get two rolls to a reel by loading "back to back". The tanks 1510, 1520 and 1540 each include one adjustable reel (1501). All Jobo tanks and drums are made of durable and flexible polypropylene plastic (they don't break easily) to provide a long and functional life. If you have a Jobo CPE-2/3, CPA-2 or CPP-2/3 processing machine, you can still use 1500 tanks with a magnet or cog access. A magnet (1504) is required to attach the tank to a standard machine, or a cog is needed (1505) if using a Jobo Lift. Magnets and cogs are available to purchase as optional extra items (1504 or 1505). Jobo 2500 Developing Tanks The 2500 Series tanks and reels are more prominent in diameter than the 1500 system, allowing more chemicals to flow across the material. The 2502 and 2509N reels have triangular points along the spirals, which lift the film off the reel, creating more room between the film edges and the reel. This feature eliminates development streaks along the edges of your valuable film particularly 120/220. We, therefore, consider them to be our Professional Series Suitable for inversion or rotation, you can use them with the previous Jobo film processors using the same magnets or cogs as in the 1500 series (1504 or 1505). The 2540 is designed for just one 35mm film, while the more functional 2520 model can hold one or two 35mm or one or two 120 films. It is also possible to process up to 6 6x9 cm or (up to) 6 9x12 cm or (up to) 6 4x5 inch sheet films using this larger tank. Both can also be used for rotation agitation on a Jobo Roller item 1509 but come without a reel. For reels, you need either 2502 or 2509n. Jobo 3000 Expert Developing Tanks We recommend the 3000 series Expert range of tanks for large format sheet film development. This is the series for you if you're a large format photographer using either 5 x 4-inch or 8 x 10-inch sheet film. These tanks are hand-made in the German factory, but it doesn't matter what development system you're contemplating; hand processing, rotary processing, hanger processing, or any other method -- using the Expert Drums will yield beautifully even edge-to-edge development. The Expert Drums fit on the Jobo CPA-2, CPP-2 and 3, and ATL-2000 (they don't fit in the CPE-2/3 or ATL-1500). A good tip is to use the optional 3360-foot pump. It lets you remove the drum lids after processing efficiently. 3005 Tank 5 sheets of 5 x 7 inch or 8 x 10-inch film or paper Chemicals required: Minimum 270 ml / Maximum 1500 ml 3010 Tank 10 sheets of 4 x 5-inch film or paper Chemicals required: Minimum 210 ml / Maximum 1000 ml Eco-friendly Stainless Steel Tanks and accessories Our range of stainless steel developing tanks, reels, loaders, film clips, and print tongs should help reduce plastic. We sell developing tanks from Samigon, fantastic reels and loaders made in the UK by Hewes, clips, and print tongs we import from Asia. If you want to see the full range, type the word "stainless" into the search bar on our website. We are the only UK company working along these lines, and we hope you'll endorse this new direction. Hewes is particularly worth a mention. The reels and loaders are of excellent quality, and they even make a core adapter for the loaders so that you can easily use your Paterson or Jobo reels with their products. Both 35mm and 120 film formats are covered in this range. Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 29 Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | Ars-Imago Lab-Box Daylight Film Developing Tank Never before has it been this easy to process your films if you use this multi-format, daylight-loading film development tank. Most analogue photographers have two options for processing the film they shoot - develop the rolls yourself or take them to your local lab. Until now, being away from home, without a darkroom or a changing bag, has meant extreme difficulty in developing a film. With Lab-Box from Ars-Imago, you can process 35mm or 120 films from start to end in full daylight, dispensing with a darkroom need. Lab-Box is the most comfortable and quickest tool to develop your films in full daylight, anywhere and anytime, bypassing the need to load the rolls in the dark. It is a multi-format tank that allows film development from start to end, thanks to the two interchangeable modules and its multi-format reel enabling the processing of 135 mm and 120 mm films. It is universal and modular: with one tank, it is possible to develop both 135 and 120 film rolls by merely switching the loading module. It is also compact and portable: its small size allows easy carrying in a bag or backpack. Film rolls can be loaded and developed in daylight through an intuitive and straightforward process. Lab-Box is perfectly suitable for beginners and meets the needs of more experienced photographers, offering the possibility to experiment with different developing processes. It is available in two different colours. You can choose between Orange or Black tops with matching charcoal ABS cases. See our website for more technical details. Stearman Press Inexpensive Sheet Film Developing Tanks The US producer Stearman Press is renowned for its low-cost 5x4 inch developing system. It is the cheapest sheet film tank we sell. It is a great product and loads like a film holder (double dark slide). Just load in a darkroom or changing bag, then process in daylight. It lets you process up to four sheets of 4x5 film at a time and uses only 16 oz (475ml) of solution during processing. It is daylight-safe and fills and drains very quickly. It uses inversion agitation, stand development or anything in between. The tank includes built-in liquid level indicators, and you can easily use a thermometer during processing. It's made from rugged ABS plastic and features an industry-standard O-ring seal. There is also an 8x10 version, too. The Stearman Press SP-810 8x10 Developing Tank System lets the photographer bring large format sheet development out of the darkroom. The tray is quickly loaded in a dark bag or darkroom (no film holders needed!), and when the lid is secured, the tray can be brought out into the light to be processed. With included dividers and tabs, you can configure the processor for 4x5, 4x10, and 5x7. It is very economical, using only 500ml of chemicals. The SP-810 is supplied with Hold-Down Tabs that keep the film from floating out of the chemicals. You rock/tilt the processor to achieve agitation. The tray bottom is designed with four separate fingertip indents for easy removal when processing is complete. Paterson Darkroom Film & Print Kit Sometimes, you want to go beyond just processing film but want somebody to give you the essential accessories to invest in your darkroom. This kit from Paterson gives you everything you need to process and print the film. ONLY £108 It contains all the essential equipment for processing. You'll need an enlarger, lens and easel before you can print correctly, but this kit saves you time and money in choosing the necessary accessories. Contents: · Universal Developing Tanks and Spiral · Set of three 8 x 10 trays · Paterson safelight · 3 measuring cylinders (600ml, 300ml and 45ml) · Chemical Mixer · Thermometer · Print tongs · Pair of film clips · Paterson Film Squeegee Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX 30 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | FILM DEVELOPING TANKS Code Brand Product Description Ex VAT Inc VAT 26014 Adox Starter Developing Kit for Black and White Film Everything you need to develop your own b/w film 33.33 40.00 12048 AGO AGO Film Processor Film processing made easy for all Pateson developing tank users 375.00 450.00 26138 AP Developing Tank Mini Compact, 35mm Including one reel, one 35mm film only 8.33 9.99 26139 AP Developing Tank Compact, Universal Including 2 reels, 2 x 35mm or 1 x 120 film 20.49 24.59 26140 AP Developing Tank Reel For AP Developing Tanks 7.83 9.39 40016 AP Darkroom Film and Print Kit All the accessories you need to process and print 50.00 60.00 12031 Ars-Imago Lab-Box Daylight Developing Tank - Orange Modular daylight-loading tank that can be used everywhere 141.66 169.99 12038 Ars-Imago Lab-Box Crank Handle Orange For use with Lab-Box as alternative to the hand held turning knob 11.66 13.99 12046 Ars-Imago Lab-Box Professional Lid For use with Lab-Box as alternative to the original lid 57.50 69.00 26047 Firstcall Changing Bag, Small Nylon, 16 x 17in. 14.91 17.89 26048 Firstcall Changing Bag, Large Nylon, 27 x 29in. 20.99 25.19 27019 Hewes 35mm Stainless Steel Developing Reel Eco-friendly reel process your black and white or colour film 25.83 31.00 27021 Hewes 120 Stainless Steel Developing Reel Eco-friendly reel process your black and white or colour film 28.33 34.00 27022 Hewes 35mm Stainless Steel Spiral Film Loader Aligns your film at the right angle making spiral loading quick and accurate 82.50 99.00 27023 Hewes 120 Stainless Steel Spiral Film Loader Aligns your film at the right angle making spiral loading quick and accurate 87.50 105.00 27024 Hewes Spiral Film Loader Adaptor 35mm Insert for your plastic reels so you can use the Hewes Sprial Loader 7.50 9.00 27025 Hewes Spiral Film Loader Adaptor 120mm Insert for your plastic reels so you can use the Hewes Sprial Loader 7.50 9.00 12009 Jobo Developing Tank Cog Lid, 1503 Allows manual and rotary processor use 32.50 39.00 12010 Jobo Developing Tank 35mm, 1510 Including one reel, one 35mm film only 29.17 35.00 12011 Jobo Developing Tank Universal, 1520 Including one reel, 2 x 35mm or 2 x 120 35.00 42.00 12012 Jobo Developing Tank Multi Tank, 1540 Including one reel, 4 x 35mm or 4 x 120 59.17 71.00 12013 Jobo Developing Tank Module, 1530 Extends capacity, by extra 3 x 35mm or 4 x 120 30.83 37.00 12014 Jobo Developing Tank Reel, 1501 For all Jobo 1500 series tanks 15.00 18.00 12015 Jobo Developing Tank Magnetic Base, 1504 For rotary process attaches to end of tank (without lift) 36.67 44.00 12016 Jobo Developing Tank Cog Kit, Pack of 2, 1505 Needed when lift is used 35.00 42.00 12018 Jobo Developing Tank Reel, 1502, for 16mm and 110 film For all Jobo 1500 series tanks 32.50 39.00 12078 Jobo Developing Tank Sheet Film Loader Base Kit, 2508 4 x 5in sheet film loader for use with 2509 reels, includes 2512 Guide 133.33 160.00 12080 Jobo Developing Tank Expert Drum, 3006 For 6x 4 x 5 or 5 x 7 sheet film 445.83 535.00 39001 Jobo Print Processing Tank Roller Base, 1509 Helps roll Jobo film and print tanks in daylight 66.67 80.00 39003 Jobo Developing Tank Duo Set Reel, 2502 For all 2500 series Jobo tanks 37.50 45.00 39005 Jobo Developing Tank Reel, 2509N For 2500 series tanks, holds 6 sheets of 4 x 5in 51.67 62.00 39013 Jobo Developing Tank Multitank 1, 2540 Inversion tank, supplied without a reel 51.67 62.00 39014 Jobo Developing Tank Multitank 2, 2520 Inversion tank, supplied without a reel 66.67 80.00 39015 Jobo Developing Tank Multitank 5, 2550 Inversion tank, supplied without a reel 126.67 152.00 39022 Jobo Developing Tank Expert Drum, 3005 For 5x 8 x 10 or 5 x 7 sheet film 541.67 650.00 39023 Jobo Expert Tank Drying Rod Kit, 3008 For Expert 3004/3005 - set of 2 rods 37.50 45.00 39026 Jobo Developing Tank Expert Drum, 3010 For 10 sheets of 4 x 5 sheet film 467.50 561.00 39027 Jobo Expert Tank Drying Rod Kit, 3007 For Expert 3006/3010 - set of 2 rods 37.50 45.00 39029 Jobo Developing Tank Expert Drum Super 8, 3018 Develop your own Super 8 film 854.17 1025.00 39126 Jobo Lab Kit Small All the equipment needed to start processing your first 35 mm black & white film 44.99 53.99 39127 Jobo Lab Kit Medium All the equipment needed to start processing your first 35mm or 120 black & white film 93.33 112.00 39128 Jobo Lab Kit Large All the equipment needed to start processing up to four 35mm or 120 black & white film 148.33 178.00 39130 Jobo Silverbase Roller Set 93023 for 2500 Series Tanks Replacement roller set for Silverbase Processor if using the larger 2500 series tanks 16.67 20.00 26052 MOD Developing Tank, Reel MOD 54 Process up to 6 sheets of 5x4 film, use with Paterson Multi Tank 3 37.08 44.50 26000 Paterson Centre Column and Agitator 35mm SPTP114; for 35mm single film tank only 4.83 5.80 26001 Paterson Centre Column and Agitator Universal Tank SPTP115; for 35mm/120 twin film tank 5.58 6.69 26002 Paterson Centre Column and Agitator Multi Tank 3 SPTP116; for Multi Reel 3 film tank 7.50 9.00 26003 Paterson Agitator for Paterson Tanks (Swizzle Stick) Fits all System 4 tanks 2.49 2.99 26006 Paterson Darkroom Film and Print Kit PTP572; All the accessories you need to process and print 90.16 108.19 26007 Paterson Deluxe Film Processing Starter Kit PTP574; All the accessories and chemicals you need to process 2 films 58.33 69.99 26013 Paterson Film Developing Kit PTP573; All the accessories you need to process a b/w film 51.83 62.19 26039 Paterson Developing Tank, 35mm PTP114; Including one reel, for 35mm film only 20.99 25.19 26040 Paterson Developing Tank, Universal PTP115; Including 2 reels to take 2 x 35mm or 1 x 120 film 22.41 26.89 26041 Paterson Developing Tank Reel PTP119; For Paterson Developing Tanks 12.08 14.49 26042 Paterson Developing Tank, Multi Reel 3 PTP116; For 3 x 35mm or 2 x 120 film capacity 23.24 27.89 26043 Paterson Developing Tank, Multi Reel 5 PTP117; For 5 x 35mm or 3 x 120 film capacity 26.91 32.29 26044 Paterson Developing Tank, Multi Reel 8 PTP118; For 8 x 35mm or 5 x 120 film capacity 38.99 46.79 27018 Samigon Stainless Steel Tank without Reel for 1x 35mm Reel Eco-friendly way to process black and white or colour film 32.50 39.00 27020 Samigon Stainless Steel Tank without Reel for 2x 35mm or 1x 120 Reel Eco-friendly way to process black and white or colour film 35.00 42.00 26056 Stearman Press SP455 4x5 developing tank system Process up to 4 sheets of 5x4 film, using just 475ml of solution 90.00 108.00 26058 Stearman Press SP810 8X10 developing tank system Process up to 1 sheet of 8X10 film, using just 500ml of solution 150.00 180.00 26060 Stearman Press SP455 4x5 Spare Film Holders (2) A replacement set of two original film holders for the SP455 20.83 25.00 26061 Stearman Press SP645 4x5 developing tank system, 6 sheet version Process up to 6 sheets of 5x4 film, using just 590ml of solution 120.00 144.00 AGO Film Processor film development made easy AGO is a revolutionary film processor that brings professional film development to everyone. Unlock the world of analogue photography with ease with AGO, which simplifies the process for black and white, C-41, and E-6 films all from the comfort of your home. Bid farewell to the hassles of manual agitation and temperature control. NEW AGO's compact motor, advanced temperature sensor, and intelligent time compensation system handle it all, ensuring perfect results every time. Its sleek, travel-friendly design saves you money and reduces chemical waste by up to 60%. Includes: · AGO film processor · 2 Reel Development tank, with 2 Reels to take 2 x 35mm or 1 x 120 film (accessories available for other formats check online) · Rear stand · Charging cable · Adapter for old model Paterson tanks center column · Documentation The setup process is straightforward. First, put your film into a Paterson tank in the dark. Next, attach the rear stand to the tank and connect the AGO Film Processor to the tank, funnel holes facing down. At this point, prepare your chemicals and power on the AGO. Using on-device controls and a colour display, AGO lets you access a program menu to select the appropriate process for the film used. The process can be further customised as needed. Once the process is ready, pour in the prepared chemicals and press start. Once the processing is completed, you pour out the chemistry and repeat the process with the same or other chemicals. The AGO Film Processor is designed with small labs, photographers, and community centres in mind. The product works with full-frame (35mm) film, medium format (120), and large format (4×5). Its most groundbreaking feature is its time compensation system. You no longer need to maintain the chemical temperature meticulously; you pour the chemicals within the proper temperature range. AGO takes care of the rest by continuously monitoring the temperature and automatically adjusting the processing time, guaranteeing consistently perfect negatives with every use. For somebody new to processing, this would be an excellent way to take some of the trepidation out of the idea. Knowing you can get consistent results on hot or cold days and use less chemistry while at it gives great peace of mind. As for more experienced users, the AGO Film Processor removes some chances for photographers to make mistakes. The device is small and light enough to be used anywhere, even in the field, assuming that the ambient temperature is within the suitable range for development. Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 31 Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | FILM PROCESSING ACCESSORIES Thermometers and Stirrers You will need a good thermometer for accurate film (or print) processing. We sell a spirit thermometer specially made for us in the UK. Mercury thermometers are no longer legal in the U.K., but spirit ones have dual scales and are ideal for black-and-white work. The spirit thermometer scale is 15-30 degrees C. A similar AP spirit thermometer is also available built-in to a stirring rod, a helpful aid. Digital thermometers are a distinct alternative to glass thermometers and offer increased accuracy and speed of readout. Our model (19006) ranges from -50 to +200 degrees C and is switchable between Centigrade and Fahrenheit. It has resolutions of 0.1 degrees, a 120MM probe and a maximum/minimum temperature memory button. If you want to process colour film or prints, we suggest using our digital thermometer because it requires a higher temperature range. We also sell our angled dish thermometer, and Adox's Dial thermometer copes with black and white or colour work. Their Dial thermometer has the benefit of clipping onto the side of a beaker or developing tank. Both angle and dial thermometers will rest on the cover of your developing dish without the need to hold them - letting you start processing when you reach the exact temperature. Measuring Graduates and Jugs You will also need measuring cylinders to process your films (or prints). We strongly suggest you buy three of each measuring cylinder when using chemicals, e.g., one each for the developer, stop bath and fixer, thereby avoiding cross-contamination. We chose our cylinders and jugs from Paterson and AP because, being specialist suppliers, they understand the working sizes of graduates needed by the darkroom worker. They also use highquality and durable plastics in the manufacturing process. Paterson makes all their cylinders, funnels and jugs from the same unbreakable polypropylene. Their plastic jugs are graduated so you can use them as alternative measuring cylinders. AP and Jobo measuring cylinders make their measurements from more transparent plastic, with AP offering the best value in our graduate range. The scales of their measures are in both ml and fluid ounces with a pour spout and a stabilised base. Low-Cost Dial Thermometer Kood's dial thermometer can be used in the darkroom with a wide range of -10 to 100 degrees Centigrade. Made from stainless steel and maintenance-free, it incorporates a stainless steel clip that helps ensure that the thermometer sits securely on the tray lip (or developing tank rim) and that the scale is level. The 5-inch (13.5cm) probe length means you can also effortlessly measure the temperature of liquids in a high container like a measuring beaker. But because of the size, it isn't intended for trays that are smaller than 8 x 10 inches. THERMOMETERS AND STIRRERS Code Brand Product 26037 Adox Thermometer, Dial, with 8-inch (200mm) probe 14024 AP Thermometer, Stirrer 19006 Firstcall Thermometer, Digital, with 4.7 inch (120mm) probe 26031 Firstcall Thermometer, Spirit 26032 Firstcall Thermometer, Angled Dish Spirit 26145 Kood Thermometer, Dial with 5-inch probe & clip 26112 AP Chemical Mixer, Set of 2 26113 Paterson Chemical Mixer, Single Description For colour or b & w, luminous with 2.2 inch face Colour/B&W, stir and measure safely For colour or b & w For b & w only, 9 inches For b & w only, 4 inches For b & w and colour, luminous, 1.8 inch face A pair of stirring rods PTP245; Stirring rod MEASURING CYLINDERS AND JUGS Code Brand Product 25860 AP Measuring Cylinder 50ml 25247 AP Measuring Cylinder 100ml 25248 AP Measuring Cylinder 300ml 26025 AP Measuring Cylinder 650ml 25249 AP Measuring Cylinder 1000ml 12085 Jobo Measuring Cylinder Kit, 3308K 39049 Jobo Measuring Cylinder 100ml, 3303 25031 Paterson Measuring Cylinder Funnel, 11cm 26022 Paterson Measuring Cylinder 45ml 26023 Paterson Measuring Cylinder 150ml 26024 Paterson Measuring Cylinder 300ml 26026 Paterson Measuring Cylinder 600ml 26027 Paterson Measuring Cylinder 1200ml 26028 Paterson Mixing Jug 1000ml 26029 Paterson Mixing Jug 2000ml Description Plastic, 1.66oz Plastic, 3.5oz Plastic, 11oz Plastic, 22oz Plastic, 36oz Four individual 260ml measures Plastic, measuring increments 5ml PTP306; Plastic, 4.5in PTP301; Plastic, 1.5oz PTP302; Plastic, 5.5oz PTP303; Plastic, 11oz PTP304; Plastic, 22oz PTP305; Plastic, 42oz PTP309; Plastic PTP310; Plastic Ex VAT Inc VAT 10.63 12.75 13.83 16.59 22.49 26.99 6.33 7.59 10.74 12.89 7.91 9.49 5.24 6.29 6.66 7.99 Ex VAT Inc VAT 3.16 3.79 3.66 4.39 5.24 6.29 6.66 7.99 9.08 10.89 31.67 38 3.33 3.99 8.16 9.79 6.66 7.99 6.66 7.99 7.49 8.99 9.83 11.79 11.41 13.69 10.16 12.19 14.58 17.49 Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX 32 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | Storage Bottles Timers Dark-coloured storage bottles are best for storing chemicals, particularly developers, because these solutions will deteriorate with light. Do not use plastic bottles unless made for photographic purposes, as some plastics "breathe" air through the membrane, decreasing the chemical's life. Timing each step in processing is necessary, especially when the film is in the developer and for agitation. A wristwatch or a wall clock with a second-hand is okay, but a darkroom timer is a worthwhile investment. Keep various-sized bottles to minimise oxidisation, and always fill to the brim with added marbles if needed. Digital Timers Processing timer for just £10.99 AP Zoom accordion chemical storage bottles also keep chemicals fresh. Available in one or two-litre sizes, these bottles differ from standard plastic containers in that you can exclude air from them by compressing them in size and by doing so, you expel the air that remains in the bottle. You can double the chemical life by using this method. In turn, this should mean less wasted developers and greater throughput of film or paper. Datatainer is the original high-density, brown polyethene storage bottle from Delta. Designed in 1972, these Infrared sterilised, silk-screened in epoxy ink, and PolydomeTM liner-less closures are available from Firstcall in three handy sizes. We love them for their memowriting area, too. This year, we've doubled our number of glass containers. Remember, bottles and jars have the added advantage of being recyclable, and amber protects against light degradation. These jars are helpful for raw chemical preparations, too. These LCD timers are built around electronics, and it is relatively easy to include a memory function that allows the storage and repeat of one or several chosen times. The Jumbo Timer`s LCD figures are 34mm / 1" high, which it is beneficial in a large room like a laboratory or darkroom when the distance from the timer can often be a problem. It has all the features you would expect from a modern timer, including count-down with a memory from 99 hours 59 seconds. It includes a clip, a stand, a magnet, and a hook, and the large buttons make it very easy to use. TIMERS Code Brand 70010 Firstcall Product Clock Timer, Jumbo Display Description Counts down with memory, 34mm / 1" figures Ex VAT Inc VAT 9.16 10.99 CHEMICAL STORAGE BOTTLES Code Brand Product 39066 AP Chemical Storage Bottle 1 litre, 3395Z 39067 AP Chemical Storage Bottle 2 litres, 3396Z 14008 14009 14010 70020 70021 70022 70023 70024 70025 70026 70027 70028 70029 70030 70031 70033 70034 70035 70036 70037 70008 13201 13202 12043 12044 Delta Chemical Storage Bottle, Datatainer, 900ml Delta Chemical Storage Bottle, Datatainer, 1.8 litres Delta Chemical Storage Bottle, Datatainer, 3.5 litres Firstcall Chemical Clear Glass Powder Jar, 60ml Firstcall Chemical Clear Glass Powder Jar, 120ml Firstcall Chemical Clear Glass Powder Jar, 175ml Firstcall Chemical Clear Glass Powder Jar, 500ml Firstcall Chemical Winchester Glass Bottle, Clear,30ml Firstcall Chemical Winchester Glass Bottle, Clear,50ml Firstcall Chemical Winchester Glass Bottle, Clear,500ml Firstcall Chemical Amber Glass Powder Jar, 15ml Firstcall Chemical Amber Glass Powder Jar, 30ml Firstcall Chemical Amber Glass Powder Jar, 60ml Firstcall Chemical Amber Glass Powder Jar, 100ml Firstcall Chemical Amber Glass Powder Jar, 240ml Firstcall Chemical Winchester Glass Bottle, Amber,10ml Firstcall Chemical Winchester Glass Bottle, Amber,15ml Firstcall Chemical Winchester Glass Bottle, Amber,25ml Firstcall Chemical Winchester Glass Bottle, Amber,30ml Firstcall Chemical Winchester Glass Bottle, Amber,100ml Firstcall Chemical Winchester Glass Bottle, Brown, 1 litre Fotospeed Chemical Storage Bottle, 1 litre Fotospeed Chemical Storage Bottle, 5 litres Jobo Chemical Storage Bottle, Wide Neck, Black, 1 litre, 3372B Jobo Chemical Storage Bottle, Wide Neck, White, 1 litre, 3372W Description Air reduction accordian type Air reduction accordian type 32 oz / 1 quart 64 oz / 1/2 gallon 128 oz / 1 gallon 38mm black screw top 38mm black screw top 48mm black screw top 58mm black screw top 20mm black screw top 24mm black screw top 31mm black screw top 28mm black screw top 33mm black screw top 38mm black screw top 24mm black screw top 48mm black screw top 20mm black screw top 20mm black screw top 20mm black screw top 20mm black screw top 24mm black screw top Screw top White White Black White Ex VAT Inc VAT 5.41 6.49 7.49 8.99 9.16 11.66 14.16 1.62 1.74 2.14 3.03 1.16 1.52 2.96 1.41 1.48 1.48 1.78 2.32 1.29 1.29 1.41 1.41 1.65 10.83 2.85 3.99 10.99 13.99 16.99 1.94 2.09 2.57 3.64 1.39 1.82 3.55 1.69 1.78 1.78 2.13 2.78 1.55 1.55 1.69 1.69 1.98 12.99 3.42 4.79 6.67 8.00 6.67 8.00 NEW DIGITAL COLOUR MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS FROM CALIBRITE COLOUR ACCURACY FROM CAMERA CAPTURE, TO DISPLAY AND PRINT SEE PAGE 97 Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 33 Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | Film Openers and Retrievers To retrieve the end of a film leader inside a cassette for processing, we recommend using a film retriever and then a cassette opener for opening 35mm film cassettes. AP shaped their cassette opener to accommodate 35mm cassette end-caps. Use scissors to cut off the leader of 35mm film when loading it on the reel of a developing tank. The adhesive tape to secure 35mm or 120-size roll film to its spool can be cut with scissors or torn carefully with your fingers. Bulk Film Accessories We sell all the accessories needed to bulk load black and white film. The central part of this is a bulk film loader. The AP Bobinquick film loader is the best film loader on the market. It has clear dials that indicate both the film loaded and stock left a reset switch and a safety `interlock' catch. We recommend it for school and college use. We sell plastic reloadable cassettes and tape to secure the film to the reel and DX labels to adhere to the cassette for setting the camera's correct film speed. Densitometers Densitometers are used in film photography to measure the densities of negatives and the saturation of prints. Such measurements enable the photographer to choose the right photo paper and exposure instantly, eliminating the need for test strips. Heiland densitometers are designed and produced by Heiland Electronic GmbH in Wetzlar, Germany, to laboratory standards and are rugged and reliable for all black-and-white darkroom work. This year, we have extended our range of densitometers and accessories stocked. We have complete information about their range and how to use them on our website. Blog All you need to know about Densitometers. BULK FILM ACCESSORIES Code Brand Product 26304 Ars-Imago Film Retriever 26.05 Firstcall Film Retriever 26036 AP Film Cassette Opener 40014 AP Film Cassette Opener, BenchMounted 40013 AP Bulk 35mm Film Loader 26302 2000 2003 2004 2005 2008 Firstcall Firstcall Firstcall Firstcall Firstcall Firstcall Reloadable Cassettes, Plastic DX Recoder Labels, ISO 25 DX Recoder Labels, ISO 100 DX Recoder Labels, ISO 125 DX Recoder Labels, ISO 160 DX Recoder Labels, ISO 400 Description Retrieves film tip from the cassette Retrieves film tip from the cassette To remove crimped end of a film cassette Ideal for school or lab darkroom Bobinquick, ideal for schools and colleges Pack of 20, For use with bulk film Strip of 5 Strip of 5 Strip of 5 Strip of 5 Strip of 5 Ex VAT Inc VAT 5.83 6.99 7.57 9.09 11.83 14.19 7.74 9.29 66.66 79.99 16.66 2.49 2.49 2.49 2.49 2.49 19.99 2.99 2.99 2.99 2.99 2.99 Loupes and film magnifiers You use a loupe, a negative magnifier or a film loupe to inspect processed film or prints. It's a single or multiple-element magnifier mounted in a skirted housing that can be placed against the film or print to be viewed. Loupes help evaluate or compare different negatives or slides before printing or scanning them, viewing contact sheets, or comparing printing techniques. Large or medium format photographers who compose and focus on ground glass sometimes find this magnifier helpful. We stock a range of magnifiers, from inexpensive plastic versions to aspherical-coated glass models. AP Film Magnifier 8x Loupe This inexpensive magnifier comes with an 8x magnification lens, 24 mm diameter, transparent foot base and is suitable for 35mm slides and negative work. An alternative is our own 10x loupe, which is slightly cheaper. Firstcall Film Magnifier 10x Round Loupe Our desk loupe with a 10x magnification lens has a 48mm diameter. It is excellent for assessing film negatives, slides, or non-photographic hobbies such as stamp or coin collecting, map reading, or watch repair. Transparent, round foot base. Measurements: 40x45x48mm Adox Film Magnifier 10x Precision Illuminated Loupe This 10x loupe from Adox uses a precision glass lens and illuminates using an LED light, which covers a large area and produces a crisp, high-quality image even at the edges. The lens elements are fully coated, and the three lenses that make up the loupe come in two groups and have a 30mm diameter. You can enlarge the film enough to judge sharpness, grain, or resolution effectively, and the image is not severely cropped either. For spectacle wearers, there's also an adjustable dioptre compensation. The 10x magnification is perfect for the ground glass of a field camera to check the focus, and in the footer, there is a micrometric scale (1/10th of a mm), which can be removed if preferred. The LED ring light built into the loupe dispenses with the need for a lightbox for your contact print viewing. It is powered by four silver oxide batteries, which are included, and a protective leather case. DENSITOMETERS Code Brand Product 39115 Heiland TRD-2 Black and White Densitometer 39116 Heiland TRD-Z Black and White Densitometer 39117 39120 Heiland Heiland Densitometer Changeable Aperture Set Densitometer Ultra Violet Transmission Light Description Ex VAT Inc VAT Designed for general photographic calibration of b&w films and variable contrast papers. 565.83 679 Designed for general photographic calibration of b&w films and variable 687.50 825.00 contrast papers according to the Zone Sytem Set of four alternative apertures for use with TRD-2 or TRD-Z 115.83 139.00 For use with TRD-2 or TRD-Z 51.67 62.00 Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX 34 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | FILM WASHING AND DRYING For washing film, rubber or plastic hoses can be inserted into the centre of the reel in a developing tank and attached to a water supply. We sell Paterson and Jobo items for this. Alternatively, you can buy a turbo film washer from Nova. Whichever washing device is used, water must be changed several times during the wash cycle. It is an excellent idea to intermittently agitate the tank or film to remove air bubbles that may adhere. Repeatedly pour water into the developing tank without running water and agitating the film before each draining. Drying is a simple choice between air-drying using Film Clips or a fan-driven drying cabinet. Film clips Special clips are made for hanging up wet film to dry. Available in plastic or stainless steel, the best ones are weighted to help keep roll films from curling while drying, such as the AP or Paterson. The Paterson ones also have stainless steel pins to grip the film securely. Jobo Cascade Film Washer One of the most reliable film washers currently on the market, it is the washer we recommend, and it takes only 3 minutes; no other film washer completes the task faster. Please note that the Cascade will not fit AP tanks. Film squeegees, like those from Paterson or AP, remove excess water from the surface of the newly processed film. Use in conjunction with a Wetting Agent for best results. FILM WASHING AND DRYING Code Brand Product Description 26045 AP Film Clips, Set of 2, bottom one weighted Plastic, one pair 26096 AP Film & Print Squeegee For film and prints up to 8 x 10in. 26046 Paterson Film Clips, Set of 2 PTP218, Plastic, one pair 25043 Paterson Film Squeegee PTP211 25041 Firstcall Film Clips, Stainless Steel, Set of 2 One pair 25044 Paterson Force Film Washer PTP201 12069 Jobo Force Film Washer Cascade, 3350 Fits Jobo tanks for a rapid 3 minute wash 21042 Nova Force Film Washer, FP Turbo Washes 5x 35mm or 3x 120 Paterson spirals 39124 Jobo Mistral 3 Film Dryer for Dries 35mm or 120 films in 15 minutes, 35mm & 120 film, Kit 3521 dust free 39125 Jobo Mistral 3 Film Dryer for sheet Dries 4x5, 5x7 and 8x10 inch films in 15 film, Kit 3522 minutes, dust free 39122 Heiland Film Dryer Suitable for drying film or paper up to 8 x 10 inches Ex VAT Inc VAT 7.58 9.09 9.74 11.41 13.58 11.69 13.69 16.29 6.91 8.29 13.41 16.09 32.50 39.00 49.96 59.95 549.17 659.00 549.17 659.00 732.50 879.00 Film Storage Film Scanners Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Processing and Drying Nova Water Heater Nova make a low-cost water heater ideally suited to C41 users on a budget. The Novatronic is a 150w heater/stat that is a fully submersible heating element with thermostatic control, which is capable of heating around three gallons/15 litres of liquids from 0 up to 42 degrees C and is accurate to +/- 0.2degrees C. The unit perfectly covers all your darkroom chemical heating requirements, working across heating for all Black and White and Colour film and print processes. It is accurate to +/- 0.2 degrees C and is fully adjustable. Two suction pads are supplied so they can be attached to the container in which it is being used. Jobo CP Processors Jobo's two processors are semi-automatic film and print processors because temperature, time and agitation are mechanically controlled. With them, any analogue photographer can now process their colour (or black and white) film at home and get professional results. The Jobo CPE-3 Processor is a motordriven processor for all films from 35mm, 120 medium format and 4x5 sheet film using Jobo tanks but differs essentially from the CPP-3 by not being programmable or having the ability to take Expert tanks. See our website for complete details. Check out the new low-cost Silverbase from Jobo this year it is compact and an inexpensive way to process film easily. Nova FP Processor This basic model can process BW, C-41, and E6 roll films - 2 x 35mm or 1 x 120 film at a time while maintaining temperatures up to 45 degrees Celcius. Using the Paterson tank included, you load the film onto a spiral, and once the film is in the tank, the rest of the process can be carried out in daylight. The chemicals are stored in 3 x 1 litre graduated bottles. These bottles have been specially selected; each has a secure, air-tight double closure system. FILM PROCESSING AND DRYING Code Brand Product Description 12048 AGO Paterson Film Processor Film processing made easy for all Pateson developing tank users 21023 CineStill CS Temperature Control System TCS-1000 Efficiently and easily mix your chemistry, heat it up to the precise processing temperature for film processing 39103 Jobo CPE-3 Film & Print Processor c/w lift, 4059 Motor driven processor with lift for 135, 120, up to 4x5 films in Jobo tanks. Includes 1520 tank 39110 Jobo CPP-3 Film & Print Processor Semi-automatic film and processor with with lift, 4089 lift, 2520 tank and 2502 reel 39108 Jobo Lift for CPE-3, 4062 Simplifies processing with the CPE-3 39096 Jobo Lift for CPP-3/CPP-2, 4072 Simplifies processing with the CPP-3 or CPP-2 39109 Jobo Retro E6 Kit for CPE-3, 4061 Divider for your CPE-3 when using 6 bath E6 process 39113 Jobo SilverBase Compact Rotary Rotary film and processor for 35mm, 120 Film Processor, 4044T and 4x5 without water jacket 39130 Jobo Silverbase Roller Set 93023 for 2500 Series Tanks Replacement roller set for Silverbase Processor if using the larger 2500 series tanks 21014 Nova FP 2/1 Film Processor For 2x 35mm or 1x 120 C41, B & W or E6 21026 Nova Water Heater, Novatronic Sticks to inside of dish, for preheating any developing tank Ex VAT 249.99 87.49 1479.17 3115.83 512.50 512.50 73.33 312.50 16.67 241.63 45.79 Inc VAT 299.99 104.99 1775.00 3739.00 615.00 615.00 88.00 375.00 20.00 289.95 54.95 Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 35 Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | SLIDE VIEWERS & ACCESSORIES Light Panels Kaiser LED Slimlite Plano Light Panels Firstcall Light Panels These new LED light panels are Our range of light panels are all wafer incredibly flat, dimmable, and uniquely thin (10mm), and the light provided all come with a built-in rechargeable comes from LEDs, giving an even battery. At only 8 mm thick, they offer spread from edge to edge. Powered perfect specifications for viewing, by the mains, these very-low heat sorting, and digitising negative films or panels come in sizes A5, A4, A3 and slides and sheet films. You get 5000 K A2 and offer a cheaper alternative to colour (daylight) temperature in connection with a 95 CRI colour the Plano range. rendition index across all three sizes. Add a Film Copier, and you have a perfect slide copying setup. · Modern touch button on/off switch. · Dimmable to suit the needs of your project. Slide Viewers · Coming with a low-voltage adaptor, it consumes tiny amounts of power and does not get hot. · The modern LED light source and diffusion acrylic enable an AP Slide Viewer 35mm Auto AP's automatic 35mm even distribution of light across the illuminated area, so no "hot spots" exist. slide viewer is perfect for those slide users with large volumes of slides but small pockets. It can hold 60 slides in its integral LIGHT BOXES Code Brand 12027 Firstcall Product Light Panel A5 Description Ultra thin, 6 x 9 inch, mains powered Ex VAT Inc VAT 45.83 55.00 magazine and offers a bright 3-inch 12063 Firstcall Light Panel A4 Ultra thin, 9 x 12 inch, mains powered 58.33 70.00 (75mm) screen for perfect viewing. 12065 Firstcall Light Panel A3 Ultra thin, 12 x 17 inch, mains powered 78.33 94.00 It is the cheapest mains viewer we have ever sold and represents superb value for money. We feel it is the ideal classroom accessory for checking and reviewing slides or arranging them before the projector presentation. Photolux LED Slide Viewer The Photolux SV-2 Slide Viewer offers 2 x magnification for your 35mm slides & negatives. Unlike ordinary slide viewers, which use small tungsten (torch) bulbs for illumination, the SV-2 uses LED light for the overall constant illumination of your slide. The 2x magnification makes it easy to see the detail better. This high-quality desktop viewer also includes a genuine glass lens for the sharpest and brightest image. It accepts slides mounted in 2 x 2-inch frames and unmounted strips of negatives or slides. 12066 9074 Firstcall Kaiser 9075 Kaiser 9076 Kaiser 9077 Kaiser 9078 Kaiser Light Panel A2 LED Slimlite Plano Lightbox, 2453 LED Slimlite Plano Lightbox, 2454 LED Slimlite Plano Lightbox, 2455 FilmCopy Vario, Film Copier 2457 FilmCopy Vario, Film Copier Kit 2458 Ultra thin, 17 x 24 inch, mains powered 22 x 16 cm. model, 5000k daylight, super tin 8cm, battery or mains included 32 x 22.8 cm. model, 5000k daylight, super thin 8cm, battery or mains included 42.9 x 30.9 cm. model, 5000k daylight, super thin 8cm, battery or mains included Perfectly copy film using your camera and a lightbox Perfectly copy film using your camera. Includes Plano 2453 lightbox 129.17 155.00 79.48 95.37 115.83 139.00 162.5 195.00 199.17 239.00 249.17 299.00 SLIDE VIEWERS 25100 AP Slide Viewer 35mm, Pocket 26114 AP Slide Viewer 35mm, Battery 26106 AP Slide Viewer 35mm, Auto 12070 26122 Photolux Photolux SV-3 LED Daylight Slide Viewer Slide Viewer 35mm, SV-2, LED Illuminated, Battery Hand-held daylight viewer no batteries required 2x magnification, needs 2x AA batteries 2x magnification, mains, recommended Daylight, 35mm, 3x mag., inc. tray, needs 4x AA batteries 4.83 14.41 29.16 29.99 5.79 17.29 34.99 35.99 2x magnification, needs 2x AA batteries 14.16 16.99 SLIDE MOUNTS & CUTTERS 25104 AP Slide Cutter, Budget 9060 AP Slide Cutter & Mounter, Photomounter CS II 9061 AP 9062 Kaiser Slide Mounts Glassless 35mm CS, Pack of 100 Slide Mounts Glassless 2156, 35mm, Pack of 100 Manual, guillotine type CAM system 2 piece clip mounts For CAM system 13.33 15.99 49.99 59.99 8.33 9.99 13.33 15.99 SLIDE BOXES & MAGAZINES 25252 AP Projector Slide Storage Case, 200 25253 AP Projector Lab Slide Case, Black Plastic with clear lid, 200 slides in compartments Black with white frosted lid, holds 40 slides 8.33 9.99 0.58 0.69 Slide Mounts We import the AP range from Spain, where, for as little as 10p each, we offer their plastic twopiece, glassless mounts as the cheapest slide mount on the market. With GePe now ceasing manufacture, AP is the only real option for slide users. 26104 AP LAMPS 26123 AP 26515 26516 26517 26518 26566 26575 Lamps Lamps Lamps Lamps Lamps Lamps Projector Magazine, Carousel Rotary For all Kodak Projectors, assorted colours 7.49 8.99 Slide Viewer 35mm, Spare Bulb, 15w 240v Projector Lamp A1/220 (BRL) 12V/50W E14 15W 240V Small Edison Screw (SES) [Energy Class F] fits most viewers Projector Lamp A1/230 (EFN) 12V/75W Projector Lamp A1/223 (EHJ) Braun 24V/250W Projector Lamp A1/249 Braun 240V/300W Projector Lamp A1/216 (FCS) Braun 24V/150W Projector Lamp A1/259 (ELC) 24V/250W 3.08 2.49 10.83 2.33 16.58 3.33 11.49 3.69 2.99 12.99 2.79 19.9 3.99 13.79 Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Slide Viewers and Accessories INDEX 36 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Film Film Chemicals Film Cleaning Film Storage Film Scanners | FILM AND FILM PROCESSING | ANALOGUE BOOKS Pinhole Photography This respected guide for pinhole photography is packed with all the information you need to understand and get underway with this wonderfully quirky, creative technique. Covering pinhole photography from its historical roots, pinhole expert Eric Renner, founder of pinholeresource.com, thoroughly explores pinhole's theory and practical application in this beautiful resource. Ars-Imago Analogue Photography Ars-Imago's book is unique in recent times in that it is a comprehensive guide for film photographers, both new and old. The aesthetic of vintage user manuals inspires it and is beautifully illustrated to inform and educate in the fundamental technical sides of both film cameras and film photography. However, having said that, it is not difficult to master as the book has six main sections and is structured so that you can access it in either a linear or non-linear way. Packed with inspiring images, instructional tips and information on a variety of pinhole cameras for beginner and advanced photographers, this classic text now offers a new chapter on digital imaging and more in-depth how-to coverage for beginners, as well as revised exposure guides and optimal pinhole charts. With an expanded gallery of full-colour photographs displaying the creative results of pinhole cameras, along with listings of workshops, pinhole photographers' websites, pinhole books, and suppliers of pinhole equipment, this is the one guide you need to learn the craft. · Discover the history, theory and practical application of pinhole photography. It is packed with large, full-colour photographs showcasing the most original and imaginative ways to use pinhole photography, including the digital application of pinhole techniques · Includes extensive resource section with reliable information on pinhole suppliers, websites, books and workshops that no pinhole photographer can do without. It opens concisely outlines the basic mechanics of taking a photograph. The beginner can then read through from cover to cover, while a more advanced photographer can dip in and out. You can easily navigate through the text; cross-references are underlined and listed with their relevant page numbers at the top of each page. There's also a complete and detailed index at the back. Don't expect to find tips on how to take "better photos", though. The book's purpose is to get you to understand the mechanics of photography and, once grasped, let you take creative control of your camera and thereby use it as a tool for taking "your photos" precisely as you like them. So whether you have found an old Pentax at the Charity Shop or inherited a Leica, this book provides all the information needed to help you understand your camera, get out, and start using it. As a primer or a reference manual, this is the perfect book to (re) kindle your love of analogue photography. Teaching Photography The Photography Teacher's Handbook The Photography Teacher's Handbook is an educator's resource for developing active, flipped learning environments in and out of the photo classroom, featuring ready-to-use methods to increase student engagement and motivation. The book uses the latest research on the cognitive science of active learning; this book presents groundbreaking strategies to inspire students to collaborate, explore, and internalise photographic principles and concepts. The innovative practices in this book reimagine the traditional, scholarly pedagogy into a dynamic, teacher-guided, learner-centred approach. Spread over 19 Chapters, this 256-page book hits the right blend of teacher and student requirements for teaching the subject of photography. Key features include: · Step-by-step instructions that explain how and why to flip a photography classroom · Hands-on exercises and activities to help students take charge of their learning experience · Practical advice from more than 100 respected photography educators · An interactive companion website with informative videos, links, and resources for students and teachers alike. Finally, a book for the teachers! This new, 376 page book by Rand and Zakia is a must for teachers or those who are contemplating becoming a teacher. It is aimed at assisting tutors to help students expand their knowledge and abilities in the techniques, the aesthetics, and the way photography fits into a greater world of knowledge, by providing ideas for inspiring conversations and critiques, as well as insightful pointers regarding the learner's perspective in this new world. Teaching Photography approaches the many aspects of photographic education from a point of view that stresses the how and why of the education and not the technique to be taught. It offers new ideas on critiques, evaluations, and planning while also incorporating student artwork demonstrating direct results from critiquing sessions - the good and the bad! Spread over 14 chapters, it is like a resumption of Teacher Training, covering wide topics like Learning, Techniques, Creativity Education, Problem Solving, Critique, Measurement, Evaluation, `The Environment', Planning, Support and the Profession. All chapters are uniquely relevant to the world of photography and the teaching of your subject.We highly recommend it. Film Developing Tanks Film Processing Accessories Film Washing and Drying Books BOOKS Code Brand 20179 Books 20228 Books 20270 Books 20274 Books Product Pinhole Photography, Fourth Edition by E Renner Teaching Photography The Photography Teacher's Handbook Analogue Photography Description Comprehensive guide for all Pinhole Photography work by G.Rand/R.Zakia, A professional tutors book by G.Horner. Practical Methods for Engaging Students in the Flipped Classroom by Andrew Bellamy, A reference manual for shooting film Ex VAT Inc VAT 24.99 24.99 33.00 33.00 34.99 34.99 18.00 18.00 INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 37 Black & White, and Colour Paper Paper Chemicals RAW Chemicals Alternative Process No Darkroom | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | BLACK AND WHITE PAPER The choice of black-and-white photographic papers is extensive. In addition to selecting the paper's brand, quantity, and size, you must consider the paper base, contrast control, speed, surface, image tone, colour, tint, and weight. Having said all that, your choice of paper today is nowhere near as extensive as it was when we started our business in 1991. Today, when we refer to darkroom paper, we exclusively mean enlarging papers, sensitive to light and used to create images from negatives projected by an enlarger onto the paper. As time has evolved, most of the specialist-made contact papers have gone, along with many art and lith papers loved by devoted darkroom enthusiasts. The preponderance of Multigrade or variable contrast printing has become the norm in recent times. Today's black-and-white paper portfolio is divided into four areas: Multigrade Resin Coated, Multigrade Fibre, Specialist and (while still available) Graded. Multigrade Resin Coated Multigrade RC Warmtone & Cooltone Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe Paper Multigrade is a black-and-white darkroom paper developed by Ilford that allows the user to obtain five different grades (and half grades) from a single sheet of paper. This new version is the fifth generation of product development. The advantages of buying such a type of paper are evident from a cost-saving viewpoint. Still, it also allows the printer to experiment with the chosen negative to provide the best possible effect if you need an increase or decrease in contrast. Over the years, other companies have also introduced variable contrast paper to compete with Ilford, although Ilford still offers the most extensive choice on the market. Most of their paper is available in three surfaces: Glossy, Pearl (silk with a slight sheen), or Satin (matt sheen, which is only an option with the Multigrade paper). We also stock the full complement of sizes and surfaces. Apart from the regular Multigrade RC paper, you have two further choices of base tint colour by selecting either Multigrade Warmtone or Cooltone. Cooltone produces a sharper, punchier image (especially using a gloss surface) compared to the equivalent Warmtone Multigrade. We particularly recommend the paper if you are using under-exposed negatives. It is a faster paper than RC IV or Warmtone. Multigrade Warmtone produces a rich, warm black image on a warm white base without the complications of using fibrebased paper. If you have a notable negative, mainly a portrait, try Warmtone RC and develop in Fotospeed WT10, Harman Warmtone or Rollei WA developers for a beautiful, dreamy image. Ilford's Multigrade RC Deluxe is a 190gsm resin-coated (plastic coating) paper with a slightly warmer base tint than its predecessor, better blacks, improved mid-grade spacing and better toning qualities. Kentmere, also made in the U.K. by Harman, is still a cheaper alternative. Being 15% more affordable, it has an entire grade range from 0-5, but if you want a full-grade selection and outstanding results, we recommend Ilford. To use Multigrade paper correctly, you need a set of Multigrade or equivalent filters to set your required grades (without filters, all Multigrade papers will print as a grade 2). You can use our filters with Ilford or Ilford's as needed. You can also utilise a colour head for Multigrade work, and we can supply colour head settings if required. Please inform us of the enlarger and paper that you are using. REASONS TO BUY YOUR DARKROOM PAPER FROM FIRSTCALL Graded Paper Due to the decision by Harman Technology to phase out Graded RC and Galerie FB darkroom printing paper this year, we are no longer listing them in our catalogue. We still have some packs in stock, so look on our website for current availability. · We carry all the listed ranges in stock · We offer a next-day delivery service · We can provide optimum filter settings for your Multigrade enlargers · We can have a fault-finding service by phone or mail · We employ darkroom specialists who use and understand your requirements Inkjet Paper Inkjet Cartridges Print Storage Mounting INDEX 38 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Black & White, and Colour Paper Paper Chemicals No Darkroom Alternative Process RAW Chemicals MULTIGRADE RC PAPER Code Brand Product 11078 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Glossy, 3 x 3 inch Paper, 100 Sheets 11079 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Glossy, A4, Pack of 100 11046 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Glossy, 3.5 x 5.5in, Pk of 100 11076 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Glossy, 4 x 5in, Pack of 25 11048 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Glossy, 5 x 7in, Pack of 25 11050 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Glossy, 5 x 7in, Pack of 100 11054 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Glossy, 6.5 8.5in, Pk of 100 11056 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Glossy, 8 x 10in, Pack of 25 11059 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Glossy, 8 x 10in, Pack of 100 11062 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Glossy, 9.5 x 12in, Pack of 50 11067 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Glossy, 12 x 16in, Pack of 10 11070 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Glossy, 12 x 16in, Pack of 50 11072 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Glossy, 16 x 20in, Pack of 10 11074 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Glossy, 16 x 20in, Pack of 50 11053 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Satin, 5 x 7in, Pack of 25 11052 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Satin, 5 x 7in, Pack of 100 11058 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Satin, 8 x 10in, Pack 25 11061 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Satin, 8 x 10in, Pack of 100 11064 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Satin,9.5 x 12in, Pack of 50 11069 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Satin, 12 x 16in, Pack 10 11193 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Satin, 12 x 16in, Pack of 50 11196 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Satin, 16 x 20in, Pack of 10 11197 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Satin, 16 x 20in, Pack of 50 11065 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Satin, 11 x 14in, Pack of 50 11081 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Pearl, A4, Pack of 100 11047 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Pearl, 3.5 x 5.5in, Pack of 100 11049 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Pearl, 5 x 7in, Pack of 25 11051 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Pearl, 5 x 7in, Pack of 100 11055 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Pearl, 6.5 x 8.5in, Pack of 100 11057 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Pearl, 8 x 10in, Pack of 25 11060 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Pearl, 8 x 10in, Pack of 100 11063 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Pearl, 9.5 x 12in, Pack of 50 11068 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Pearl, 12 x 16in, Pack of 10 11071 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Pearl, 12 x 16in, Pack of 50 11073 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Pearl, 16 x 20in, Pack of 10 11075 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Pearl, 16 x 20in, Pack of 50 11077 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Pearl, 20 x 24in, Pack of 50 11066 Ilford Multigrade RC Deluxe, Pearl, 11 x 14in, Pack of 50 11202 Ilford Multigrade RC Portfolio Glossy, 4 x 6in, 100 Sheets 11203 Ilford Multigrade RC Portfolio Pearl 4 x 6in, 100 Sheets 11204 Ilford Multigrade RC Portfolio Pearl 5 x 7in, 100 Sheets 11209 Ilford Multigrade RC Portfolio Pearl 8 x 10in, 100 Sheets 11270 Ilford Multigrade Cooltone RC Glossy 8 x 10in, Pack of 25 11272 Ilford Multigrade Cooltone RC Glossy 8 x 10in, Pack of 100 11274 Ilford Multigrade Cooltone RC Glossy 9.5 x 12in, Pack of 50 11278 Ilford Multigrade Cooltone RC Glossy 12 x 16in, Pack of 50 11271 Ilford Multigrade Cooltone RC Pearl 8 x 10in, Pack of 25 11273 Ilford Multigrade Cooltone RC Pearl 8 x 10in, Pack of 100 11275 Ilford Multigrade Cooltone RC Pearl 9.5 x 12in, Pack of 50 11279 Ilford Multigrade Cooltone RC Pearl 12 x 16in, Pack of 50 11248 Ilford Multigrade Warmtone RC Glossy 8 x 10in, Pack of 25 11250 Ilford Multigrade Warmtone RC Glossy 8 x 10in, Pack of 100 11252 Ilford Multigrade Warmtone RC Glossy 9.5 x 12in, Pack of 50 11254 Ilford Multigrade Warmtone RC Glossy 12 x 16in, Pack of 10 11256 Ilford Multigrade Warmtone RC Glossy 12 x 16in, Pack of 50 11249 Ilford Multigrade Warmtone RC Pearl 8 x 10in, Pack of 25 11251 Ilford Multigrade Warmtone RC Pearl 8 x 10in, Pack of 100 11253 Ilford Multigrade Warmtone RC Pearl 9.5 x 12in, Pack of 50 11255 Ilford Multigrade Warmtone RC Pearl 12 x 16in, Pack of 10 11257 Ilford Multigrade Warmtone RC Pearl 12 x 16in, Pack of 50 11259 Ilford Multigrade Warmtone RC Pearl 16 x 20in, Pack of 10 11260 Ilford Multigrade Warmtone RC Pearl 16 x 20in, Pack of 50 14995 Kentmere VC Select Glossy, 5 x 7in, Pack of 25 14997 Kentmere VC Select Glossy, 5 x 7in, Pack of 100 15006 Kentmere VC Select Glossy, 8 x 10in, Pack of 25 15030 Kentmere VC Select Glossy, 8 x 10in, Pack of 100 15032 Kentmere VC Select Glossy, 9.5 x 12in, Pack of 50 14996 Kentmere VC Select Fine Lustre, 5 x 7in, Pack of 25 14999 Kentmere VC Select Fine Lustre, 5 x 7in, Pack of 100 15008 Kentmere VC Select Fine Lustre, 8 x 10in, Pack of 25 15031 Kentmere VC Select Fine Lustre, 8 x 10in, Pack of 100 15034 Kentmere VC Select Fine Lustre, 9.5 x 12in, Pack of 50 | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Ex VAT 20.08 94.33 20.83 15.41 13.91 38.58 54.74 27.08 68.99 53.74 29.24 84.58 46.24 132.24 13.91 38.58 27.08 68.99 53.74 29.24 84.33 46.24 132.24 86.74 94.33 20.83 13.91 38.58 54.74 27.08 68.99 53.74 29.24 84.58 46.24 132.24 185.24 86.74 67.24 62.49 44.83 140.29 27.49 105.83 62.49 97.49 27.49 105.83 61.67 86.99 28.74 102.33 71.66 31.08 118.66 28.74 102.33 71.66 31.08 118.66 50.49 177.91 9.49 26.91 20.41 56.49 45.99 9.49 26.91 20.41 56.49 45.99 Inc VAT 24.09 113.19 24.99 18.49 16.69 46.29 65.69 32.49 82.79 64.49 35.09 101.49 55.49 158.69 16.69 46.29 32.49 82.79 64.49 35.09 101.19 55.49 158.69 104.09 113.19 24.99 16.69 46.29 65.69 32.49 82.79 64.49 35.09 101.49 55.49 158.69 222.29 104.09 80.69 74.99 53.79 168.35 32.99 126.99 74.99 116.99 32.99 126.99 74 104.39 34.49 122.79 85.99 37.29 142.39 34.49 122.79 85.99 37.29 142.39 60.59 213.49 11.39 32.29 24.49 67.79 55.19 11.39 32.29 24.49 67.79 55.19 MULTIGRADE FIBRE BASED PAPER Code Brand Product 11328 Ilford Multigrade FB Classic Glossy, 5 x 7in, 100 Sheets 11330 Ilford Multigrade FB Classic Glossy, 8 x 10in, 25 Sheets 11332 Ilford Multigrade FB Classic Glossy, 8 x 10in, 100 Sheets 11336 Ilford Multigrade FB Classic Glossy, 9.5 x 12in, 50 Sheets 11334 Ilford Multigrade FB Classic Glossy, 9.5 x 12in, 10 Sheets 11338 Ilford Multigrade FB Classic Glossy, 12 x 16in, 10 Sheets 11340 Ilford Multigrade FB Classic Glossy, 12 x 16in, 50 Sheets 11342 Ilford Multigrade FB Classic Glossy, 16 x 20in, 10 Sheets 11344 Ilford Multigrade FB Classic Glossy, 16 x 20in, 50 Sheets 11329 Ilford Multigrade FB Classic Matt, 5 x 7in, 100 Sheets 11331 Ilford Multigrade FB Classic Matt, 8 x 10in, 25 Sheets 11333 Ilford Multigrade FB Classic Matt, 8 x 10in, 100 Sheets 11335 Ilford Multigrade FB Classic Matt, 9.5 x 12in, 10 Sheets 11337 Ilford Multigrade FB Classic Matt, 9.5 x 12in, 50 Sheets 11339 Ilford Multigrade FB Classic Matt, 12 x 16in, 10 Sheets 11341 Ilford Multigrade FB Classic Matt, 12 x 16in, 50 Sheets 11343 Ilford Multigrade FB Classic Matt, 16 x 20in, 10 Sheets 11345 Ilford Multigrade FB Classic Matt, 16 x 20in, 50 Sheets 11350 Ilford Multigrade FB Cooltone, Glossy, 5 x 7in, 100 Sheets 11351 Ilford Multigrade FB Cooltone, Glossy, 8 x 10in, 25 Sheets 11352 Ilford Multigrade FB Cooltone, Glossy, 8 x 10in, 100 Sheets 11354 Ilford Multigrade FB Cooltone, Glossy, 9.5 x 12in, 50 Sheets 11353 Ilford Multigrade FB Cooltone, Glossy, 9.5 x 12in, 10 Sheets 11355 Ilford Multigrade FB Cooltone, Glossy, 12 x 16in, 10 Sheets 11356 Ilford Multigrade FB Cooltone, Glossy, 12 x 16in, 50 Sheets 11357 Ilford Multigrade FB Cooltone, Glossy, 16 x 20in, 10 Sheets 11358 Ilford Multigrade FB Cooltone, Glossy, 16 x 20in, 50 Sheets 11309 Ilford Multigrade FB Warmtone S-Matt 8 x 10in, Pack of 25 11310 Ilford Multigrade FB Warmtone S-Matt 8 x 10in, Pack of 100 11311 Ilford Multigrade FB Warmtone S-Matt 9.5 x 12in, Pack of 10 11312 Ilford Multigrade FB Warmtone S-Matt 9.5 x 12in, Pack of 50 11313 Ilford Multigrade FB Warmtone S-Matt 12 x 16in, Pack of 10 11314 Ilford Multigrade FB Warmtone S-Matt 12 x 16in, Pack of 50 11315 Ilford Multigrade FB Warmtone S-Matt 16 x 20in, Pack of 10 11316 Ilford Multigrade FB Warmtone S-Matt 16 x 20in, Pack of 50 11301 Ilford Multigrade FB Warmtone Glossy 8 x 10in, Pack of 25 11302 Ilford Multigrade FB Warmtone Glossy 8 x 10in, Pack of 100 11303 Ilford Multigrade FB Warmtone Glossy 9.5 x 12in, Pack of 10 11304 Ilford Multigrade FB Warmtone Glossy 9.5 x 12in, Pack of 50 11305 Ilford Multigrade FB Warmtone Glossy 12 x 16in, Pack of 10 11306 Ilford Multigrade FB Warmtone Glossy 12 x 16in, Pack of 50 11307 Ilford Multigrade FB Warmtone Glossy 16 x 20in, Pack of 10 11308 Ilford Multigrade FB Warmtone Glossy 16 x 20in, Pack of 50 11317 Ilford MG ART 300, 5 x 7 in, 50 Sheets 11318 Ilford MG ART 300, 8 x 10 in, 50 Sheets 11319 Ilford MG ART 300, 9.5 x 12 in, 30 Sheets 11321 Ilford MG ART 300, 12 x 16 in, 30 Sheets 11322 Ilford MG ART 300, 16 x 20 in, 30 Sheets 11320 Ilford MG ART 300, 11 x 14 in, 10 Sheets 11323 Ilford MG ART 300, 11 x 14 in, 30 Sheets Ex VAT 55.33 37.08 114.41 88.08 21.58 39.83 147.41 62.41 224.08 55.33 37.08 114.41 21.58 88.08 39.83 147.41 62.41 224.08 60.41 40.74 119.49 96.58 23.74 43.99 160.24 68.74 244.99 46.24 149.16 26.24 107.49 44.08 181.91 73.91 304.16 46.24 149.16 26.24 107.49 44.08 181.91 73.91 304.16 37.33 84.58 72.24 135.33 204.24 40.24 98.58 Inc VAT 66.39 44.49 137.29 105.69 25.89 47.79 176.89 74.89 268.89 66.39 44.49 137.29 25.89 105.69 47.79 176.89 74.89 268.89 72.49 48.89 143.39 115.89 28.49 52.79 192.29 82.49 293.99 55.49 178.99 31.49 128.99 52.89 218.29 88.69 364.99 55.49 178.99 31.49 128.99 52.89 218.29 88.69 364.99 44.79 101.49 86.69 162.39 245.09 48.29 118.29 REMEMBER KENTMERE PAPER IS UP TO 15% CHEAPER THAN ILFORD MULTIGRADE MAKING YOUR BUDGETS STRETCH FURTHER Inkjet Paper Inkjet Cartridges Print Storage Mounting INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 39 Black & White, and Colour Paper Paper Chemicals RAW Chemicals Alternative Process No Darkroom | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Multigrade for Pinhole in 3 x 3" & 4 x 5" Packs Multigrade Fibre Base You nearly always choose Fibre-based paper when an exhibition print in black and white is required. This is because it is easier to mount and often lends itself to toning and manipulation. These papers are often chloro-bromide-based, consistently producing the most vibrant tones. However, they usually have the disadvantage of being difficult to wash and dry properly. Our best-seller is Multigrade Fibre Base Classic, which offers sharp images, great Dmax and beautiful toning -images toned in Selenium render rich tones. Available in glossy or matt surface choices, it develops in 2-3 minutes, with images appearing in around 30 seconds. Midtones also "drop in" well, meaning less exposing work. You can make Pinhole work more manageable if you use Ilford's tailormade Multigrade paper. They produce two paper sizes, especially for pinhole cameras. Using paper allows you to make contact prints directly from the paper when used as a negative, and, although finally giving a reversed image, it is much cheaper than using film or direct positive alternatives. In packs of 100, choose the 3 x 3-inch size when working with handmade pinhole cameras or the 4 x 5-inch size when using Ilford's Harman or Obscura cameras. The 3 x 3-inch size is only available on a glossy surface. Multigrade Art 300 is for photographic students and fine art photographers who want the ultimate in high-quality printing media. Its 100% cotton rag paper base and acid-free nature combine to give it the feel of an Art paper. Its 300gsm weight and textured feel offer neutral to warmish tones on a cool base. Kentmere VC Select Having realised that lots of paper is used to get "proofs" from negatives contact printing or negative appraisal- why use a premium brand paper on these occasions especially when a significant amount of waste is involved? We recommend Kentmere VC Select for the darkroom's most variable contrast printing requirements. Made in the UK at the Harman factory, its quality is guaranteed. VC Select is an excellent silver chlorobromide enlargement paper on an RC base. With its pure white base and 270/m2 medium weight, it offers little fog and high maximum density with great mid-black tones. Ilford Multigrade Filter Sets To use multigrade papers with your enlarger (that does not have a colour head), you need a set of filters to achieve contrasting grades. Ilford's sets include twelve filters numbered 00-5 in 1/2 steps, with the lowest filter number corresponding to the softest contrast. Filters are available in 8.9 x 8.9cm (3.5 x 3.5 inches) and 15.2 x 15.2cm (6 x 6 inches). Kentmere VC Select will render all grades (1-5), is available in glossy or lustre surface and a box of 8 x 10 inch 100 sheets costs only £67.79 including VAT, which is 15% less than the equivalent Ilford Multigrade IV RC paper. Kentmere paper no longer offers the full range compared to Ilford Multigrade, particularly in the bigger packs. Ilford Educational Filter Set under £16 This low-cost filter set, made by Ilford, costs you less than half the price of their entire set. You can use the Educational VC Filter Set with all variable contrast photographic papers, including Ilford Multigrade or Kentmere VC. Especially for students, the filters can be employed above or below the lens and cut to size to fit your enlarger's filter drawer. Easy to use, they offer a wide contrast range to obtain high-quality prints from most negatives. They differ from Ilford sets in that they only have six entire grade filters (no half-grades). They can be used above or below the lens and cut to fit the enlarger filter drawer. Filter sizes 30 x 30cm (11.8 x 11.8 inches) are available for special orders. A filter kit is also available for use below the lens. It comprises 12 mounted contrast filters, a mounted safelight filter and a filter holder. MULTIGRADE FILTERS Code Brand Product 11182 Ilford Multigrade Filter Set, 8.9cm 11183 Ilford Multigrade Filter Set, 15.2cm 11184 Ilford Multigrade Filter Set, 8.9cm, Below Lens 25066 Ilford Educational Filter Set, 8.9cm Description 3in. (8.9cm), filters fit into a drawer 6in. (15.2cm), filters fit into a drawer Filters fit below the lens by using the holder included Set of 6 filters, 0-5 grades Ex VAT Inc VAT 28.41 34.09 54.08 64.89 60.66 72.79 10.83 12.99 Inkjet Paper Inkjet Cartridges Print Storage Mounting INDEX 40 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Black & White, and Colour Paper Paper Chemicals | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Harman Direct Positive FB Paper Harman Direct Positive FB paper is a high-quality, traditional silver gelatine black and white, high contrast paper on a 255g/ m2 fibre base with a Glossy surface. · `Positive' paper - no need for a negative · Genuine silver gelatine photo paper · Coated on 255 gsm Fibre Baryta base · Fixed grade, high contrast paper · Glossy surface · Slow ISO speed (around ISO 1 3) When processed, this paper gives a positive image and saves the hassle of negative exposure and development. It offers prints with rich blacks, bright whites and sharp tonal reproduction. The image tone remains neutral in all viewing conditions. Processing uses everyday black and white paper processing chemicals with identical development times. This paper is fibre-based, so you need to wash it well, and it does not dry as flat as usual resincoated papers. DIRECT POSITIVE PAPER Code Brand Product 11455 Harman Direct Positive FB, 4 x 5 in, Pack of 25 11456 Harman Direct Positive FB, 5 x 7 in, Pack of 25 11457 Harman Direct Positive FB, 8 x 10 in, Pack of 25 11458 Harman Direct Positive FB, 11 x 14 in, Pack of 10 11464 Imago Direct Positive Black & White RC, 5 x 4in, Pack of 25 11465 Imago Direct Positive Black & White RC, 5 x 7in, Pack of 25 11466 Imago Direct Positive Black & White RC, 8 x 10in, Pack of 10 11471 Imago Direct Positive Black & White RC, 12 x 16in, Pack of 10 11467 Firstcall Black Photographic Bags, for 5 x 7 Paper, Pack 20 11468 Firstcall Black Photographic Bags, for 8 x 10 Paper, Pack 20 11469 Firstcall Black Photographic Bags, for 12 x 16 Paper, Pck 20 Ex VAT 29.58 39.58 92.74 69.41 29.92 44.92 41.58 90.75 4.99 9.99 11.66 Inc VAT 35.49 47.49 111.29 83.29 35.90 53.90 49.90 108.90 5.99 11.99 13.99 Imago Direct Positive RC Paper is an easier-to-use alternative coated onto a 192gsm Melinex base. Process both papers in standard black and white paper developers with everyday chemicals. No Darkroom Alternative Process RAW Chemicals Inkjet Paper Inkjet Cartridges Foma Graded Papers Foma's Czech-made grade paper is the only major supplier of graded paper now. It offers neutral blacks and a high light sensitivity. Available in Glossy or Semi Matte there is a choice of three grades soft (1), normal (3) and hard (4). It is a neutral-to-warm photo paper on an RC base, and it stands out above all because of its good tonal range in the highlight areas. Similar to the old Kentmere Kenthene, its silver chlorobromide emulsion has developing agents incorporated in the emulsion, resulting in very short exposure and developing times. Red or dark red darkroom safelight should be used. FOMASPEED GRADED PAPER Code Brand Product 15226 Foma Fomaspeed N311, Normal (Gd 3) Glossy, 9.5 x 12, Pk 25 15227 Foma Fomaspeed N311, Normal (Gd 3) Glossy, 12 x 16, Pack 10 15229 Foma Fomaspeed N312, Normal (Gd 3) S/Matte, 9.5 x 12, Pk 25 15230 Foma Fomaspeed N312, Normal (Gd 3) S/Matte, 12 x 16, Pack 10 15231 Foma Fomaspeed N312, Normal (Gd 3) S/Matte, 20 x 24, Pack 10 15232 Foma Fomaspeed C311, Hard (Gd 4) Glossy, 9.5 x 12, Pack 25 15233 Foma Fomaspeed C311, Hard (Gd 4) Glossy, 12 x 16, Pack 10 15234 Foma Fomaspeed C311, Hard (Gd 4) Glossy, 20 x 24, Pack 10 15238 Foma Fomaspeed C311, Hard (Gd 4) Glossy, 4 x 6, Pack 100 Bergger FB Papers Bergger is France's oldest photographic materials supplier. Although much has changed over the years, all their products still exhibit individuality and are associated with excellent quality and repeatable results. They now produce two different Specialist FB papers- Prestige and COT 320. Prestige Variable comes in two tones - NB is a bromide neutral image tone, while CB is their chlorobromide warm tone version. Both are glossy, variable-contrast fibre-based papers with tones that you can further enhance using different developers. COT-320 Art is a non-sensitized paper made from 100% cotton and perfectly matched for use in alternative printing processes like platinum, palladium, Cyanotype, Kallitype or Van Dyke. Formerly part of the fibre base for Bergger Silver Supreme, COT-320 is still Made in France. With its smooth texture finish, this naturally white (320-gram) cotton rag paper gives a fantastic finish to any old process work, as no chemical additives detract from the desired effect. BERGGER FIBRE BASED PAPERS Code Brand Product 42001 Bergger Prestige Variable NB FB Glossy, 8 x 10in, Pk 25 42002 Bergger Prestige Variable NB FB Glossy, 9.5 x 12in, Pk 25 42003 Bergger Prestige Variable NB FB Glossy, 12 x 16in, Pk 25 42004 Bergger Prestige Variable NB FB Glossy, 16 x 20in, Pk 25 42005 Bergger Prestige Variable NB FB Glossy, 20 x 24in, Pk 25 42007 Bergger Prestige Variable CB FB Glossy, 8 x 10in, Pk 25 42008 Bergger Prestige Variable CB FB Glossy, 9.5 x 12in, Pk 25 42009 Bergger Prestige Variable CB FB Glossy, 12 x 16in, Pk 25 42010 Bergger Prestige Variable CB FB Glossy, 16 x 20in, Pk 25 42011 Bergger Prestige Variable CB FB Glossy, 20 x 24in, Pk 25 42012 Bergger COT-320 Art, 8 x 10in, Pack of 25 42013 Bergger COT-320 Art, 10 x 12in, Pack of 25 42014 Bergger COT-320 Art, 11 x 14in, Pack of 25 42015 Bergger COT-320 Art, 16 x 20in, Pack of 25 42016 Bergger COT-320 Art, 20 x 24in, Pack of 25 42017 Bergger COT-320 Art, 1.30 x 10m, Roll www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com Ex VAT 27.49 18.91 27.49 18.91 44.99 27.49 18.91 44.99 17.33 Inc VAT 32.99 22.69 32.99 22.69 53.99 32.99 22.69 53.99 20.79 Ex VAT 29.41 35.83 57.32 85.24 131.41 24.99 50.49 83.33 135.83 202.50 13.33 19.99 22.74 49.16 72.49 115.00 Inc VAT 35.29 42.99 68.79 102.29 157.69 29.99 60.59 99.99 163.00 243.00 16.00 23.99 27.29 58.99 86.99 138.00 41 Print Storage Mounting INDEX Black & White, and Colour Paper Paper Chemicals RAW Chemicals Alternative Process No Darkroom | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | COLOUR RA4 PAPER Adox Lupex Silver Chloride Contact Paper If you own a large format camera, you can expose photographic printing paper in the camera, and once developed in the darkroom, this creates a paper negative. The tones of the original scene are reversed in the negative. Bright things become dark on the paper, and dark things become light. You can then make contact prints from these paper negatives instead of enlargements. The process is called contact printing because you squeeze the negative face down in contact with the sheet of silver gelatin printing paper (between two sheets of glass) and shine a bright light through it to print the image into the paper. The print is the same size as the negative. This same principle can also be achieved by printing the paper negative onto an inkjet printer, which is then ready immediately for transfer to the darkroom for contact printing. This is like darkroom printing in an old-fashioned way, and now there's a special silver chloride paper from Adox called Lupex to achieve such enlargements in just 60 seconds. Contact printing produces fantastic pictures. ADOX LUPEX SILVER CHLORIDE CONTACT PAPER Code Brand Product 41006 Adox Lupex Silver Chloride Contact Paper, 4 x 5in, Pk 100 41007 Adox Lupex Silver Chloride Contact Paper, 5 x 7in, Pack of 100 41008 Adox Lupex Silver Chloride Contact Paper, 8 x 10in, Pack of 5 41009 Adox Lupex Silver Chloride Contact Paper, 8 x 10in, Pk 50 41010 Adox Lupex Silver Chloride Contact Paper, 9.5 x 12in, Pack of 25 41011 Adox Lupex Silver Chloride Contact Paper, 11 x 14in, Pack of 25 41012 Adox Lupex Silver Chloride Contact Paper, 12 x 16in, Pack of 25 41013 Adox Lupex Silver Chloride Contact Paper, 16 x 20in, Pack of 25 Ex VAT 36.66 64.16 13.33 73.33 52.49 70.83 87.49 145.83 Inc VAT 43.99 76.99 15.99 87.99 62.99 84.99 104.99 174.99 Colour RA4 Paper Printing from Colour Negatives RA-4 is the general name for colour processes when printing colour negatives. To process the paper, we recommend RA-4 chemicals from Adox and Bellini. Processing drums from Jobo, Paterson, or ordinary developing dishes can be used to process the prints, although tray processing is less practical than processing in a drum. In particular, temperature control (38 degrees) is needed; the steps should be done in complete darkness, and careful agitation is required to avoid uneven development and streaks in the print. Fuji Crystal Archive RA-4 Paper Fuji is the mainstay of darkroom colour printing enthusiasts when printing on Colour RA4 sheets in the darkroom. Fuji Crystal Archive RA4 colour paper is available in glossy and lustre surfaces (although Lustre is officially discontinued now) in 50 or 100-sheet boxes. It gives exceptional resistance to image deterioration. Your prints should last up to 30 years, and you will get exceptionally smooth skin tones, with reds appearing more profound and vibrant and yellows clearer. The white base yields purer highlights and a heightened sensation of threedimensional depth. COLOUR RA4 PAPER Code Brand Product 23050 Fujifilm Crystal Archive Glossy, 8 x 10in, Pack of 100 23067 Fujifilm Crystal Archive Glossy, 10 x 12in, Pack of 50 23052 Fujifilm Crystal Archive Glossy, 12 x 16in, Pack of 50 23054 Fujifilm Crystal Archive Glossy, 20 x 24in, Pack of 50 23053 Fujifilm Crystal Archive Lustre, 12 x 16in, Pack of 50 23055 Fujifilm Crystal Archive Lustre, 20 x 24in, Pack of 50 Ex VAT 75.38 85 117.43 244.83 73.74 187.83 Inc VAT 90.46 102 140.9 293.8 88.49 225.39 COLOUR PAPER CHEMICALS When you want to process your colour RA4 paper, in some ways, it is a lot easier than black and white in that all the chemicals you need come neatly supplied in a kit for you. However, if one thing in analogue photography has suffered a lot in the last 25 years, it is the area of darkroom printing in colour. It is not surprising when most colour printing needs to be done in complete darkness, and the allure of inkjet printing (and convenience) is hard to ignore. For colour workers who want to buy their colour print chemicals we offer the small (2.5 litre) Adox kit or the more professional Bellini RA4 option. COLOUR PAPER CHEMICALS Code Brand Product 19091 Adox RA4 Professional Kit, 2.5 litres 27496 Bellini RA4 Kit, 5 litres Ex VAT 22.49 32.49 Inc VAT 26.99 38.99 Inkjet Paper Inkjet Cartridges Print Storage Mounting INDEX 42 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Black & White, and Colour Paper Paper Chemicals PAPER CHEMICALS Black and White Paper Chemicals The chemical steps for processing black-and-white prints are the same as those for processing black-and-white film: developer, stop bath, and fixer. However, the developer and (sometimes) paper fixer usually differ from those for films. The developer must be relevant to the paper you are using. Photo paper developers do not need to be the same as the paper manufacturer; finding timing combinations of non-standard paper developers is a lot easier than that for film. PAPER DEVELOPERS We recommend you find a developer you like and become confident using it before experimenting with new ones. When buying a developer, you can assume they divide into categories according to the black tones that each product produces. Most RC or bromide fibre-based papers that need a neutral black result will be suited to development with PQ Universal or PD5 from Fotospeed. | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | No Darkroom Alternative Process RAW Chemicals Inkjet Paper Inkjet Cartridges Rollei RPN Eco Paper Developer With Health & Safety paramount in modern thinking, it is great to sell a new print developer that is both eco-friendly and (because there are no restrictions concerning current labelling) simpler to transport and discard. Neutol ECO is a hydroquinone-free highpower paper developer based on ascorbic acid. It is ideal for schools, colleges or community darkrooms. There is no compromise in quality or processing speed either. Neutol Eco works faster than comparable hydroquinone-containing developers. One litre makes ten litres of working solution. We also offer new Eco developers from Adox and Bellini. Ilford Harman Warmtone Print Developer Working with fibre-based papers may require a warm tone or softer image. The developers to use for this often yield brown blacks like Ilford Multigrade, or if you want a warm to brown-black, we recommend developers like Tetenal's Variospeed W or Fotospeed's WT10. If you were using Ilford Warmtone or Foma's Art papers, we would particularly recommend the Harman Warmtone developer. This liquid concentrate hydroquinone developer is suitable for the dish/tray development of all black and white photographic papers, both resin-coated (RC) and traditional fibre-based (FB). Use it at a dilution of 1+9. It is not suitable for developing films. Moersch Lith Developer Moersch produces one of the few developing kits for those who want to lith print. You can change the image tone widely by experimenting with the dilutions and additives in the Master Set. You get complete instructions that tell you how to use and achieve fine adjustments for creating different effects with the paper/developer combinations. The diluted developer is, for a lith developer, very stable. For example, 500ml working solution at 1+10 without any extra antioxidant solution will last around 8 - 10 hours in an 8 x 10-inch developing dish. You can also turn it off so the lith developer works like a brown toner. Fotospeed PD5 Print Developer PD5 print developer is a phenetidine/ hydroquinone developer concentrate designed for black and white paper, both resin-coated and fibre-based. PD5 is also suitable for processing sheet film and comes in one or five-litre containers. It dilutes 1+9 or down to 1+4 for faster processing. Ilford Multigrade Print Developer You often require blue or cold blacks for specific results, usually for use in magazine or newspaper work. The developers to choose here are neutral to blue-black like Multigrade or neutral to cold black like Fotospeed PD5. Multigrade is the brandleading liquid concentrate developer suitable for developing all black and white papers. You can use it at the standard dilution of 1+9 or 1+14 for greater development control and economy. It is clean working, has excellent keeping properties, and gives a neutral image tone with most papers. Bellini Eco Print Developer Part of our Eco Range of developing chemicals, which we created for safer use in schools and colleges, this darkroom paper developer comes without harmful Hydroquinone and instead is based on Ascorbic Acid and Dimezone. You'll find improved handling and disposal after use when working with this chemical. It's suitable for developing all-black and white paper and quickly produces a neutral tone with intense blacks and the absence of fogging. There are two other good things about Bellini's paperdeveloping chemicals. Firstly, it's the only brand that is a small size, which allows you to try it without a significant outlay. Generally, you can't buy a cheaper ecodeveloper than this one. The concentrate dilutes 1 + 9 with water, and development is completed in 2 minutes. Print Storage Mounting INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 43 Black & White, and Colour Paper Paper Chemicals RAW Chemicals Alternative Process No Darkroom | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Universal Developer Ilford Bromophen Print Developer Universal developer develops film and paper. We sell two versions: Ilford PQ and Champion Suprol. Champion Suprol Universal Film and Print Developer is available as one concentrate and dilutes at 1+19 for film and 1+9 for paper. Being a PQ developer, it can happily be used in the photo department, cutting down on double chemical costs. Bromophen is a powder developer made from phenidone/hydroquinone. You can use it for dish/tray development of all black and white resin-coated or fibre-based papers. It gives a slightly warm image tone with most papers and is recommended for use with warm-tome types. It is one of the few developers we recommend for fibre-based paper users. Powder Developer Powder developers have an excellent shelf-life of over a year in unopened packets. You can use Adox Konstant Universal paper developer for manual and automatic processing of all kinds of photo papers, RC or Fibre types, which takes 45 seconds to 3 minutes, depending on the paper. It produces neutral image tones (similar to Ilford Multigrade or PQ) with constant development times and is excellent value for money. It is the developer to put in your cupboard for the unexpected printing session or when you need to guarantee a freshly mixed developer. The powder comes in Parts A and B; when mixed, it will make 2x 1 litre of working solution. You dissolve the pack contents in water to make a 5L solution and then dilute 1:3 for use. The pack will, therefore, make 20 litres of working solution. It is highly stable and gives full density plus tonal range through its working cycle, falling off steeply as it exhausts. Bergger WarmTone Paper Developer Bergger's new warmtone print developer, in our opinion, is the best warmtone developer on the market. We say this because you can vary the effect from warm to very warm depending on dilution, developing time, and paper. Dilute between 1+7 and 1+12 with water as per above. Economical Machine Processing Kit for the 2150XL With many Ilford Ilfolab 2150 RC processors still being used at colleges, the tailor-made Ilford 2150XL developer and fixer, liquid concentrate chemical kit, is an excellent answer to "fuel" the processor. They are economical, easy to use and resistant to contamination. With a high print capacity, they can produce excellent prints from all black & white resin-coated photographic papers. A single kit can fill the Ilfolab 2150 RC processor and process up to 1000 8 x 10inch prints (515 ft2 of paper). Although it is recommended for use with chlorobromide papers like Bergger's own Variable CB, it works beautifully with Ilford MGFB Warmtone or Foma 131/132 papers, too. PAPER DEVELOPERS Code Brand Product 40900 Adox Adotol Konstant Universal Paper Developer, 1 litre 41117 Adox Neutol Eco Paper Developer, 1 litre 41118 Adox Neutol NE Paper Developer, 1 litre 27478 Bellini Eco Range Paper Developer, 1 litre 27479 Bellini Eco Range Paper Developer, 500ml 27501 Bellini Eco Range Paper Developer, D100, 5 litre 42027 Bergger WarmTone Paper Developer, 1 litre 13025 13026 13029 13030 11034 11035 11036 11037 11038 11041 11042 11043 18006 18007 41130 41112 41113 Fotospeed Fotospeed Fotospeed Fotospeed Ilford Ilford Ilford Ilford Ilford Ilford Ilford Ilford Kodak Kodak Moersch Rollei Rollei PD5 Universal Paper Developer, 1 litre PD5 Universal Paper Developer, 5 litres DV10 Varigrade Paper Developer, 1 litre DV10 Varigrade Paper Developer, 5 litres PQ Universal Paper Developer, 500 ml PQ Universal Paper Developer, 5 litres Bromophen Paper Developer, 5 litres 2150XL Developer + Fixer Kit 2x 3 litres 2000RT Developer, 5 litres Multigrade Paper Developer, 1 litre Multigrade Paper Developer, 5 litres Warmtone Multigrade Paper Developer, 1 litre Polymax T Developer, 940ml Dektol Paper Developer 3.8 litres Lith 5 Master Kit, 2x 500ml RPN Paper Developer, 1 litre RPN eco Paper Developer, 1 litre Description Powder, for all Black and White paper, makes 1 litre Liquid, hydro-quinone free, makes 5 litres Liquid, neutral black, makes 10 litres Hydroquinone Free makes 10 litres Hydroquinone Free makes 5 litres Hydroquinone Free makes 50 litres The best warmtone developer on the market, makes up to 13 litres Liquid, for all Black and White paper, makes 10 litres Liquid, for all Black and White paper, makes 50 litres Liquid, MG alternative, makes 10 litres Liquid, MG alternative, makes 50 litres Liquid, for B&W paper, makes 5 litres Liquid, for B&W paper, makes 50 litres Powder, for B&W paper, makes 20 litres Liquid, for Ilford 2150XL tablke top processor. Liquid, for most processing machines. Liquid, brand leader, makes 10 litres Liquid, brand leader, makes 50 litres Liquid, for all WT papers, makes 10 litres Liquid, for most black and white papers, makes 8.4 L Powder, for most black and white papers, makes 3.8 L Lith printing chemical kit, makes 10-30 litres Liquid, long-life, makes 10 litres Liquid, hydro-quinone free, makes 10 litres Ex VAT Inc VAT 3.16 3.79 13.99 16.79 13.74 16.49 10 12 6.04 7.25 37.49 44.99 14.41 17.29 9.49 11.39 37.99 45.59 10.49 12.59 42 50.4 9.99 31.08 15.49 69.58 29.99 15.83 32.74 14.99 13.58 17.41 40.83 13.08 12.83 11.99 37.29 18.59 83.49 35.99 18.99 39.29 17.99 16.29 20.89 48.99 15.69 15.39 Inkjet Paper Inkjet Cartridges Print Storage Mounting INDEX 44 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Black & White, and Colour Paper Paper Chemicals No Darkroom Alternative Process RAW Chemicals | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Paper Stop Baths and Fixers Most stop baths and fixers we sell are multi-use for film and paper. There are a few exceptions, but if it is a multi-use, you must remember, when using a fixer with paper, to dilute it with a lower concentration than you have used for the film (Stop bath is the same dilution for both). PAPER STOP BATH The primary function of the stop bath is to halt the development process and to remove the excess developer from the paper. We do not recommend using running water only for this purpose because you need to neutralise the developer and prevent contamination of the fixer. The stop bath also removes the calcium and magnesium deposits in hard water that often form during development. The most commonly used paper stop bath is an acetic acid solution. Odour-free citric acid stop baths are also available but are less potent than acetic acid versions, so they often cost more. Multi-use Stop baths now often come with a dye that changes the colour of the solution when exhausted. Most papers have a required immersion time in the stop bath--typically fifteen to thirty seconds to be adequate. Cheapest Stop Bath We do not sell a cheaper stop bath than the one from Ilford. Ilfostop is a citric acid odourless stop bath made in Germany with a universal application for all black & white films and photographic RC/ FB papers. ONLY £10.79 It has an indicator dye to warn of exhaustion. It also makes for a more pleasant darkroom environment due to its odourless formula. It dilutes at 1+19 with water in all applications, making up to 10 litres of working solution. Odour Free Stop Bath Using a citric odourless stop bath makes for a safer and sweeter-smelling darkroom when compared to a traditional acetic acid stop bath. Using this type of stop bath removes allergies and skin irritations, and it is equally suitable for film or paper use. Choose from Bellini, Fotospeed or Tetenal. All dilute at 1+19 in either application, come with indicator dye to warn of exhaustion and are ready to wash after 1 minute of immersion. With them, you will find that they also protect your fixer life and performance with no alkali carry-over from the developer. STOP BATH Code Brand 27491 Bellini 27482 Bellini 13034 Fotospeed 13037 Fotospeed 11025 Ilford 11362 Ilford 18001 Kodak 41120 Rollei Product Eco Range Universal Stop Bath 500ml Eco Range Universal Stop Bath, 1 litre SB50 Odourless Stop Bath, 1 litre SB50 Odourless Stop Bath, 5 litres Ilfostop Stop Bath , 500 ml Simplicity Film Stop Bath, 30ml Indicator Stop Bath, 470ml RCS Odourless Stop Bath, 1 litre Description Citric Acid Monohydrate, makes 10 litres Citric Acid Monohydrate, makes 20 litres Liquid, including dye indicator, makes 20 litres Liquid, including dye indicator, makes 100 litres With indicator, based on citric acid, makes up to 10 litres Enough black and white stop bath to process 2 films Liquid, including dye indicator, makes 30 litres Liquid, including dye indicator, makes 17 litres Ex VAT Inc VAT 6.91 8.29 11.66 13.99 11.08 13.29 44.33 53.19 8.99 10.79 3.58 4.29 7.49 8.99 14.58 17.49 Paper Fixers Sodium Fixers The fixer stabilises the image, removing the unexposed silver halide on the photographic paper and leaving behind the reduced metallic silver that forms the image. In effect, it stops the paper from going black in daylight. This remaining compound will dissolve in water, and you can rinse it off the paper. As a rule, you should allow 2 minutes for paper fixing. There are two types of fixer. The acidified "hypo" type's main ingredient is sodium thiosulphate. You mainly use Sodium fixers in film processing. The other kind of fixer contains acidified ammonium thiosulphate. Ammonium thiosulphate fixers halve the fixing time and are often called rapid fixers. Our recommended fast fixer is Ilford Rapid Fixer, and if you use it at 1+9, fixing is complete in 30 seconds. Not too many sodium fixers are left on the market now, as everyone prioritises processing speed. However, Kodak's version is a traditional hardening Sodium Thiosulphate fixer powder that makes a stock solution of 3.8 litres for fixing film. Still, you can also dilute the stock 1:3 to fix the paper. This product is end of line and only available while stock lasts. Consider Adox P Universal #40905 (based on Sodium Thiosulphate) fixer powder as an alternative, see page 46. When using fixers for paper, you should note that the dilutions are often weaker than those for film. Inkjet Paper Inkjet Cartridges Print Storage Mounting INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 45 Black & White, and Colour Paper Paper Chemicals RAW Chemicals Alternative Process No Darkroom | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Fixer Tablets Tetenal Superfix Tabs are a new advance in dry chemistry, which you then dilute in water to process most black and white film or darkroom paper. They come in two parts (A and B) and, when diluted, will make 3 litres of fixer, enough to fix 20 films or 4.5 litres sufficient to fix up to 160 sheets of RC darkroom paper. You'll, therefore, always have fresh chemistry with an extremely long storage life and ease of safe transport, even on aeroplanes, offering consistent results time after time. Champion Amfix Amfix universal fixer dilutes at 1+4 for film or 1+9 for prints of all types. It offers rapid fixing times and high throughput potential. Available in 1-litre or 5-litre concentrates, it makes your budget last longer. We believe no other 5-litre fixer is cheaper than this one from Champion. Ilford Rapid and Hypam Hypam was available in all sizes, but now only 5-litre containers are available. Hypam differs from Rapid Fixer, Ilford's standard offering in 500ml and 1-litre bottles, because Ilford adds a hardener to Hypam to make a hardening fixer. Both are ammonium thiosulfate rapid fixers and, thus, very similar in use. Both give you quicker wash times than are possible with a nonhardening fixer. You can use both for film and paper at 1+4 dilution for film and 1+9 for the paper. Adox Adofix Plus Adox's Adofix Plus is an excellent value, high-capacity, express fixer for all blackand-whitephoto materials (black and white photo paper (RC or Fibre-based), film, and sheet. It's intended for use in trays, tanks, and processing machines. You can make up to 10 litres of working solution with one litre of concentrate. Dilution is either 1+4 (recommended for film use) or 1+9.Capacity: 1.4 - 2 sq. meters of photo paper of 6-10 films per litre of working solution at 1+9 dilution. Total capacity: 45 films or 200 sheets of 8x10 inch photo paper. It'll stay fresh if kept unopened for about two years, but after opening the concentrate, it should be used within three months. Fix Ag Odourless Fixer Fix Ag is the new name for fixers made by Agfa Gevaert in Belgium (previously known as Agefix). This nonhardening, ammonium thiosulphate concentrated fixer can be diluted 1+9 for standard use or 1+7 for faster fix times. This is particularly useful when you want to minimize immersion thereby reducing your wash times for example when fixing fibre-base paper. It can also be diluted at 1+4 for when using it as a film fixer which means this rapid fixer works in exactly the same way as Hypam but costs £25 less per 5 litre container. Fotospeed's helping hand in making your darkroom a sweeter-smelling place is extended with their odourless fixer, suitable for film and paper use. The FX30 fixer standard dilution is 1+9. It makes for a more pleasant working environment in your darkroom and is pH neutral; it is available in 1 or 5-litre containers. Using a stop bath is recommended to extend the life of the fixer. Adox P Universal Fixer Inkjet Paper Inkjet Cartridges Print Storage Mounting Adox Adofix P is unusual because it is a universal powder acid fixer for films and papers - all others being liquid. You can use it to process most types of black-and-white photo papers and films manually. This lightweight powder fixer, based on Sodium Thiosulphate, has an excellent shelf life. Both the powder and the working solution are very durable. The benefits of Adofix P are evident when the economy is required. Still, it is also an option where fixer concentrates are unfavourable to use (i.e. climatic conditions with high temperatures and high humidity). PAPER FIXERS Code Brand Product 26334 Adox Adofix Plus Fixer, 100ml 40905 Adox Adofix P II Universal Fixer, powder makes one litre 40909 Adox Adofix Plus Fixer, 500ml 40910 Adox Adofix Plus Fixer, 1 litre 27481 Bellini Eco Range Universal Fixer, FX100, 1 litre 26116 Champion Amfix Fixer, 1 litre 26117 13010 13011 13012 13014 11020 11021 11022 Champion Fotospeed Fotospeed Fotospeed Fotospeed Ilford Ilford Ilford Amfix Fixer, 5 litres FX20 Fixer, 1 litre FX20 Fixer, 5 litres FX30 Odourless Fixer, 1 litre FX30 Odourless Fixer, 5 litres Rapid Fixer, 500 ml Rapid Fixer, 1 litre Hypam Fixer, 5 litres 18036 Kodak Professional Rapid Fixer with Hardener, 1 L 41114 41115 41116 19129 Rollei Rollei Rollei Tetenal Fix AG, 1.2 litres Fix AG, 5 litres Fix AG Plus, 5 litres Superfix B/W Film & Paper Fixer Tablets (20) Description Baby bottle fixes 4 films Powder, for film and paper, makes 1 litre Liquid, for film and paper, makes 5 litres Liquid, for film and paper, makes 10 litres Ammonium Hyposulfite, makes 5-10 litres Liquid, for film and paper, makes 5 l for film or 10 l for prints Liquid, for film and paper, makes up to 50 litres Liquid, film and paper, makes up to 10 litres Liquid, film and paper, makes up to 50 litres Liquid, for film and paper, makes up to 10 litres Liquid, for film and paper, makes up to 50 litres Liquid, film and paper, makes up to 5 litres Liquid, film and paper, makes up to 10 litres Liquid, film and paper, makes up to 50 litres For film and paper, makes up to 3.8L; Solution A 946ml, Solution B 106ml Liquid, for film & paper, makes up to 12.5 litres Liquid, for film & paper, makes up to 50 litres Liquid, for film & paper, makes up to 50 litres 20 individiual fixer dry tablets - Ex VAT Inc VAT 2.91 3.49 2.91 3.49 4.99 5.99 8.33 9.99 11.24 13.49 7.08 8.49 21.83 8.74 34.83 8.74 34.83 11.74 16.08 45.41 26.19 10.49 41.79 10.49 41.79 14.09 19.29 54.49 17.66 21.19 10.00 24.58 28.74 24.99 12.00 29.49 34.49 29.99 46 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS INDEX Black & White, and Colour Paper Paper Chemicals No Darkroom Alternative Process RAW Chemicals | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Cyanotype Printing At Firstcall, we offer a wide range of products that enable you to experience the popular craft of Cyanotype or sun printing. Printing-out paper, chemistry and cotton material are all available separately. Still, Jacquard's cyanotype system takes the guesswork out for you, thereby allowing you to obtain these distinctive Prussian blue monochromatic prints with a minimal outlay. Jacquard Cyanotype Set This cyanotype starter kit, which is sufficient to make 60x eight by ten-inch prints (depending on the substrate's absorbency), is only £14.79 inc VAT, sufficiently cheap enough to give every student in the class an individual kit. ONLY £14.79 It is an excellent way to get started in cyanotype printing and includes: Part A Potassium Ferricyanide 0.8 oz/23.2 g Part B Ferric Ammonium Citrate 1.9 oz/54.4 g We include full instructions for use on any natural surface, including cotton, linen, silk, canvas, wool, paper, wood and leather. You can find Quick instructions in the Manufacturer's Description on our website. If required, film negatives (Jacquard or PermaJet) can also be used to create the image. Jacquard Cyanotype DIY Jacquard's DIY cyanotype chemistry is inexpensive and goes a long way. Two base chemicals work to make a Cyanotype Kit. Potassium Ferricyanide is a red salt used with Ferric Ammonium Citrate (the light-sensitive iron salt) needed for cyanotype printing. Despite their perhaps alarming names, both are safe to handle and mix. That said, care should be taken to avoid ingestion, inhalation and contact with skin. Both are available from us in 8 oz (230-gram) jars. Create your own Cyanotype Mural Firstcall Printing-Out Paper Printing-out paper or Sunprints are based on the old process of cyanotype printing. Cyanotype photographs are made by placing objects such as leaves, shells, flowers or textured patterns onto If you need to produce a large, custom size or collaborative print, this Mural Fabric is perfect for your use. the surface and exposing them for about 1-2 minutes in sunlight on a sheet of paper. The paper is then Made from the same 100% cotton sateen fabric as the sheet packets we sell, this five-foot by seven-foot material is an easy way to create a large sun print. rinsed with water for 30 seconds to reveal the print. The result is an image formed by light and objects. Pull the sheet out of the package, arrange the objects on the sheet (you can even do full-body prints if you want), expose to The objects block light from the paper, creating white shapes. light for 3-15 minutes, depending on conditions, rinse with cool Areas not blocked exposed to water and then allow to air dry. light entirely are blue/cyan. We thoroughly recommend this Cyanotype Pretreated Fabric Sheets paper for art and nature projects within schools. We sell 5 x 7 and 8 x 10 treated versions of this beautiful paper, These unique, pre-treated versions of this beautiful process which require no further chemical treatment, darkroom or require no further chemical treatment or darkroom or photographic equipment. The 5 x 7 prints work out at only 80p, photographic equipment, and cotton offers a quality alternative including VAT each, when bought in packs of 10. to paper. Jacquard's Pretreated Fabric Sheets are made CYANOTYPE PRINTING Code Brand Product Description Ex VAT Inc VAT from 100% cotton sateen. 40100 40099 13089 Firstcall Firstcall Fotospeed Cyanotype Printing-Out Paper, 5 x 7 inches, Pack of 10 Matt Cyanotype Printing-Out Paper, 8 x 10 inches Pack of 10 Watercolour Cyantype Cyanotype Process Kit All you need for Cyanotypes 6.66 15.83 35.66 7.99 18.99 42.79 Expose the material to sunlight or UV (3-15 minutes, depending on 13095 40101 26963 26964 Fotospeed Cyanotype Sensitizer, 50ml Hahnemule Platinum Rag 300, 8 x 10 inches Pack of 25 Jacquard Cyanotype Pretreated Fabric Sheets - 10 pack Jacquard Cyanotype Pretreated Fabric Sheets - 30 pack Replacement sensitizer for the Fotospeed Cyanotype Kit Uncoated fine art paper for platinum printing Palladium, Van Dyke, Cyanotype and Salt Prints. 10 sheets of 8.5 x 11 inch cotton sateen fabric 30 sheets of 8.5 x 11 inch cotton sateen fabric 18.24 17.49 15.49 30.99 21.89 20.99 18.59 37.19 conditions), 26965 Jacquard Cyanotype Pretreated Mural Fabric Five feet by seven feet of cotton sateen fabric 46.41 55.69 placing the objects or a film negative (Jacquard or PermaJet) on top to create an image. After exposure, wash in cool water and allow to air dry. 26966 Jacquard Cyanotype Set 26967 Jacquard Cyanotype Potassium Ferricyanide - 230 gram 26968 Jacquard Cyanotype Ferric Ammonium Citrate - 230 gram Complete chemical set to start cyanotype printing; with full instructions Make your own cyanotype - a cheap and fun photo process Make your own cyanotype - a cheap and fun photo process 12.33 14.79 9.66 11.59 11.41 13.69 There is a choice of the same size (8.5 x 11 26969 Jacquard Cyanotype Class Pack - To teach up to 30 students inches) in packs of either 10 or 30 sheets. 27005 Rockland Blueprint Kit, 500ml Complete class pack set to start cyanotype printing; with full instructions Creates Cyanotypes, covers 24s 8 x 10in., makes 500ml 74.99 37.50 89.99 45.00 Inkjet Paper Inkjet Cartridges Print Storage Mounting INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 47 Black & White, and Colour Paper | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Jacquard SolarFast Dyes Jacquard SolarFast Starter Kit Paper Chemicals RAW Chemicals Alternative Process No Darkroom Inkjet Paper Sun-activated dyes are taking the photographic and art markets by storm. We recommend this modern version of sun printing that lets you coat photo-sensitive dyes onto cotton, silk, suede, paper, wood, leather or just about any natural porous material. Just coat in subdued light (no darkroom necessary), expose to sunlight/UV and wash. · Take an inkjet printer. · Create a printed negative with it. They can be used to create photograms, shadow prints, painting, dyeing, silk-screening, · Paint dye onto your receptor surface · Overlay your negative in the sun, and hey-presto · You have a real photo with no darkroom required batik and more! Expose your design to sunlight and watch the colour appear! It is set permanently once exposed. Wash out the unexposed dye in hot, soapy water and agitate vigorously. All the colours are available in economical 8-ounce bottles now; add a wash liquid (for postexposure permanency) and transfer film, and you are all set to make stunning sun prints. Digital Transfer Film is recommended for this process, as you must print large negatives that can be laid down on top of the receptor once painted with the dye. Both Jacquard and PermaJet sell their own, but we recommend JACQUARD SOLARFAST DYES Code Brand Product 26947 Jacquard SolarFast Starter Kit 26929 Jacquard SolarFast Film, 8 Sheets 26930 Jacquard SolarFast 8 Fl Oz Dye No 100, Golden Yellow 26931 Jacquard SolarFast 8 Fl Oz Dye No 101, Orange 26932 Jacquard SolarFast 8 Fl Oz Dye No 102, Burnt Orange Pictorico's high-quality film for its 26933 Jacquard SolarFast 8 Fl Oz Dye No 103, Scarlet choice of sizes, packs and price. 26934 This transparent film handles much 26935 more ink than an average overhead 26936 transparency sheet. It is a fast-drying, 26937 water-resistant film with enhanced clarity, has a weight of 174gsm and works with dye or pigment inks such as Ultrachrome K3. 26938 26939 26940 26941 26942 Jacquard Jacquard Jacquard Jacquard Jacquard Jacquard Jacquard Jacquard Jacquard SolarFast 8 Fl Oz Dye No 104, Red SolarFast 8 Fl Oz Dye No 105, Violet SolarFast 8 Fl Oz Dye No 106, Purple SolarFast 8 Fl Oz Dye No 107, Blue SolarFast 8 Fl Oz Dye No 108, Teal SolarFast 8 Fl Oz Dye No 109, Green SolarFast 8 Fl Oz Dye No 110, Avocado SolarFast 8 Fl Oz Dye No 111, Sepia SolarFast 8 Fl Oz Dye No 112, Brown On the Jacquard SolarFast website, 26943 you will find video tutorials to help 26944 you get the most from their dyes. Mix all fourteen in the range, and a natural rainbow of photo printing 26945 19178 19179 19180 opportunity awaits you. 19181 Jacquard Jacquard Jacquard PermaJet PermaJet PermaJet PermaJet SolarFast 8 Fl Oz Dye No 113, Black SolarFast 8 Fl Oz No 901, Thickener SolarFast 8 Fl Oz No 902, Wash Digital Transfer Film, A4, Pack of 10 Digital Transfer Film, A4, Pack of 50 Digital Transfer Film, A3, Pack of 10 Digital Transfer Film, A3, Pack of 50 Ex VAT 26.24 12.49 12.49 12.49 12.49 12.49 12.49 12.49 12.49 12.49 12.49 12.49 12.49 12.49 12.49 12.49 12.49 9.58 14.96 58.29 24.96 108.30 Inc VAT 31.49 14.99 14.99 14.99 14.99 14.99 14.99 14.99 14.99 14.99 14.99 14.99 14.99 14.99 14.99 14.99 14.99 11.49 17.95 69.95 29.95 129.95 In addition to the 14 individual dyes, you can buy a kit with everything you need to experiment with SolarFast for under £32. Ideal for creating one-of-a-kind T-shirts or other unique sun prints on paper and fabric, the package includes three of the most popular colours (Orange, Violet and Blue) that you apply to the surface, expose to sunlight, and watch the colour magically appear! Photograms, shadow prints, hand-drawn designs, and photographic prints can all be created using this kit. The kit includes three sheets of inkjet film, which can be run through any inkjet printer to produce a negative film when you want to create a photo print. To make all images stable, you remove the undeveloped dye using SolarFast Wash (by washing in the washing machine), and you are done - no heat setting or chemical fixing is necessary. Kit contents: · 3x 2oz/59 ml bottles of SolarFast (Orange, Violet and Blue) · 1x 2oz/59 ml bottle SolarFast Wash · Jacquard Film Marker · 6 Small Sponges · Gloves · 8 T-Pins · 3 Sheets SolarFast Film · Backerboard · Cotton Test Fabric · Quick Start Guide · Instructions inkAID Transferiez inkAID TransferiezTM NEW Concentrate is an image transfer medium used to transfer images from inkAID Transfer Film to metal, wood, glass, plastic, paper, fabric and leather with pigment-based inks. Instructions for using this product and how to do the Image Transfer Process can be found on the inkAID website.91% Isopropyl Alcohol (IPA) is also needed to prepare the Transferieze Transfer Medium solution. It has excellent flexibility and chemical, water, and UV resistance. After dissolving in isopropyl alcohol, a transparent solution is coated onto the substrate, serving as the wet receiving layer in the image transfer process. Upon drying, the image can be protected with water-based top coatings. Always test top coatings on sample pieces first. inkAID Print On Any Surface This innovative medium lets you use your inkjet printers to print onto just about any relatively flat surface, giving the photographic artist the ability to create textures and surfaces never before possible. inkAID coating comes in a bright white, matte surface or a clear semi-gloss. Printed images are clear and vibrant, with deep blacks. One moderate to heavy coat is recommended on surfaces like watercolour and printmaking papers, Japanese rice paper and other handmade and speciality papers, fabrics, canvas, wallpaper, metals, films, and wood veneer. A second coat may be applied on more porous surfaces if needed. inkAID is very water-resistant, and prints can be coated with water-based top coatings and varnishes. There are new coating surface options this year, so check out the website. PHOTO TRANSFER MEDIUM Code Brand Product Description 26988 Amsterdam Photo Transfer Gel, 500ml Transfer your copied images to any medium 26996 inkAID Iridescent Coating Sample Set Apply photos to papers, canvas, fabric, leather etc 26997 inkAID Iridescent Pearl Coating 473ml (16oz) Apply an iridescent-type pearl photo to papers, canvas, fabric, leather etc 26999 inkAID White Matte Coating 473ml (16oz) Apply photos paper, canvas, leather, plexiglas etc 27000 inkAID Clear Semi Gloss Precoat 473ml (16oz) Apply photos to papers, canvas, fabric, leather etc 27007 inkAID Clear Gloss Precoat Type II 473ml (16oz) Apply photos to non porous material like metals and ceramics etc. 27010 inkAID Transferiez Image Transfer Medium 473ml (16oz) Transfer images from inkAID Transfer Film to metal, wood, glass, plastic, paper, fabric and leather with pigment-based inks. 27011 inkAID Transferiez Transfer Sheets, 8.5 x 11 inches, 25 sheets Transfer images using this film to metal, wood, glass, plastic, paper, fabric and leather with pigment-based inks. 27016 inkAID Transferiez Transfer Starter Kit Starter kit to transfer images using this film to metal, wood, glass, plastic, paper, fabric and leather with pigment-based inks. Ex VAT Inc VAT 13.33 15.99 52.49 62.99 39.99 47.99 33.33 33.33 38.33 39.99 39.99 45.99 34.16 40.99 44.16 52.99 20.83 24.99 48 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Inkjet Cartridges Print Storage Mounting INDEX Black & White, and Colour Paper Paper Chemicals No Darkroom Alternative Process RAW Chemicals | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Foma Blue Toner Czech manufacturer Foma makes a blue toner for all printmakers to use. Available at a very reasonable price, Fomatoner Indigo toner gives a deep cobalt blue to an electric blue tone to photo papers and films. To prepare a one-bath toner, you use both 250ml liquid parts (A + B) mixed and diluted with water, with the intensity of resulting colour depending on dilution, temperature and toning time. Toning occurs in daylight at an average temperature of 20 - 25 degrees C. Dilution 1 + 1 to 1 + 4. Photo Transfer Gel Sepia Toning is so easy Toning brings to life tired mono prints or brings out a highlight in a small area. All you need is a sink, two developing dishes and two 600ml measuring cylinders, with the bonus of doing most of the work with the lights on! Our most popular toner is sepia, possibly because it creates nostalgic results. Buy sulphide or triponal/variable options that create yellow-brown colours from £7.29, including VAT. Fotospeed Toner Kits Fotospeed's best-selling ST20 Sepia and RT20 Copper Red toners offer "classic" toning for black and white darkroom prints. Each of their kits comes with a 500ml concentrate. The ST20 Sepia will cover 150 sheets of 8x10-inch paper, and it can produce a broad range of sepia tones on fibre- and resin-coated B&W papers. The RT20 Red will cover 80 sheets; it comes as a two-part concentrate, making a single solution. When the print is in the solution, you achieve the copper/red tone. Blue Toner: Check for reintroduction of Fotospeed Blue Toner at www.firstcall-photo.com or call us. Permajet Digital Transfer Film PermaJet transparent inkjet film is perfect for sun printing that requires a negative. It is a fast-drying, water-resistant film with enhanced clarity and weight of 165u and works with dye or pigment inks such as Ultrachrome K3. It produces a high-quality image by handling much more ink than average. Our website has a handy PDF fact sheet that tells you how to reverse your original image, printer settings and output tweaking. PermaJet transfer film has the advantage of being available in small, 10-sheet packs for experimental projects. It also allows you to print in the darkroom onto traditional photographic paper. You can enter the magical world of darkroom printing with a digital camera and inkjet printer. Inkjet Paper Inkjet Cartridges Print Storage Mounting Amsterdam Photo Transfer Gel is a medium that lets you transfer your photocopies and laser images to any new surface including pillows, canvases, ceramic tiles, mirrors, old wood, chalk and milk painted surfaces, any fabric, etc. To use it, you first need to invert (reverse) your image either on your phone or in an image editing software program like Photoshop Elements. Then prepare the paper on the print side, then press it onto the transfer medium. After drying for 24 hours Afterwards, you can paint over the transferred image with acrylic paint or varnish to waterproof when dry. Full instructions are included. Note: This product is not suitable for inkjet prints. TRANSPARENCY FILM & TONERS Code Brand Product 13043 Foma Fomatoner Indigo Blue Toner, 2 x 250ml 13044 Foma Fomatoner Sepia Toner, 2 x 250ml 13033 Fotospeed ST20 Variable Sepia Toner, 150ml 13035 Fotospeed ST20 Variable Sepia Toner, 500ml 13036 Fotospeed RT20 Copper Red Toner, 150ml 13038 Fotospeed ST20 Variable Sepia Toner, 5 litres 13052 Fotospeed ST10 Odourless Sepia Toner, 100 ml 26973 Ilford Selenium Toner, 1 litre 25112 Kodak Rapid Selenium Toner, 946 ml 27001 Rockland Halochrome Silver Toner, 240ml 27002 Rockland Printint Colour Kit 27003 Rockland FA-1 Sensitizer, makes 946ml 27008 Rockland SelectaColor Kit, 4oz 27009 Rockland Polytoner Toner Kit 27017 Rockland PrintScreen Emulsion, 474ml 19178 PermaJet Digital Transfer Film, A4, Pack of 10 19179 PermaJet Digital Transfer Film, A4, Pack of 50 19180 PermaJet Digital Transfer Film, A3, Pack of 10 19181 PermaJet Digital Transfer Film, A3, Pack of 50 Description For film or paper, makes up to 2 litres For paper, daylight 2-bath process makes up to 2 litres Covers 75s of 8 x 10in., makes 1.5 litres Covers 150s of 8 x 10in., makes 5 litres Covers 24s of 8 x 10in., makes 1.5 litres Covers up to 1500 sheets of 8 x 10in., makes 50 litres Non variable, makes 1 litre Re-useable, makes 10 litres Makes up to 20 litres Silver on white effect, covers forty 8x10 prints Make pastel papers out of B&W prints,for 40s 8 x 10in. Lets you put photos onto material - brown/blackimages Selective colourizing prints, four colours, 4oz Tone your prints any colour, covers 40s 8 x 10in. Make photo silkscreens without special equipment 165gsm 165gsm 165gsm 165gsm www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com Ex VAT Inc VAT 13.33 15.99 13.33 15.99 9.89 11.87 18.64 22.37 9.28 11.14 107.50 129.00 6.08 7.29 34.16 40.99 24.24 29.09 37.50 45.00 29.17 35.00 36.91 44.29 33.99 40.79 34.99 41.99 34.99 41.99 14.96 17.95 58.29 69.95 24.96 29.95 108.30 129.95 49 INDEX Black & White, and Colour Paper | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Paper Chemicals RAW Chemicals Alternative Process No Darkroom Alternative Processes from LabOldTech We list the Platinum/ Palladium Kit (Kit 3), and a comprehensive range of Alternative Process supplies from LabOldTech of Italy. They differ in two significant ways from our other Alternative Process suppliers: 1) They cover the complete range of processes in kits with everything you need in one box. These include Platinum, Palladium, Ziatype, Wet Plate Collodion, Cyanotype, Gum Bichromate, Van Dyke and Kallitype 2) You can replace each part of the kit from component supplies LABOLDTECH Code Product Description 27012 Platinum/Palladium Combo Print Kit (Kit 3) 27030 Sodium Tetrachloropalladate sol. 17%, 50ml 27031 Potassium Tetrachloroplatinite sol. 20%, 25ml Everything you need for these two alternative processes Replenishment sensitizer Solution A Replenishment sensitizer Solution A 27032 Ferric Oxalate sol.27%, 25ml Replenishment sensitizer Solution B 27033 Ferric Oxalate+Potassium Chlorate sol.27%, 25ml Replenishment sensitizer Solution C 27034 Ammonium Citrate Dibasic, 500gm Replenishment developer 27035 Tetrasodium EDTA Crystals, 1000gm Clearing Bath 27036 Sodium Sulphite Anhydrous, 1 kg Clearing Bath 27037 Sodium Cloroplatinate (Na2) sol. 5%, 100ml Replenishment sensitizer Solution C used in place of the Iron Oxalate with contrast Ex VAT Inc VAT 350.00 420.00 351.67 422.00 212.50 11.91 12.16 27.74 26.67 12.08 175.83 255.00 14.29 14.59 33.29 32.00 14.50 211.00 Kit and spare contents available to order. Email us if you want to order or know more about this new range. Rockland Colloid Tintype Kit Tintype is an old process and is considered to be an art form. Developed around 1856, many members of the public had their first portraits captured using this process. Images were reproduced on metals, so tintypes were inexpensive and produced reasonably quickly. Due to the yellow emulsion colour, the picture looked old, something that today's darkroom users find attractive about this alternative process. Rockland's Tintype Kit, often called a Parlour Kit, is an authentic re-creation of the tintype process, a type of instant photography favoured in your greatgrandparent's day. These are safe, dry-plate tintypes, also known as ferrotypes, like those found in antique shops, not modern imitations. Plates are thin enough to cut with scissors to fit inside any camera. The kit contains everything you need to make tintypes (or ambrotypes if coated on glass.) You get eight 4 x 5-inch matte black anodised aluminium plates, high-sensitivity Liquid Light emulsion for coating, particular tintype developer, fixer and complete instructions for use in the kit. Repeat supplies of plates, emulsion and developer are all available from us. Fotospeed Liquid Emulsion This Grade 2, lightsensitive product is developed and fixed on any black and white paper. You heat it in a water bath, allowing it to melt. Complete instructions for coating and exposure come with the product. This economical 250ml pack will make 1.25 litres of Liquid Emulsion and coat the equivalent of 125 8 x 10 prints. Usually, the dilution of LE30 is 1+2, but 1+4 solutions are achievable (i.e.,.1.25 litres) by using a subbing layer first. This means putting an undercoat of the solution onto the surface first, followed by a topcoat. Rockland Liquid Light Emulsion This "higher" Grade 3 emulsion offers more versatility as, unlike Fotospeed, it comes pre-mixed. It is easy to apply and covers about 25 8 x 10-inch sheets or equivalent from the 240ml bottle. It is non-toxic, odourfree, diluted and ready for use. When used with filters, we recommend that the emulsion be well-dried after coating. Rollei Black Magic Liquid Emulsion Rollei's Black Magic offers a complete modular system with interchangeable components in Graded (G3) or VC (G04) options. It's so simple, too, because you get EVERYTHING you need in one 300ml kit, including emulsion, gelatine for hardening, (light-tight) wide-mouth pouring bottle, and enough tailored chemicals to develop your images to perfection. For example, Rollei not only provides a neutral developer, fixer and odourless stop but also the all-important developer hardener to make sure your image lasts. In addition, exceptional archival qualities are offered by them, adding a minimum quantity (0,1%) of a powerful fungicide and bactericide (phenol) for long-term conservation. When you've used some of your initial kit all component parts are available separately for replenishment. Fotospeed Argyrotype Kit Argyrotype prints are warm-toned, giving good contrast and mid-tone definition. This process also uses a silver-based sensitising solution coated onto quality art paper. Exposure is by natural sunlight, and development is in water with fixation using a simple hypo solution. Being silverbased, they can then be toned and dyed as they would have been in the early days. You make all images using the contact system, where the image depends on a negative of the correct size. In the kit, you get everything you need. ALTERNATIVE PROCESSES AND LIQUID EMULSIONS Code Brand Product Description 13086 Fotospeed Argyrotype Kit All you need for alternative silver prints 13087 Fotospeed Argyrotype Sensitizer 50ml Replacement sensitizer for the Argyrotype Kit 13088 Fotospeed LE30 Liquid Emulsion, 250ml Economy size, makes 1.25 litres 27004 Rockland Liquid Light, 240ml Covers 30 sheets of 8 x 10in. 27013 Rockland Tintype Parlor Kit Create eight 4 x 5in. Colloid tintypes using this all-in-one kit 27014 Rockland Tintype & Ambrotype Developer Uses to develop coated tintype or ambrotypes (glass) 27015 Rockland Tintype Replacement Plates - 4 x 5 inch, Pack of 10 Replenishment plates for the Tintype Kit 27017 Rockland PrintScreen Emulsion, 474ml Make photo silkscreens without special equipment 41121 Rollei Black Magic Kit, Graded Everything you need to make perfect photo emulsion prints 41122 Rollei Black Magic Kit, VC Everything you need to make perfect photo emulsion prints 41123 Rollei Black Magic RBM2 Emulsion, Graded 300ml Liquid emulsion, coats up to 40 8x10 inch prints 41124 Rollei Black Magic RBM3 Emulsion, VC 300ml Liquid emulsion, coats up to 40 8x10 inch prints 41125 Rollei Black Magic RBM4 Photo Gelatine,100ml Optional pre-coat in the RBM system 41126 Rollei Black Magic RBM5 Developer Hardener, 250ml Optional hardener to protect the emulsion in the RBM system 41129 Rollei Black Magic RBM3 Emulsion, VC 1000ml Liquid emulsion, coats up to 130 8x10 inch prints Ex VAT Inc VAT 40.93 49.12 24.99 29.99 37.49 44.99 47.50 57.00 40.83 49.00 29.16 34.99 9.16 10.99 34.99 67.49 72.49 36.66 42.49 21.66 41.99 80.99 86.99 43.99 50.99 25.99 8.91 10.69 115.83 139.00 Inkjet Paper Inkjet Cartridges Print Storage Mounting INDEX 50 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Black & White, and Colour Paper Paper Chemicals RAW PHOTOGRAPHIC CHEMICALS Bellini Foto is a premium chemistry manufacturer from Italy that produces a wide range of RAW Chemistry, all of which is available from Firstcall. Have you ever wanted to make your film developers or ancillaries? Well, now you can. Whether it's your own ID11, Rodinal or Pyro concoctions you want to mix, Bellini lets you make it happen. We also recommend Stephen Anchell's Film Developing Cookbook to go with them, but we will happily provide free recipe sheets on request. Small jars and bottles for use with these new chemicals can be found on page 37. All chemicals have MSDS sheets on our website to go with them. | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | No Darkroom Alternative Process RAW Chemicals Inkjet Paper Inkjet Cartridges Bellini Sodium Carbonate Sodium carbonate anhydrous is one of the principle alkalies (accelerators) in development formulas, sometimes known as Washing Soda, Carbonate of Soda or Carbonic Acid. It improves differentiation between exposed and unexposed crystals of silver halide and thus reduces fog during development. It can also be used as a toning bath additive or post-fixer clearing bath. It has a molecular formula of Na2CO3. Please note: Sodium carbonate releases gas when added to an acid stop bath or an acid fixing bath; this gas may cause pinholes that look like blistering of your film emulsion. Bellini Potassium Bromide Potassium bromide is used as a restrainer in many black-and-white developer formulas, especially those containing hydroquinone, pyrocatechin, or pyrogallol. It improves differentiation between exposed and unexposed crystals of silver halide and thus reduces fog during development. When used by paper developers, it also reduces contrast and provides a warming effect. It can also be utilised as a bleach additive or toner additive. It has a molecular formula of KBr. Bellini Hydroquinone This high contrast developing agent is the most popular ingredient in many film and print developers, and no home-developing cookbook is complete without it as, with the compound metal, it reduces silver halides to elemental silver. We have many recipes from traditional suppliers using Hydroquinone, which you can request from us. It has a molecular formula C6H4(OH)2. Jacquard Pinata Inks BELLINI CHEMICALS Code Product 27460 Acetic Acid, 80%, 1 litre 27461 Ascorbic Acid, 50 grams 27462 Boric Acid, 50 grams 27463 Citric Acid, 1H20, 500 grams 27464 AntiFog Agent, 1-Phenyl-5-mercaptotetrazole, 5grams 27465 Silver Nitrate, 10 grams 27466 27467 27468 27469 27470 27471 27472 27473 27474 27475 27476 27477 Borax, 100 grams Dimezone S, 10 grams Hydroquinone, 50 grams Metol, 50 grams Phenidone A, 10 grams Pyrogallol, 50 grams Potassium Bromide, 250 grams Sodium Carbonate, anhydrous, 500 grams Sodium Hexametaphosphate, Calgon, 500 grams Sodium Thiosulphate, Pentahydrate version 1 kg. Sodium Bisulphite (Metabisulphite), 1 kg. Sodium Suphite, anhydrous, 1 kg. Description Used to make stop baths, acidifying, fixers, intensifiers and toners. Also know as Vitimin C developer Fine grain developer additive For making odour-free stopbath and additive Anti fogging agent for out-of-date paper Used in Kallitype and Van Dyke Brown printing, emulsion making and is a main ingredient of Printing Out Paper. A mild alkali/accelerator for fine grain developers A mild alkali/accelerator for fine grain developers High contrast developing agent Soft working developing agent Soft working developing agent Developing and tanning development agent Developer restrainer/ anti foggant and additive Developer alkali/accelerator Water softner A standard and universal fixing agent Developer preservstive and buffering agent Developer preservitive and silver solvent Ex VAT Inc VAT 9.91 11.89 9.91 11.89 8.16 9.79 6.24 7.49 16.41 19.69 18.83 22.59 4.16 12.41 9.91 11.66 8.16 37.49 11.58 4.99 8.16 7.49 9.91 9.08 4.99 14.89 11.89 13.99 9.79 44.99 13.89 5.99 9.79 8.99 11.89 10.89 Jacquard Pinata Alcohol Inks are a revolutionary colouring medium that will appeal to photographers and artists alike. They are highly saturated, fast-drying inks with an alcohol base. Because of that, they can be used to hand colour a multitude of surfaces, including photographic prints, ceramics, glass, resin, paper, metal, plastic, ceramic, stone, leather, resin, polymer clay and more or YUPO. If you make a mistake, you "paint away" your mistake back to the bare print using the Clean Up Solution. And this process works even AFTER the ink has long dried the following day. They even work on inkjet prints. JACQUARD PINATA INKS Code Brand Product 26948 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1025, Burro Brown 26949 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1027, Havana Brown 26950 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1029, Shadow Grey 26951 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1031, Mantilla Black 26952 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1033, Silver 26953 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1019, Baja Blue 26954 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1002, Sunbright Yellow 26955 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1011, Senorita Magenta 26956 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1005, Calabaza Orange 26957 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1023, Rainforest Green 26958 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1013, Passion Purple 26959 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1030, Blanco White 26960 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1032, Rich Gold 26961 Jacquard Pinata Ink 29.6ml, No 1001, Claro Extender 26962 Jacquard Pinata Ink 29.6ml, No 1000, Clean Up Solution Ex VAT 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 Inc VAT 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 Print Storage Mounting INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 51 INDEX Mounting Print Storage Inkjet Cartridges Inkjet Paper RAW Chemicals Alternative Process No Darkroom Paper Chemicals Black & White, and Colour Paper | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | INKJET PAPER Firstcall InkJet Paper 260gsm Heavyweight Our ultra-white, smooth, water-resistant resin-coated paper prints well with dye and pigment inks. It is used by professionals and consumers wanting to produce the best possible hardcopy digital prints. For those photographers who are serious about digital photography, it offers excellent image quality and similarity to traditional halide prints and has a fade-resistant microporous coated heavyweight base. Every photo department can save money by using BUY TWO this paper. GET ONE FREE See page 53 Fotospeed InkJet Paper Fotospeed's PF 270gsm paper range is a worthy alternative to our paper, albeit slightly more expensive. It has the look and feel of a traditional photo and is excellent with pigment inks but is equally suited to ordinary dyebased printers. It has the advantage of coming with Custom ICC profiles, which are Free of Charge from Fotospeed, thereby giving precise ink distribution. For this reason, it is the most versatile of all the photo inkjet papers we sell, and due to its low cost, it represents the best value currently on offer. Fotospeed also offers a 290gsm paper called Photo Smooth Pearl, a natural white heavyweight RC with a crisp finish and a superb colour gamut. It is also instant dry, suitable for both Dye and Pigment ink. Fotospeed's everyday matt paper is called Matt Ultra. This 240gsm paper is excellent with pigment inks and traditional dye-based printers. It renders a beautiful, smooth, bright-white finish, and monochrome images are suited to this paper. Firstcall, Matt InkJet Paper Smooth Art Matte 210gsm Our smooth matt RC paper offers a natural white art watercolour paper designed for value-orientated, high-volume printmakers. The surface emulates an etching paper and is excellent for décor art, portraiture and poster reproduction. The paper is compatible with dye and pigment ink systems, giving exceptional colour gamut, and is produced to archival standards. Made from alpha cellulose, it has a slightly textured matte surface and is acid-lignin-free and instant dry. INKJET PAPER Code Brand Product 89100 Firstcall Photo Heavyweight Glossy (Olmec), A4, Pack of 50 89102 Firstcall Photo Heavyweight Glossy (Olmec), A3, Pack of 50 89119 Firstcall Photo Heavyweight Gloss (Olmec), A3+, Pack of 50 89131 Firstcall Photo Heavyweight Gloss (Olmec), A2, Pack of 50 89116 Firstcall Photo Heavyweight Glossy (Olmec), Roll, 17 inch x 30m 89098 Firstcall Photo Heavyweight Glossy (Olmec), Roll, 24 inch x 30m 89101 Firstcall Photo Heavyweight Satin (Olmec), A4, Pack of 50 89103 Firstcall Photo Heavyweight Satin (Olmec), A3, Pack of 50 89118 Firstcall Photo Heavyweight Satin (Olmec), A3+, Pack of 50 89017 Firstcall Photo Heavyweight Satin (Olmec), A2, Pack of 50 89117 Firstcall Photo Heavyweight Satin (Olmec), Roll, 17 inch x 30m 89099 Firstcall Photo Heavyweight Satin (Olmec), Roll, 24 inch x 30m 89122 Firstcall Heavyweight Photo Lustre (Olmec), A4, Pack of 50 89121 Firstcall Heavyweight Photo Lustre (Olmec), A3, Pack of 50 89120 Firstcall Heavyweight Photo Lustre (Olmec), A3+, Pack of 50 89111 Firstcall Photo Lightweight Glossy (Olmec), A4, Pack of 100 89113 Firstcall Photo Lightweight Glossy (Olmec), A3, Pack of 100 89138 Firstcall Photo Lightweight Glossy (Olmec), A3+, Pack of 100 89150 Firstcall Photo Lightweight Glossy (Olmec), A2, Pack of 100 89112 Firstcall Photo Lightweight Lustre (Olmec), A4, Pack of 100 89114 Firstcall Photo Lightweight Lustre (Olmec), A3, Pack of 100 89137 Firstcall Photo Lightweight Lustre (Olmec), A3+, Pack of 100 89139 Firstcall Photo Lightweight Lustre (Olmec), A2, Pack of 100 89132 Firstcall Photo Matte Archival (Olmec), A4, 100 S 89133 Firstcall Photo Matte Archival (Olmec), A3, 100 S 89134 Firstcall Photo Matte Archival (Olmec), A3+, 100 S 89135 Firstcall Photo Matte Archival (Olmec), A2, 100 S 89136 Firstcall Photo Matte Archival (Olmec), 17in Roll x 30m 89108 Firstcall Smooth Art Matte (Olmec), A3, Pack of 50 89107 Firstcall Smooth Art Matte (Olmec), A4, Pack of 50 13470 Fotospeed Pigment Friendly, Glossy, A4, Pack of 50 13471 Fotospeed Pigment Friendly, Glossy, A4, Pack of 500 13472 Fotospeed Pigment Friendly, Glossy, A3, Pack of 50 13473 Fotospeed Pigment Friendly, Glossy, A3+ size, Pack of 50 13467 Fotospeed Pigment Friendly Lustre 275, A4, Pack of 50 13468 Fotospeed Pigment Friendly Lustre 275, A4, Pack of 500 13469 Fotospeed Pigment Friendly Lustre 275, A3, Pack of 50 13476 Fotospeed Pigment Friendly Lustre 275, A3+, Pack of 50 13481 Fotospeed Pigment Friendly, Satin, A4, Pack of 500 13560 Fotospeed Photo Smooth Pearl 290gsm, A4, 50 Sheets 13566 Fotospeed Photo Smooth Pearl 290gsm, A4, 100 Sheets 13561 Fotospeed Photo Smooth Pearl 290gsm, A3, 50 Sheets 13562 Fotospeed Photo Smooth Pearl 290gsm, A3+, 25 Sheets 13563 Fotospeed Photo Smooth Pearl 290gsm, A2, 25 Sheets 13564 Fotospeed Photo Smooth Pearl 290gsm, 17in Roll, 30m 13565 Fotospeed Photo Smooth Pearl 290gsm, 24in Roll, 30m 13460 Fotospeed Proofing Paper, Matt, A4, Pack of 100 13461 Fotospeed Proofing Paper, Matt, A3, Pack of 100 13490 Fotospeed Matt Ultra, A4, Pack of 50 13491 Fotospeed Matt Ultra, A4, Pack of 100 13492 Fotospeed Matt Ultra, A3, Pack of 50 13493 Fotospeed Matt Ultra, A3+ size, Pack of 50 89123 Innova Olmec Premium Photo Pearl, A4, Pack of 50 89124 Innova Olmec Premium Photo Pearl, A3, Pack of 50 89125 Innova Olmec Premium Photo Pearl, A3+, Pack of 50 89126 Innova Olmec Premium Photo Pearl, A2, Pack of 50 89127 Innova Olmec Premium Photo Pearl, Roll, 17 inch x 15 metre 89163 Innova RC Photo Premium Matte, A4, 50 sheets 89164 Innova RC Photo Premium Matte, A3, 50 sheets 89165 Innova RC Photo Premium Matte, A3+, 50 sheets 89166 Innova RC Photo Premium Matte, A2, 50 sheets 89167 Innova RC Photo Premium Matte, 17inch x 30m roll 89160 Innova Pictorico Pro OHP Ultra Transparency Film, A4, Pk20 89161 Innova Pictorico Pro OHP Ultra Transparency Film, A3+, Pk20 89162 Innova Pictorico Pro OHP Ultra Transparency Film, 17-inch roll x 20m 89159 Innova Pictorico Pro OHP Ultra Transparency Film, 24-inch roll x 20m 52 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Ex VAT 16.66 31.66 39.99 52.49 48.33 62.49 16.66 31.66 39.99 52.49 48.33 62.49 16.66 31.66 39.99 20.83 41.66 52.49 82.49 20.83 41.66 52.49 82.49 16.24 31.66 39.99 62.49 39.99 43.33 21.66 22.91 163.16 40.32 50.41 22.91 173.24 40.32 54.41 66.67 22.91 39.41 41.24 31.16 50.41 81.57 106.32 17.33 32.99 16.49 26.57 30.52 42.16 22.49 44.99 56.58 81.24 70.66 22.08 44.16 52.91 83.74 83.74 29.99 57.49 149.99 208.33 Inc VAT 19.99 37.99 47.99 62.99 57.99 74.99 19.99 37.99 47.99 62.99 57.99 74.99 19.99 37.99 47.99 24.99 49.99 62.99 98.99 24.99 49.99 62.99 98.99 19.49 37.99 47.99 74.99 47.99 51.99 25.99 27.49 195.79 48.39 60.49 27.49 207.89 48.39 65.29 80 27.49 47.29 49.49 37.39 60.49 97.89 127.59 20.79 39.59 19.79 31.89 36.62 50.59 26.99 53.99 67.89 97.49 84.79 26.49 52.99 63.49 100.49 100.49 35.99 68.99 179.99 249.99 Black & White, and Colour Paper Paper Chemicals No Darkroom Alternative Process RAW Chemicals | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | THREE-FOR-TWO OFFER UNDER £14* A BOX With Firstcalll InkJet papers, we offer a 3-for-2 offer, making it as cheap as just £13.33 for a box of A4 50 sheets. The Three-For-Two deal applies to all A4 packs of the resincoated paper Glossy and Satin. To qualify for the third box FREE, place your order in multiples of 2, and we will add the third one automatically. You cannot include the A3 packs or the Fibre-based paper in the offer, which closes on 31st March 2025 *The price (£13.33) includes VAT for each of the three boxes you receive. Innova RC Photo Premium Matte Have you ever longed for an inkjet paper that gives you emulation of an actual photograph without looking like an inkjet print? Well, this new Innova paper does that and a whole lot more. We'd go so far as to say this is the best new inkjet paper in 25 years. The reason for the praise is that being an RC paper, it's easy to use but features a stunning flat matte finish and super smooth surface, eliminating surface reflections. When we printed a monochrome shot, it was challenging to tell whether the print was Ilford Multigrade Satin due to its exceptional D Max. Fotospeed Proofing InkJet Paper Sometimes, you need inexpensive, high-quality, medium-weight, matt paper for presentation & image proofing. This is where Fotospeed can help. They produce a paper that saves you money by printing out your image initially on this cheaper paper before final production. For students, we recommend it as a low-cost matt paper - it is thinner than the other matt papers but is equally presentable for portfolios. The Fotospeed Proofing Paper is 170gsm and single-sided and costs 21p a sheet. Epson InkJet Paper If you want to buy only paper from the printer manufacturer's range, we stock a wide variety of photo papers from Epson. Epson offers a comprehensive range of everyday papers, and because we all want an easy life, even if it costs us a little bit more, there's a reason to buy their papers. You will find all these papers, preset in the printer's settings, all with a simple dropdown list. Just match the paper to the menu; you will get perfect prints every time. Compatible with pigment and dye inkjet printers, the resincoated base includes an anti-curl layer. It is ideal for printing large or small format displays. The surface can reproduce a wide colour gamut and deep tonal range, making this paper a popular choice for work across the creative spectrum, including photos, posters and retail-ready art prints. Innova Olmec Premium Photo Pearl A premium, luxurious, ultra-white resin-coated inkjet photo paper that will do any image justice. It has a slightly textured stippled surface to give a subtle silky sheen to your finished image. It has a microporous coating, is touch dry when printed, and is water resistant. The iridescent surface of this paper gives your images a unique feel, ideal for display in environments where high gloss finishes may cause reflections. The pearl finish provides a subtle sheen, maintains an excellent tonal range, and, at 310gsm, gives each print a lovely quality feeling. Nothing underlines this fact more than Epson SO42155 Premium Glossy Photo Paper, A4, in packs of 15. It is more expensive than alternative brands, but you will get perfect A4 prints quickly. Our second-best seller is their Semigloss range, which we stock from A4 to A2 for portfolio purchases. EPSON INKJET PAPER Code Brand Product 24606 Epson SO42538, Photo Glossy Paper, A4, Pack of 20 24612 Epson SO42155, Premium Glossy Photo Paper, A4, Pack of 15 24615 Epson SO41315, Premium Glossy Photo Paper, A3, Pack of 20 24616 Epson SO41316, Premium Glossy Photo Paper, A3+, Pack of 20 24617 Epson SO41332, Premium Semigloss Photo Paper, A4, Pack of 20 24619 Epson SO41328, Premium Semigloss Photo Paper A3+, Pack 20 24624 Epson SO42093, Premium Semigloss Photo Paper, A2, Pack of 25 24627 Epson SO41061, Photo Quality Ink Jet Paper A4, Pack of 100 24628 Epson SO41069, Photo Quality Ink Jet Paper, A3+, Pack of 100 24632 Epson SO41256, Matte Paper Heavyweight, A4, Pack of 50 24633 Epson SO41261, Matte Paper Heavyweight, A3, Pack of 50 Ex VAT 11.91 15.83 33.91 24.99 16.66 23.83 44.16 13.33 53.33 11.58 16.04 Inc VAT 14.29 18.99 40.69 29.99 19.99 28.59 52.99 15.99 63.99 13.89 19.25 Inkjet Paper Inkjet Cartridges Print Storage Mounting INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 53 Black & White, and Colour Paper Paper Chemicals RAW Chemicals Alternative Process No Darkroom | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Firstcall Baryta Fine Art 310gsm Our actual Baryta paper offers the lowest entry point into Fine Art printing. Consisting of an alpha-cellulose, acid-free pure white paper with the same barium sulphate coating as for traditional silver halide and a premium inkjet colour receiver layer, it gives a similar quality to many more highly-priced alternatives. Optimised for pigmented inks, it dries instantly and is water-resistant. It is also internally buffered to resist gas fading and maximise the conservation of your prints, and being acid-free makes it less prone to paper degradation. Available from A4 through to 17inch rolls. Fotospeed Fine Art No other company produces such a choice of fine-art, highquality yet relatively affordable papers. The Fotospeed range of fine art inkjet papers can appear a little overwhelming. The way to choose your paper is to "drilldown" into the type of paper you require and the texture or surface, then the base tint should be more natural to select correctly. Types of paper include fibre base (Baryta), cotton or canvas. Textures include smooth, unglazed gloss, textured or matt. Base tint choice is white, high white, neutral or ivory. We list our selected range with descriptions. Many more are available to order for a 3-day delivery service. Canson Baryta Photographique Canson's Baryta Photographique is similar to Fotospeed's Platinum Baryta but a little heavier and with a slightly whiter base. It is a past TIPA award winner for best inkjet paper and one of the first all fibre stock papers. For greater stability and consistency across viewing conditions, Canson papers do not contain any Optical Brightening Agents (OBAs). However, Canson media is still a bright white, with excellent print density and contrast range. Firstcall Cotton and Smooth Gloss Papers We offer a warm-tone version of our standard Baryta paper called Exhibition Cotton Gloss, which is ideal for traditional darkroom printers and renders beautiful, smooth gloss-grained prints due to its 100% cotton construction. Our Ultra Smooth Gloss looks like a soft satin in some RC papers, but this is a high-white alpha-cellulose, fibre-quality paper. Both papers are acid and lignin-free, meaning they are great fine-print archival papers. FINE ART INKJET PAPER Code Brand Product 32340 Canson Baryta Photographique II 310, A4, Pack of 25 32341 Canson Baryta Photographique FB, A3, Pack of 25 32342 Canson Baryta Photographique FB, A3+, Pack of 25 32343 Canson Baryta Photographique FB, A2, Pack of 25 32344 Canson Baryta Photographique II, Roll, 17 inch x 50 feet 32345 Canson Infinity Photo Lustre Premium RC 310, A3+, Pack of 25 24635 Epson SO41342, Archival Matte Paper A4, Pack of 50 24636 Epson SO41344, Archival Matte Paper A3, Pack of 50 89104 Firstcall Baryta Traditional Fibre Fineart, A4, Pack of 25 89106 Firstcall Baryta Traditional Fibre Fineart, A3, Pack of 25 89140 Firstcall Baryta Traditional Fibre Fineart, A3+, Pack of 25 89097 Firstcall Baryta Traditional Fibre Fineart, A2, Pack of 25 89115 Firstcall Baryta Traditional Fibre Fineart, Roll, 17in x 15m 89141 Firstcall Exhibition Cotton Gloss Fineart , A4, Pack of 25 89142 Firstcall Exhibition Cotton Gloss Fineart , A4, Pack of 50 89143 Firstcall Exhibition Cotton Gloss Fineart , A3, Pack of 25 89144 Firstcall Exhibition Cotton Gloss Fineart , A3+, Pack of 25 89145 Firstcall Exhibition Cotton Gloss Fineart , Roll, 17in x 15m 89146 Firstcall Ultra Smooth Gloss Fineart , A4, Pack of 25 89147 Firstcall Ultra Smooth Gloss Fineart , A4, Pack of 50 13573 Fotospeed Smooth Cotton, A4, 25 sheets 13572 Fotospeed Smooth Cotton, A3, 25 sheets 13577 Fotospeed Platinum Baryta, A4, 25 sheets 13576 Fotospeed Platinum Baryta, A3, 25 sheets 13579 Fotospeed Platinum Etching, A4, 25 sheets 13578 Fotospeed Platinum Etching, A3, 25 sheets 13600 Fotospeed Platinum Matt, EG, A4, Pack of 25 13602 Fotospeed Platinum Matt, EG, A3, Pack of 25 13601 Fotospeed Platinum Matt, EG, A3+, Pack of 25 13604 Fotospeed High White Smooth, EG, A4, Pack of 25 13606 Fotospeed High White Smooth, EG, A3, Pack of 25 13607 Fotospeed High White Smooth, EG, A3+, Pack of 25 13614 Fotospeed Platinum Gloss Art Fibre, A4, Pack of 25 13615 Fotospeed Platinum Gloss Art Fibre, A3, Pack of 25 13617 Fotospeed Platinum Gloss Art Fibre, A3+ size, Pack of 25 13619 Fotospeed Platinum Gloss Art Fibre, A2, Pack of 25 32375 Hahnemule Protective Spray, 400ml Ex VAT 34.16 59.99 54.99 88.33 124.99 57.49 15.33 31.66 21.24 28.74 35.83 80.83 57.49 19.16 38.33 55.83 44.99 71.66 18.91 29.99 28.83 54.91 28.83 55.83 21.49 42.91 21.49 41.24 52.74 28.83 52.74 65.99 29.41 57.74 67.66 112.16 16.66 Inc VAT 40.99 71.99 65.99 105.99 149.99 68.99 18.4 37.99 25.49 34.49 42.99 96.99 68.99 22.99 45.99 66.99 53.99 85.99 22.69 35.99 34.59 65.89 34.59 66.99 25.79 51.49 25.79 49.49 63.29 34.59 63.29 79.19 35.29 69.29 81.19 134.59 19.99 ALL FOTOSPEED FINE ART PAPERS AVAILABLE Call or e-mail if your preferred media is not listed Inkjet Paper Inkjet Cartridges Print Storage Mounting INDEX 54 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Black & White, and Colour Paper Paper Chemicals No Darkroom Alternative Process RAW Chemicals INK JET CARTRIDGES It is not only the paper that can make a difference in your digital picture-making. Choosing the right inks with the widest colour gamut, archival properties, and density can dramatically affect the outcome of a print. Also, the combination of ink and paper, e.g. pigment ink, as a rule, doesn't work that well on most glossy papers. So, as a rule, we suggest sticking to the printer manufacturer's original inks, except when the budget is of prime importance. It's well known that ink costs twice the price of vintage champagne but aren't some pictures priceless? | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Epson Cartridges We stock the full range of Epson original inks for the following printers: R3000 Surecolor SC-P700 Surecolor SC-P900 Expression Photo XP-15000 EPSON INKJET CARTRIDGES Code Product Description Stylus Photo R3000 Cartridges 40530 T1571, Turtle, Photo Black Epson Stylus Photo R3000 40531 T1572, Turtle, Cyan Epson Stylus Photo R3000 40532 T1573, Turtle, Vivid Magenta Epson Stylus Photo R3000 40533 T1574, Turtle, Yellow Epson Stylus Photo R3000 40534 T1575, Turtle, Light Cyan Epson Stylus Photo R3000 40535 T1576, Turtle, Vivid Light Magenta Epson Stylus Photo R3000 40536 T1577, Turtle, Light Black Epson Stylus Photo R3000 40537 T1578, Turtle, Matte Black Epson Stylus Photo R3000 40538 T1579, Turtle, Light Light Black Epson Stylus Photo R3000 SureColor SC-P700 Cartridges 24043 T46S100, 25ml, Photo Black Epson SureColor SC-P700, 25ml. 24044 T46S200, 25ml, Cyan Epson SureColor SC-P700, 25ml. 24045 T46S300, 25ml, Vivid Magenta Epson SureColor SC-P700, 25ml. 24047 T46S400, 25ml, Yellow Epson SureColor SC-P700, 25ml. 24048 T46S500, 25ml, Light Cyan Epson SureColor SC-P700, 25ml. 24049 T46S600, 25ml, Vivid Light Magenta Epson SureColor SC-P700, 25ml. 24050 T46S700, 25ml, Grey Epson SureColor SC-P700, 25ml. 24051 T46S800, 25ml, Matte Black Epson SureColor SC-P700, 25ml. 24052 T46S900, 25ml, Light Grey Epson SureColor SC-P700, 25ml. 24053 T46SD00, 25ml, Violet Epson SureColor SC-P700, 25ml. SureColor SC-P900 Cartridges 24316 T47A1, 50ml, Photo Black Epson SureColor SC-P900, 50ml. 24317 T47A2, 50ml, Cyan Epson SureColor SC-P900, 50ml. 24318 T47A3, 50ml, Vivid Magenta Epson SureColor SC-P900, 50ml. 24319 T47A4, 50ml, Yellow Epson SureColor SC-P900, 50ml. 24320 T47A5, 50ml, Light Cyan Epson SureColor SC-P900, 50ml. 24321 T47A6, 50ml, VividLight Magenta Epson SureColor SC-P900, 50ml. 24322 T47A7, 50ml, Gray Epson SureColor SC-P900, 50ml. 24323 T47A8, 50ml, Matte Black Epson SureColor SC-P900, 50ml. 24324 T47A9, 50ml, Light Gray Epson SureColor SC-P900, 50ml. 24325 T47AD, 50ml, Violet Epson SureColor SC-P900, 50ml. Ex VAT Inc VAT 22.74 22.74 22.74 22.74 22.74 22.74 22.74 22.74 22.74 27.29 27.29 27.29 27.29 27.29 27.29 27.29 27.29 27.29 24.99 24.99 24.99 24.99 24.99 24.99 24.99 24.99 24.99 24.99 29.99 29.99 29.99 29.99 29.99 29.99 29.99 29.99 29.99 29.99 31.66 31.66 31.66 31.66 31.66 31.66 31.66 31.66 31.66 31.66 37.99 37.99 37.99 37.99 37.99 37.99 37.99 37.99 37.99 37.99 24326 40603 Maintenance Tank SC-P900 & P700 Expression Photo XP-15000 Cartridges T4787XL Squirell Multipack Epson SureColor SC-P900 and P700 6 inks, 60.5ml, 378/478XL Claria Photo HD ink XP-15000 16.66 19.99 107.50 129.00 NEW DIGITAL COLOUR MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS FROM CALIBRITE COLOUR ACCURACY FROM CAMERA CAPTURE, TO DISPLAY AND PRINT SEE PAGE 97 Inkjet Paper Inkjet Cartridges Print Storage Mounting INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 55 Black & White, and Colour Paper Paper Chemicals RAW Chemicals Alternative Process No Darkroom | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Canon Cartridges Bring your pictures to life with original Canon inks. We stock ink for all the latest models, from the inexpensive dye-based options to the latest LUCIA PRO range of professional inks, for detailed and reliable results. Their ink systems deliver a variety of deep, rich colours and set your prints apart with outstanding photo permanence. We stock the full range of Canon original inks for the following printers: Pro 200 Prograf 300 Prograf 1000 CANON INKJET CARTRIDGES Code Product Fits PIXMA PRO-200 Cartridges 40446 CLI-65 BK, Black Canon PIXMA PRO-200 40447 CLI-65 C, Cyan Canon PIXMA PRO-200 40448 CLI-65 M, Magenta Canon PIXMA PRO-200 40449 CLI-65 Y, Yellow Canon PIXMA PRO-200 40450 CLI-65 GY, Gray Canon PIXMA PRO-200 40451 CLI-65 PC, Photo Cyan Canon PIXMA PRO-200 40452 CLI-65 PM, Photo Magenta Canon PIXMA PRO-200 40453 CLI-65 LG, Light Gray Canon PIXMA PRO-200 imagePROGRAF PRO-300 Cartridges 40456 PFI-300 MBK, Black Canon image PROGRAF PRO-300 40457 PFI-300 PM, Photo Magenta Canon image PROGRAF PRO-300 40458 PFI-300 R, Red Canon image PROGRAF PRO-300 40459 PFI-300Y, Yellow Canon image PROGRAF PRO-300 40460 PFI-300PC, Photo Cyan Canon image PROGRAF PRO-300 40461 PFI-300CO, Chroma Optimiser Canon image PROGRAF PRO-300 40462 PFI-300PBK, Photo Black Canon image PROGRAF PRO-300 40463 PFI-300C, Cyan Canon image PROGRAF PRO-300 40464 PFI-300GY, Grey Canon image PROGRAF PRO-300 40465 PFI-300M, Magenta Canon image PROGRAF PRO-300 imagePrograf PRO-1000 Cartridges 40466 PFI-1000M, Magenta Canon image Prograf PRO-1000 40467 PFI-1000C, Cyan Canon image Prograf PRO-1000 40468 PFI-1000CO, Chroma Optimizer Canon image Prograf PRO-1000 40469 PFI-1000B, Blue Canon image Prograf PRO-1000 40470 PFI-1000PGY, Photo Grey Canon image Prograf PRO-1000 40471 PFI-1000Y, Yellow Canon image Prograf PRO-1000 40472 PFI-1000R, Red Canon image Prograf PRO-1000 40473 PFI-1000GY, Grey Canon image Prograf PRO-1000 40474 PFI-1000PM, Photo Magenta Canon image Prograf PRO-1000 40475 PFI-1000PBK, Photo Black Canon image Prograf PRO-1000 40476 PFI-1000P, Photo Cyan Canon image Prograf PRO-1000 40477 PFI-1000MBK, Matte Black Canon image Prograf PRO-1000 Ex VAT Inc VAT 17.49 17.49 17.49 17.49 17.49 17.49 17.49 17.49 20.99 20.99 20.99 20.99 20.99 20.99 20.99 20.99 15.83 15.83 15.83 15.83 15.83 15.83 15.83 15.83 15.83 15.83 18.99 18.99 18.99 18.99 18.99 18.99 18.99 18.99 18.99 18.99 48.33 48.33 48.33 48.33 48.33 48.33 48.33 48.33 48.33 48.33 48.33 48.33 58.00 58.00 58.00 58.00 58.00 58.00 58.00 58.00 58.00 58.00 58.00 58.00 Inkjet Paper Inkjet Cartridges Print Storage Mounting Firstcall Photographic is a trading name of The Flash Centre Limited, part of the LUMESCA Group For a full range of digital photographic products visit: www.theflashcentre.com 56 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS INDEX Black & White, and Colour Paper PRINT STORAGE While storing film is relatively straightforward, the options for storing prints are much broader. You could store prints in the same sleeve and binder system you use for film. However, some photographers hold their printed images in albums or frames or mount them on cards or blocks when universal sharing is required. There is the good old standby of a "shoe box" if you need cheap and unorganised print storage, but we feel our customers deserve better than that. | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Paper Chemicals No Darkroom Alternative Process RAW Chemicals Inkjet Paper DON'T FORGET THE (£24.99 INC VAT) BESFILE ARCHIVAL STORAGE BINDER BOX (BLACK OR GREY) CAN HOLD PRINT PAGES AS AN ALTERNATIVE TO FILES ClearFile Archival Plus Print Storage Clearfile Archival Plus print pages are the ideal solution for loose-leaf filing. They manufacture them from specially formulated polypropylene for the safe, long-term protection of your valuable prints. Like their negative pages, they feature incredible crystal clear clarity and are manufactured in a more substantial thickness than flimsier alternatives, resulting in improved durability. Clearfile archival pages feature "rip-resistant" seals, a stitched sealing method that allows each seal to work independently to resist tearing, unlike straight-line seals that continue to separate once the rip begins. A stitched seal also provides excellent airflow between pockets to protect against ferrotyping, moisture and mildew. Most pages have new pan-European/US 7-ring holes and fit standard 4-ring binders. All ClearFile print pages offer: · High Clarity 6 mil Polypropylene · Archival and Inkjet Safe · Acid-Free · No PVC · PAT Passed · 25 per pack CLEARFILE PRINT PAGES Code Product 43035 35B Print Pages 4x6in Archival Plus Pack of 25 43036 36B Print Pages 4x6in Archival Plus Pack of 25 43037 37B Print Pages 5x7in Archival Plus Pack of 25 43038 38B Print Pages 8x10in Archival Plus Pack of 25 43040 40B Print Pages 8x12in Archival Plus Pack of 25 43071 44B Print Pages A4 Archival Plus Pack of 25 43072 72B Print Pages 8.5 x 11in Archival Plus, Pack of 25 Description Each clear sheet holds six 4 x 6in prints Each clear sheet holds eight 4 x 6in prints Each clear sheet holds four 5 x 7in prints Each clear sheet holds two 8 x 10in prints Each clear sheet holds two 8 x 12in print Each clear sheet holds two UK size A4 prints, ideal for inkjet ALMOST A4 size, each sheet holds 2 scrapbook pages or photo prints Ex VAT Inc VAT 9.99 11.99 9.99 11.99 9.99 11.99 9.99 11.99 9.99 11.99 9.99 11.99 1.00 1.20 35B Page Each clear sheet holds six 4 x 6 prints 36B Page Each clear sheet holds eight 4 x 6in prints 37B Page Each clear sheet holds eight 5 x 7in prints 38B Page Each clear sheet holds two 8 x 10in prints 40B Page Each clear sheet holds two 8 x 12in print 44B Page Each clear sheet holds two UK-size A4 prints, ideal for inkjet ClearFile Print Protectors Made for photographers who want a polypropylene sleeve for each image, these clear bags offer superb protection for frequently handled prints. They come in conventional darkroom and digital enlargement sizes. Designed to hold matted or un-matted prints, they are ideal for use at home or in the studio/ darkroom to safely protect and store valuable photographs. Archival and Inkjet safe are manufactured from crystal clear polypropylene with super heavyweight (3.6 mil/90 microns) construction. Archival, acid-free and therefore safe for long-term digital storage we think this is one of the best inexpensive storage products on the market. 71B Page Holds two 8.5x11 prints or documents. 72B is the same but has a white print divider in the sheet. CLEARFILE PRINT PROTECTORS Code Product Description 43024 030B Print Protectors 8x10in Pack of 25 Archival Plus Print Protectors 43025 080B Print Protectors 9x12in (A4) Pack of 25 Archival Plus Print Protectors 43026 015B Print Protectors 11x17in Pack of 10 Archival Plus Print Protectors 43027 011B Print Protectors 12x18in Pack of 10 Archival Plus Print Protectors 43028 060B Print Protectors 16x20in Pack of 10 Archival Plus Print Protectors Ex VAT 5.49 6.41 5.33 6.08 6.68 Inc VAT 6.59 7.69 6.39 7.29 8.02 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 57 Inkjet Cartridges Print Storage Mounting INDEX Black & White, and Colour Paper Paper Chemicals RAW Chemicals Alternative Process No Darkroom | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | ClearFile Crystal Clear Bags ClearFile's unique Crystal Clear Bags are designed for both individual print protection and mounting prints, particularly for use in an exhibition or where you need to keep the mats clean. These polypropylene bags are different to their print protectors, which can only be used for "loose" prints because they have a reusable adhesive strip designed to withstand repeated opening and closing, which is placed on the body of the bag, not on the flap. The bags are sealed on three sides and open on the short side with a 2-inch flap. We sell them in 100 sheets, which makes them economical to buy. Our range ranges from 5 x 7 inches to 20 x 24-inch print sizes. CLEARFILE CRYSTAL CLEAR BAGS Code Product Description 43049 Crystal Clear Bags 5x7in Pack of 100 Archival Crystal Clear Bags 43051 Crystal Clear Bags 8x10in Pack of 100 Archival Crystal Clear Bags 43052 Crystal Clear Bags 12x16in Pack of 100 Archival Crystal Clear Bags 43053 Crystal Clear Bags 16x20in Pack of 100 Archival Crystal Clear Bags Ex VAT 8.24 18.32 19.24 32.07 Inc VAT 9.89 21.99 23.09 38.49 CLEARFILE PRINT BOXES Code Product Description 43054 Print Archival Box 5x7in Black Archival Print Box 43055 Print Archival Box 8x10in Black Archival Print Box 43056 Print Archival Box 13x19in Black Archival Print Box for 12x16 prints 43057 Print Archival Box 16x20in Black Archival Print Box for 16x20 prints Ex VAT 12.49 14.16 23.33 25.83 Inc VAT 14.99 16.99 27.99 30.99 ClearFile Print Boxes These sturdy and attractive boxes are an archival option, making them ideal for use in the studio or darkroom. They are designed as a 2-piece box with a lid wrapped in a black textured material. The base of the box is acid-free black paper and passes PAT, making it safe for longterm storage and organising your images simultaneously. They are one 1/8th inch in depth. The construction is from 090 binders board (twice the thickness of standard film boxes) with buffered, acid-free and lignin-free black paper interior lining plus neutral pH adhesive, which they use in the box construction. Your photos will not deteriorate when in storage if you use these boxes. We thoroughly recommend them. YOUR LIFE IS MORE DEFINED IF YOUR IMAGES Handmade portfolio books from Daler ARE ORGANISED AND STORED FOR POSTERITY Inkjet Paper Inkjet Cartridges Print Storage Adox Adofile Polypropolyene Photo Books These presentation books have a matt black surface, and the twelve double-sided, bound archive pages are made of highly transparent PVC. They hold 24 photos in portrait format and are ideal for handing over a completed presentation to a customer or tutor or as a "Sketch Book" with examples of your best images and accompanying text if required. Available sizes are: · 13x18cm (5x7") · 24x30cm (9.5x12") · A4 · 30x40cm (12x16") The best handmade black sketchbooks are made in the UK by Daler Rowney and are available from Firstcall. Their spiral-bound sketchbooks come in A4 size. Its 40 sheets of 180gsm, acid-free black cartridge paper is ideal for displaying your portfolio photographs and equally suitable for pencil, pen, ink and chalk artwork. An outer casing, connected with spiral binding, protects the enclosed paper and keeps your images safe. The hardback version is perfectly bound and contains a slightly thinner, white 150gsm paper. ADOX ADOFILE PHOTO BOOKS Code Product Description 78005 Adofile Polypropolyene Photo Book, 5x7" 12 pages holding 24 photos in portrait format 78006 Adofile Polypropolyene Photo Book, 9.5x12" 12 pages holding 24 photos in portrait format 78007 Adofile Polypropolyene Photo Book, A4 12 pages holding 24 photos in portrait format 78008 Adofile Polypropolyene Photo Book, 12x16" 12 pages holding 24 photos in portrait format Ex VAT Inc VAT 9.58 11.49 18.49 22.19 16.24 19.49 21.66 25.99 DALER HANDMADE PORTFOLIO BOOKS Code Product Description 78001 Portfolio Book, Hard Bound, A4, 62 pages 150gsm, white cartridge paper 78003 Portfolio Book, Spiral Bound, A4, 40 pages 180gsm, black card pages Ex VAT 3.33 7.33 Inc VAT 3.99 8.79 58 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Mounting INDEX Black & White, and Colour Paper Paper Chemicals No Darkroom Alternative Process RAW Chemicals ALL MOUNTING BOARDS ALL SIZES JUST £1 PER SHEET | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | MOUNTING, ADHESIVES AND CUTTERS The advantage of storing your prints in a ring binder or frame is that (generally) you do not need adhesives. However, you sometimes need to display and share your enlargements in portfolio books or on a mounting board. At Firstcall, we offer a range of mount boards, portfolio books and a wide variety of adhesives and cutters to make exhibiting large prints a "breeze". Firstcall Mounting Board When you want to display your large pictures in the best way, you cannot beat mounting them properly. Usually, this involves using a 6-sheet type mounting board. We are one of a few dealers still offering a range of mount boards. Our unique range of double-sided boards allows you a twin colour choice to make the most of your mounting budget. The options are white/cream, grey/black or olive green/brown. Packed in 10s, we offer board in 10 x12, 12 x16, 16 x20 and 20 x24 inch sizes. As the usual way to mount the board is to allow a 1-inch border around the print, you can perfectly present paper sizes of 8 x 10, 10 x 12, 12 x 16 or 16 x 20 inches. Typically, this means you could buy two different colour options and have the third colour as your third option. Alternatively, you might want to save one-third on your board purchases this year when bought from Firstcall. All you need to do is indicate this offer when you buy online or from the catalogue. Dry Mounting Tissue This traditional method of permanently mounting mounts all kinds of flatwork including prints and photos, with a low-heat iron (or mounting press). You tack melt the adhesive sheets with the tip of a domestic iron (set to silk setting) to use it. Foam Centred Board ONLY £3 PER SHEET A more robust, more rigid alternative to card mount board is Foam Centred Board. Made from a foam core, sandwiched between two sheets of glossy white paper and double-thick liners, Firstcall foam board is one of the highest-performing foamboards on the market Hot Press Unimount Classic It is solid and highly rigid, but its main benefit is its lightness. tissue is a premium-grade The density of the core makes it the ideal substrate for tissue with a porous, pH-neutral grade. Their 650mm x 25m roll mounting large prints, examination portfolios, mounting, equals 25.5 inches x 82 feet. Therefore, you will have 120 sheets framing, vinyl graphics or P.O.P Displays 12 x 16 inches from the roll. You may also need their silicone release paper, which you require in the dry-mounting process, which is also available from us. · White on both sides (except for all black) · Very rigid · The core is high-density and fine-cell extruded polystyrene foam · Smooth, bright white finish Photocorners · 3mm thick · It is ideal as a lightweight backing board We still sell traditional photo corners from Herma for sticking your prints into photo albums. Their clear and permanent selfadhesive photo · Often used for shadow boxes · Excellent for cold mounting large items MOUNTING BOARD, TISSUE, CORNERS & TABS Code Brand Product Description 25124 Firstcall Double-Sided Olive Brown Board 10 x 12in 1250 micron = 1.25mm thick, Pack of 10 25125 Firstcall Double-Sided White Cream Board 10 x 12in 1250 micron = 1.25mm thick, Pack of 10 Ex VAT Inc VAT 8.33 10.00 8.33 10.00 corners mean you 25126 Firstcall Double-Sided Grey Black Board 10 x 12in 1250 micron = 1.25mm thick, Pack of 10 8.33 10.00 can quickly remove your precious photos without fear of damage. The adhesive is solvent 25129 25130 25131 25134 25136 25145 Firstcall Firstcall Firstcall Firstcall Firstcall Firstcall Double-Sided Olive Brown Board 12 x 16in Double-Sided White Cream Board 12 x 16in Double-Sided Grey Black Board 12 x 16in Double-Sided Olive Brown Board 16 x 20in Double-Sided Grey Black Board 16 x 20in Double-Sided Grey Black Board 20 x 24in 1250 micron = 1.25mm thick, Pack of 10 1250 micron = 1.25mm thick, Pack of 10 1250 micron = 1.25mm thick, Pack of 10 1250 micron = 1.25mm thick, Pack of 10 1250 micron = 1.25mm thick, Pack of 10 1250 micron = 1.25mm thick, Pack of 10 8.33 10.00 8.33 10.00 8.33 10.00 8.33 10.00 8.33 10.00 8.33 10.00 and acid-free; you get 250 corners in each pack. 25147 26258 26259 Firstcall Herma Hot Press Foam Centred Board 16 x 20 inch (Pack of 5) Photocorners Self Adhesive, Approx. 250 corners Dry Mounting Tissue, 25.in x 82ft roll (650) 3mm thick, white both sides, five single sheets 250 pieces Permanently mounts all kinds of flatwork - including prints and photos 12.5 15.00 2.49 2.99 79.16 94.99 26261 Hot Press Dry Mounting Tissue, 40in x 82ft roll (1040) Permanently mounts all kinds of flatwork - including prints and photos 99.99 119.99 26262 Hot Press Silicone Release Paper, 40in x 82 ft(1040) Prevents sticking of tissue 64.99 77.99 Inkjet Paper Inkjet Cartridges Print Storage Mounting INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 59 Black & White, and Colour Paper Paper Chemicals RAW Chemicals Alternative Process No Darkroom | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | 3M Adhesives Using a spray adhesive is the quickest way to mount your photograph onto the mounting board. 3M offers the most extensive choice, but you must choose whether you want to reposition the photo after mounting. All spray glue is permanent and repositionable before setting, but only ReMount is repositionable after drying. Scotch Weld 49 is a liquid adhesive with all the qualities of its spray cousins but without the smell or mess. Just paint it on with a brush. It is repositionable and builds strength over 24 hours but dries in 20 minutes. We found it an answer to the ongoing problem of mounting watercolour paper onto the board without curling. The two-litre container costs the exact cost as eight large spray cans. Frisk Spray Adhesive Frisk is a cheaper alternative to 3M but still gives you an environmentally friendly and CFC-free adhesive option for use in the studio, office or home. We recommend their HighTac as the low-cost alternative to Scotch Photo Mount (or the discontinued Tetenal Adhesive). A permanent adhesive for covering large surfaces, it is ideal for mounting photographs, posters, foam boards, textiles, corrugated cardboard, etc. You can reposition High-Tac within a short period. Ghiant adhesives, made in Belgium, are less than half the price of their 3m alternatives. Gudy 802 Self Stick Adhesive Roll Gudy 802 is a great alternative to spray adhesives; just cut to size and apply. This cold mount, double-sided adhesive roll is a "no-mess" solution for more oversized prints. Its high adhesive strength and universal application for indoor use make it ideal for mounting film for photos, inkjet and digital prints on several surfaces, including board. It includes double-sided siliconised 90 g/ m² backing paper, and the adhesive used is a water-based polyacrylate permanent one. GLUES AND SPRAYS Code Brand Product 26210 3M Hi-Strength 90 Adhesive Spray, 500ml, 26211 3M 75 Repositionable Adhesive Spray, 500ml, 26246 3M Remount Spray, 400ml 26250 3M Photomount Spray, 200ml, red can 26251 3M Photomount Spray, 400ml, red can 26252 3M Spraymount 200ml, blue can 26253 3M Spraymount 400ml, blue can 26254 3M Displaymount, 400ml 72008 3M Weld 49, Pressure Sensitive Adhesive, 2 Litre 72011 Firstcall Gudy 802 Self Stick Adhesive Roll, 24in x 33 feet 26256 Frisk High Tac Photo Spray, (Ghiant)400ml can 84029 Herma Glue Dispenser Transfer, removable, 15m 84030 Herma Glue Transfer Refill pack, removable, 15m 84032 Herma Glue Dispenser Transfer, permanent, 15m 84033 Herma Glue Transfer Refill pack, permanent, 15m 19136 Kenro Spray Adhesive, 400ml Description Non-moveable permenent bond, industrial Photomount Moveable permenent bond, industrial Spraymount Creative adhesive, sticks and lifts time and time again Non-moveable Non-moveable Moveable Moveable Strong adhesive for card High Tack, Water Dispersion Sticky back on a roll, for photos, ink-jet or board Permanent clear adhesive spray Removable glue-spots in strips of any length Removable glue-spots in a 15 metre roll Permanent glue-spots in strips of any length Permanent glue-spots in strips in a 15 metre roll Moveable Ex VAT Inc VAT 13.33 15.99 18.74 22.49 14.58 17.49 8.74 10.49 14.58 17.49 8.74 10.49 14.58 17.49 8.74 10.49 16.66 19.99 27.49 32.99 6.66 7.99 4.99 5.99 2.49 2.99 4.99 5.99 2.49 2.99 7.46 8.95 Rotatrim Trimmer Inkjet Paper Inkjet Cartridges Print Storage Mounting Built in England by highly skilled engineers, Rotatrim's Pro Series uses only the highest quality components, and they assemble them to exact tolerances, which is why they are genuinely the machines by which all others are judged. Their most popular trimmer for educational users is the MCA3. Firstcall offers the best value in the UK for such a quality, low-priced trimmer. This trimmer cuts 18 inches wide (at a capacity of 2mm and in a 20-sheet pile) and comes with a full 5-year guarantee. TRIMMERS Code Brand Product 26190 86001 86003 86005 86006 86007 86008 Olfa Rotatrim Rotatrim Rotatrim Rotatrim Rotatrim Rotatrim Self Healing Double Sided Cutting Mat, A4, CM-A4 MCA3 Mastercut Pro 12 Pro 18 Pro 24 Pro 30 Pro 36 Description Protect your cutting surface with this top-quality cutting mat. Super value, high quality 18in trimmer 12in cut, up to 1/8th inch board 18in cut, up to 1/8th inch board 24in cut, up to 1/8th inch board 30in cut, up to 1/8th inch board 36in cut, up to 3/32rd inch board Ex VAT Inc VAT 5.83 6.99 107.50 129.00 133.33 160.00 169.17 203.00 205.00 246.00 251.67 302.00 287.50 345.00 60 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS INDEX Black & White, and Colour Paper Paper Chemicals | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Peerless-Individual B&W Dyes H.C Nicholson created his special watercolours in 1885; today, the same process is used in making the product. Available as individual monochrome colours, they do not fade or change colour when heated. Each colour can be used individually or in combination with other colours for spotting any black-and-white print. All colours are acidfree and 100% non-toxic. They are made from mineral dyes and have no harsh pigment colour ingredients. Colours are available in either dry dye sheets or liquid colours, including Lamp Black, Ivory Black, Pearl Gray and Black Opaque. Fotospeed DY 15 Colour Retouching Dye Kit Fotospeed DY15 Fotodyes are designed to be used on any photographic emulsion - black and white or colour. So retouching or handcolouring is a simple action. Jacquard Pinata Inks No Darkroom Alternative Process RAW Chemicals Inkjet Paper Inkjet Cartridges As true dyes, they are entirely absorbed by the emulsion leaving no surface marking. The dyes come in 11 different colours with one reducer. All the dyes can be fully intermixed and /or diluted to produce any colour or shade required. With the continued demise of hand colouring options e.g. photo oils it's great to know that there's an inexpensive stalwart from Fotospeed for all those who want to experiment by creatively altering their black and white images. Jacquard Pinata Alcohol Inks are a revolutionary colouring medium that will appeal to photographers and artists alike. The dyes are extremely concentrated and caution should initially be exercised when diluting for use. They are highly saturated, fast-drying inks with an alcohol base. Because of that, they can be used to hand colour a multitude of surfaces, including photographic prints, ceramics, glass, resin, paper, metal, plastic, ceramic, stone, leather, resin, polymer clay and more or YUPO. If you make a mistake, you "paint away" your mistake back to the bare print using the Clean Up Solution. And this process works even AFTER the ink has long dried the following day. They even work on inkjet prints. Thirteen ink colours (silver, gold and white) are in the range. Fotospeed DY10 B & W Dye Kit This retouching set removes small black spots or significant areas you do not require in the finished print. The kit contains only three dyes - black, grey, and burnt sienna- with no surface markings. You will need a retouching brush to use either of the above kits. We suggest the Delta 0000 being the finest and best. RETOUCHING AND HAND COLOURING Code Brand Product 26196 Delta Retouching Brush 000 (3/0) 9056 Fotospeed Retouching Set DY10 13069 Fotospeed Retouching Set DY15, Colour Dyes 84060 Marshalls Handcolouring Artist Pencil Set Portrait (B & W) 84006 Peerless Retouching Colours: Black Opaque (liquid) 84007 Peerless Retouching Colours: Ivory Black (liquid) 84008 Peerless Retouching Colours Lamp Black (liquid) 84009 Peerless Retouching Colours: Pearl Grey (liquid) 84010 Peerless Retouching Colours Warm Sepia (liquid) 84005 Peerless Water Color Dry Spotting B&W Set - Dry Book 84003 Peerless Water Color Pretty in Pink - Dry Book 26948 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1025, Burro Brown 26949 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1027, Havana Brown 26950 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1029, Shadow Grey 26951 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1031, Mantilla Black 26952 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1033, Silver 26953 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1019, Baja Blue 26954 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1002, Sunbright Yellow 26955 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1011, Senorita Magenta 26956 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1005, Calabaza Orange 26957 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1023, Rainforest Green 26958 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1013, Passion Purple 26959 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1030, Blanco White 26960 Jacquard Pinata Ink 14.8ml, No 1032, Rich Gold 26961 Jacquard Pinata Ink 29.6ml, No 1001, Claro Extender 26962 Jacquard Pinata Ink 29.6ml, No 1000, Clean Up Solution Ex VAT 8.33 7.99 24.16 16.49 7.74 7.74 7.74 7.74 7.74 14.91 8.33 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 Inc VAT 10.00 9.59 28.99 19.79 9.29 9.29 9.29 9.29 9.29 17.89 10.00 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 4.99 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 61 Print Storage Mounting INDEX Darkroom Darkroom Lighting Enlargers Enlarging, Easels / Contact Frames | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | MAKING A DARKROOM Processing film does not require a photographic darkroom. However, making prints and enlargements from negatives requires dark space at least big enough to contain an enlarger, safelight, processing trays and yourself. Being the U.K's leading darkroom specialist, no other retailer has such an extensive range of products to make your darkroom complete. Working in a darkroom teaches you the fundamentals of how light (the prerequisite of all photographs) influences picture making. A darkroom should be just that. You should seal all windows, doors and vents against the light. Once you have done that you can prepare the list of equipment that makes a darkroom work. Darkrooms need planned "wet" and "dry" areas and try not to get electrical apparatus near the "wet" area. In this section, we show you how to light proof, ventilate, protect and choose a purpose made sink in preparing your darkroom. Light Proofing Our cotton/polyester white material comes on a roll, we sell it by the metre and it is 1.37m wide. It fixes quickly and easily to window surrounds using 2-part Velcro one-half sewn onto the material and the other stuck to the wall or frame. It has the advantage over black plastic in that it lasts longer. You can use it as a liner to existing curtains or make into long separate curtains or blinds. Pop Up Darkroom The Ilford Pop-Up Darkroom is the perfect solution for film photographers who want to print their negatives and otherwise may struggle to convert existing spaces into suitable working darkrooms. The external metal frame is approximately 2.2m tall and a workable 1.3 x 1.3m space to print while standing or seated. A durable light-tight black material clips to the frame, while an accompanying ground mat offers protection for your flooring, and you can fasten it to the darkroom material. A built-in air vent towards the base of the darkroom allows you to use it for an optional fan/air blower, and once sealed, the incoming air will also expand the inner dimensions. A smaller vent closer to the top of the darkroom lets you attach other air extraction tubes (not included). It contains a material loop at the top to hang a safelight, and the best thing is that you can easily fold it all down for storage or transportation in the included carry case. Nova makes an alternative blow-up Darkroom Tent which gives a larger option. Its dimensions are 48 x 48 x 88 inches high (125x125x225cm and comes complete with Darkroom Tent Support Frame and Blower/Extractor fan. LIGHT PROOFING Code Brand Product 69001 Firstcall Black-out Door Foam 69005 69006 Firstcall Firstcall Black-out Material (White) Velcro (2 part), for Cotton Material Description A roll of self adhesive, 8mm wide x 12 metres Cotton/polyester, 1.37m wide, order in full metres For cotton material, price per metre Ex VAT Inc VAT 11.66 13.99 5.83 6.99 1.91 2.29 PROJECTION & VENTILATION 70013 Firstcall Eye Care Pod Station Wall cabinet, sterile eyewash for eye or face splashes 72003 Firstcall Coverspecs Eye Shields Universal fit, even for spectacle users 69004 Firstcall Face Mask 9322, for acid, developer and toner gases 72004 Firstcall White PVC Apron Chemically resistant, two ties for close fit, heavy-duty 72005 Firstcall White Polythene Aprons, Disposable, Pack of 100 Made from opaque polythene. 31001 Ventaxia Solo Plus P Extractor Fan 3 speed fan, flush or surface mountable 31003 Ventaxia Solo Plus HT Extractor Fan Twin speed & humidity, constant trickle, flush or surface mountable 31004 Ventaxia Centrif DP Duo Extractor Fan Double the power of Solo 31006 Ventaxia Weather Cowl For all 100mm external wall holes for Ventaxia 49.99 4.99 4.93 9.58 4.99 83.33 162.49 153.18 24.66 59.99 5.99 5.92 11.49 5.99 99.99 194.99 183.82 29.59 INSTANT DARKROOM 11160 Ilford Pop-Up Darkroom 21015 Nova 21017 Nova Portable Darkroom Tent Portable Darkroom Tent Equipment Table Portable darkroom that folds down into a bag. Dimensions when erected (approx): Floor footprint 1.3m x 1.3m. Height 2.2m Blow-up tent, 88 x 48 x 48". 206.66 524.96 247.99 629.95 Table to fit in the tent, 80 x 60 x 69". 53.29 63.95 Timers Print Processing Finders & Meters Print Washing/Drying Inkjet Printers INDEX 62 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Darkroom Darkroom Lighting Washing in the Darkroom A purpose-made darkroom sink is an excellent start in darkroom design it will stop you from staining your kitchen sink. Fibreglass Sinks | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Ampro 69 External 1840 x 725mm / 72.5 x 28.5" Internal 1750 x 625 x 127mm / 69 x 24.5 x 5" Ampro 80 External 2160 x 725mm / 85 x 28.5" Internal 2075 x 630 x 127mm / 81.75 x 24.75 x 5" Enlargers Enlarging, Easels / Contact Frames Timers Finders & Meters Print Processing Our sinks have splashbacks and drip trays that will hold your developing dishes together and surround them with tempered water. A good sink like our own (hand-made) fibreglass ones or Nova's injected moulded range will complete your darkroom washing and developing area. Nova makes their low-cost grey sinks from industrial polythene. They are robust and seam-free, and the medium size comes complete with splashback. An included drip tray/draining board makes washing, developing or toning a pleasure. Each size is 6" in depth and has a flat base with sloping drainage ribs, with a 1.25" drain and plug. You can quickly obtain waste connections and connectors to your traditional outlets from DIY stores. The advantage of our fibreglass range is that they are easily repairable, and the Ampro versions come complete with syphon and drainage. They can also have frames constructed around them to have a freestanding option if it is hard to fit one into a work surface. However, we recommend the NS65, which adapts to a standard 600mm worktop and is versatile and highly durable (needs support at the rear and sides). Due to the large size of the Ampro sinks, the carriage cost when ordering these is £40. NS42 External 1150 x 655mm / 45.3 x 25.8" Internal 1067 x 584 x 100mm / 42 x 23 x 4" NS65 External 1600 x 575mm / 63 x 22.6" Internal 1510 x 485 x 100mm / 60 x 19 x 4" Moulded Plastic Sinks Small no splashback External 889 x 686mm / 35 x 27" Internal 813 x 610 x 150mm / 32 x 24 x 6" Medium inc splashback & drainer External 1200 x 750mm / 47 x 29" Internal 914 x 635 x 150mm / 36 x 25 x 6" Protect Your Eyes Water Filtration The eyes are one of the most sensitive parts of the human body. They are often prone to miniscule dust and dirt landing in them, causing discomfort and distress and potentially leading to a more severe injury if not properly dealt with. Foreign objects can end up in the eye in almost any environment. The Eye Care Pod Station attaches to the wall via a bracket and has a transparent dust cover for easy identification in an emergency. The kit contains a mirror, which can help with selfadministration. There is also an illustrated eye treatment guide for the correct procedures for dealing with all levels of eye injury, from minor to significant. It is often the case that the initial treatment that an individual receives in the case of an accident can make a massive difference in the long-term effects it has upon them. Deal quickly, effectively, correctly and safely with all eye injuries in the darkroom with this eye care kit. Water filtration is also significant as hard water and mineral deposits can cause havoc when washing film or paper. Paterson's water filter fits over most new taps, and its 20-micron filter removes most waterborne dust and dirt found in running water. You can easily disassemble it, and the screen is reversed for flushing. SINKS AND FILTRATION Code Brand Product 61000 Firstcall Ampro 80 Fibreglass Sink 61002 Firstcall Ampro 69 Fibreglass Sink 61004 Firstcall NS65 Fibreglass Sink 61005 Firstcall NS42 Fibreglass Sink 21027 Nova Small Plastic Darkroom Sink 21028 Nova Medium Plastic Darkroom Sink 26049 Paterson Water Filter Description incl., deep wash, waste, 81 x 24.8 x 4" incl. deep wash, waste, 69 x 24.5 x 4" large, 60 x 19 x 4", fits 600mm worktop splashback, waste, medium, 42 x 23 x 4" Grey, internal bowl size 32 x 24 x 6" Grey, medium, internal bowl size 36 x 25 x 6" PTP317: Tap fitting removes most water-borne dust and dirt Ex VAT Inc VAT 499.17 599.00 415.83 499.00 229.17 275.00 207.5 249.00 191.67 230.00 241.67 290.00 19.08 22.89 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 63 Print Washing/Drying Inkjet Printers INDEX Darkroom Darkroom Lighting | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | DARKROOM SAFE LIGHTING Safelights, with low-wattage bulbs and proper filters, are used to provide Illumination in the darkroom that will not expose photo films and papers--thus the name. A safelight with a red filter will not affect most black-and-white photo papers, provided the paper be kept at least 4 feet from the light. For black and white papers the bulb output is usually around 15 watts depending on the size of the safelight; do not exceed the manufacturer's recommended wattage or else your paper may be fogged by the safelight. Colour photo papers are more sensitive and should be processed in complete darkness or with specially designed LED lights. Spare Lamps for Safelights Most modern darkroom safelights take a Pygmy lamp with a screw fitting. Be careful as to which type you order, ES or SES. ES have thick shafts and SES have smaller tapered shafts towards the base. Because there are many older safelights in existence still, you can be reassured that at Firstcall we carry all of the older types ready to be your replacements. Paterson & Kaiser Safelights For a solid black and white safelight, we recommend the 15w Paterson Red/ Orange, model. Made in the UK, it is designed to stand on a bench, hang on the wall, or suspend from the ceiling. Ready to use with bulb, you can use this mains safelight within a personal darkroom bay, or you can use a number together for general lighting on the wall of the darkroom. The replacement bulb is a Pygmy SES 15w. The Kaiser alternative is system matched for Multigrade work. It can be bench or wall-mounted and tilted through 40 degrees. Enlargers Enlarging, Easels / Contact Frames Timers Print Processing Finders & Meters AP Safelight AP's Red Safelight offers table-top or wall mounting and is manufactured in compliance with current EU safety standards to make a great inexpensive option for every enlarger workstation. You can use it for high sensitivity, desensitised, orthochromatic emulsions and both Ilford and Kentmere Multigrade papers. Minimum recommended working distance is 1 metre. Firstcall Red Safelight Bulb Made for us by Philips, this 15w PF712 Dark Red Safelight bulb is scientifically coated red to counter the tungsten wavelength that would usually fog your photographic materials. Ideal for use with black and white film and print processing, the 240v bayonet cap (BC) bulb directly fits into any domestic bulb socket (i.e. a ceiling rose or table lamp). Encapsulite Darkroom Safelight Fluorescent Tube A simple answer in making your darkroom safelight is to convert the fluorescent light into a darkroom safe one. We sell their five feet, orange/red tubes are safe with most b&w papers. For shipping safety reasons, please note that we can only sell a minimum of six tubes per order. RH Designs SafeTorch RH Designs offer two low-cost darkroom SafeTorches, one is a black and white (red) model, and the other is for colour (yellow) work. The b/w version produces a bright beam of safe red light ideal for print inspection during development, for locating that dropped dodging tool! The colour version is useful for general orientation in the darkroom while colour materials are exposed - it should not be used for direct illumination of colour materials, although the wavelength of the LED light has been chosen to match the minimum sensitivity of colour papers. Housed in a small plastic key-fob style enclosure with a cord which you wear around the neck or wrist, the SafeTorch can be held and operated with one hand. The momentary switch action ensures you cannot leave it on accidentally. It runs on a single 12v alkaline battery (included). SAFE LIGHTS Code Brand Product 25047 AP Safelight, Red 39112 Heiland LED Small Darkroom Light 39111 Heiland LED Darkroom Lights College Kit (9 lights and controller) 39106 Heiland LED Darkroom Light 9017 Kaiser Safelight 4018, Orange 25048 Lamps Safelight, Red, 240v 15w BC 26563 Lamps Safelight Bulb, SES Pygmy, 15W 26512 Lamps Safelight Bulb, ES Pygmy, 15W 26513 Lamps Safelight Bulb, BC Pygmy, 15W 69003 Lamps Darkroom Safelight Fluorescent Tubes (6),DSL58WR10 26086 Paterson Safelight, Orange 83008 RH Designs Safelight, SafeTorch Colour 83007 RH Designs Safelight, SafeTorch B & W Description For most B & W work, bench or wall mount Mains operated Nine twin red and white 1 metre darkoom lights all linked to a central controller Twin red and white 1 metre darkoom light For multi-contrast B & W work, bench or wall mount For most B & W work, fits any domestic socket For (small) screw safelights like AP or Paterson For old (big) screw safelights For old bayonet safelights 6 tubes, Orange/Red, for most b&w papers, 5 feet PTP760; for most B & W work, bench or wall mount For most colour work, personal inspection For most B & W work, personal inspection Ex VAT 29.33 74.17 Inc VAT 35.19 89.00 1745.83 2095.00 165.83 66.66 13.33 1.66 3.33 1.44 199.00 79.99 15.99 1.99 3.99 1.73 341.67 410.00 28.66 21.58 19.92 34.39 25.90 23.90 64 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Print Washing/Drying Inkjet Printers INDEX Darkroom Darkroom Lighting Enlargers LED, safelights for the 21st Century German manufacturer Heiland offers a unique way to illuminate your darkroom. They specialise in LED solutions for the modern darkroom, and as their representative in the UK, we're convinced that this is the best way to achieve the ultimate lighting solution in your darkroom. Heiland has three LED lighting offerings: 1) Their Small LED Safelight desk mounted 2) Their LED Twin Ceiling Safelight One-metre fluorescent strips in a housing 3) Their LED Twin College Kit Nine individual lights as per (2), but all linked with a central controller, three switches and a useful dimmer | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Heiland LED Small Safelight This LED safelight is designed for use close to the enlarger and for small darkrooms, e.g., a darkened bathroom. The LED safelight is the little brother of our extremely popular and 1m long rod-shaped LED safelight. This luminaire generates red light for safe working with all multigrade papers. The intensity is slightly higher than the well-known Ilford SL1 safelight equipped with a 15W lamp. Compared to that, no orange but pure red light is emitted, and the power consumption is only 1W. Its innovative design, in the shape of a light tube, is one metre long with a simple switch to change the colours. It also includes an integrated intensity adjustment to set the power to your working distance in the darkroom. Perfectly safe for all black and white papers (not RA4 Colour), it can also be tilted for wall or ceiling mounting. Benefits · Bright and safe illumination of the workplace around the enlarger. · LEDs guarantee · No bulb replacement is necessary. · Monochromatic light with a wavelength of 630nm. · The 12V power supply guarantees electrical safety even in wet areas. · Attractive design. · Optional voltage converter available for supply with a USB power bank Technical data · Average wavelength: 630 nm · Supply voltage: 12VDC · Wall plug power supply is included · Power consumption: 1 W · Dimensions (L x W x H): 145 x 7 x 30mm · Weight 100g Enlarging, Easels / Contact Frames Timers Finders & Meters Print Processing Print Washing/Drying Heiland LED Darkroom Safelight Heiland also makes a unique twin LED safelight, combining red LEDs for safe darkroom work and white ones for viewing the final print. The single-tube housing is held in a slim mounting holder. Its clever design, in the shape of a light tube, is one metre long with a simple switch to change the colours. It also includes an integrated intensity adjustment (dimmer) to set the intensity to your working distance in the darkroom. Perfectly safe for all black and white papers (not RA4 Colour), it can also be tilted for wall or ceiling mounting. Features: · Single light output gives bright red light at 630nm wavelength or white light with approximately 5000k. · Tube-shaped design. · It can be tilted for wall or ceiling mounting. · LEDs guarantee instant on and off and long life; no lamp replacement is necessary. · Adjustable intensity according to your working distance. · 12V mains power supply Heiland Complete College Darkroom Lighting LED Darkroom Safelight is sufficient to cover around 150 square feet. But what if you want a complete department lighting solution? Well, Heiland has the answer here, too. Their LED Darkroom Lights College Kit includes NINE lights and the cabling and controller to coordinate the complete room lighting. A cabling diagram can be provided, but we recommend a qualified electrician install the lights. Kit contents: · 9x Safelight 1 metre, emits red and white light · 1x Central Control Unit with three switches and one dimmer · 1x Cable for wiring of 9 light sources (50 metres) HEILAND LIGHTS Code Brand Product 39112 Heiland LED Small Darkroom Light 39111 Heiland LED Darkroom Lights College Kit (9 lights and controller) 39106 Heiland LED Darkroom Light Description Mains operated Nine twin red and white 1 metre darkoom lights all linked to a central controller Twin red and white 1 metre darkoom light Ex VAT Inc VAT 74.17 89.00 1745.83 2095.00 165.83 199.00 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 65 Inkjet Printers INDEX Darkroom Darkroom Lighting Enlargers Enlarging, Easels / Contact Frames Timers | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Paterson Universal Condenser Enlarger The condenser head has a pair of condenser lenses in the lamphouse that concentrate the light source into a direct beam that projects a brilliant image onto the photo paper--all condenser enlargers. Our favourite enlarger for beginners is the Paterson Universal model. This compact 35mm or medium format condenser enlarger is ideal for photography students, allowing them to upgrade to the larger format if preferred. It uses filters (additional extra) to obtain the desired contrast grade required when using Multigrade paper. You can buy the same design of enlarger from us under the Adox brand, which comes with a 2-year guarantee for the same price. Key Specifications: · Takes 50mm or 75mm lenses (not included) · 35mm and 6 x 6cm Negative Carrier included · Filter drawer accepts 3 x 3" Multigrade filters · Baseboard dimensions: 18¾ x 15.5" · Maximum enlargement paper size 12 x 16" · Column height 29 inches · Wall projection possible · Replacement lamp is the P3/3ES Normal 75w Beseler Cadet II The Beseler Cadet II is our main competitor to the Paterson, being made in the USA rather than China. We know both of their merits well. Its easy assembly and lightweight design make it simple to set up and break down for storage, making it excellent for temporary darkroom use or even when a portable option is required. Key Specifications: · Includes enhanced 50mm f3.5 lens · 35mm Negative Carrier included · Filter drawer accepts 3 x 3 inches Multigrade filters · Baseboard dimensions: 11¾ x 14" · Maximum enlargement paper size 10 x 12" · Column height 23" · Replacement lamp is the P3/3ES Premium 75w · Column reverses for floor projection Beseler Printmaker 35 The Printmaker 35mm condenser model allows you to upgrade to 6 x 7 cm with a conversion kit at a later stage if required. Like the Cadet, it comes with a high-quality lens, lensboard and negative carrier, all included. The Printmaker is the next step up in the Beseler family and is more rugged in its construction. It is still compact and has the same counterbalanced elevation system featured throughout the range. Key Specifications: · Includes enhanced 50mm f3.5 lens · 35mm Negative Carrier included · Filter drawer accepts 3 x 3" Multigrade filters · Baseboard dimensions: 14 x 19" · Maximum enlargement paper size 11 x 14" · Column height 39" · Replacement lamp is the P3/3ES Premium 75w · Focusing for left or right-handed users · Column reverses for floor projection ENLARGERS Code Brand Product 12151 Beseler 12150 Beseler Printmaker 35 Condenser Enlarger and 50mm Lens Kit Cadet II Enlarger with Baseboard and 50mm Lens Kit 9121 Intrepid Compact Enlarger 26010 Paterson Universal Black and White Enlarger Description 35mm enlarger for prints up to 11 x 14" with lens Beginner's enlarger for prints up to 9.5 x 12" Enlarge, print & scan all formats 35mm to 6x9cm PTP700; B&W, 35mm or 6 x 6cm, uses filters, prints up to 12 x 16" Ex VAT Inc VAT 825.00 990.00 582.50 699.00 233.33 280.00 315.83 379.00 Intrepid Compact Enlarger The Intrepid Enlarger is a total rethink of the traditional darkroom enlarger. A super compact, simple and fun-to-use kit for making prints from your colour and B&W film at home (from 35mm to 6x9), mount it on a tripod or copy stand! You can even use it to scan your negatives using a digital camera/smartphone. Utilising innovative new LED technology, The Intrepid Enlarger is the smallest, most compact darkroom enlarger ever made. It is so tiny it could fit into a shoebox! While it may be the smallest Enlarger ever to exist, it has all the features of a traditional one without being bulky, expensive or relying on outdated technology. The LED lights are perfectly calibrated for printing/ scanning, and all the filters for colour balance and contrast are built into the controls on the timer. Specifications: · Film formats: 35mm & 120 (6x6, 6x4.5, 6x7, 6x9) · Contrast filters built-in, 00 to 5 in 1/2 steps · Complete CMY control for colour printing · Calibrated backlight for digital camera scanning · Built-in safelight · Easy printing from 5x7" up to 11x14" (much larger possible with horizontal projection) · M39 lens mount · Waterproof connectors It lets you print Black & White or Colour Film, use your camera to scan negatives and includes an electronic timer. You'll also need a copy stand or tripod to mount your Enlarger to and an enlarging lens - 50mm for 35mm film and 80mm for 120, but then you're ready to start printing. This is undoubtedly the best contemporary enlarger we've ever sold, and the price is unbeatable. We thoroughly recommend it for schools and colleges wanting to start darkroom printing. It is made in the UK. Print Processing Finders & Meters Print Washing/Drying Inkjet Printers INDEX 66 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Darkroom Darkroom Lighting Enlargers | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Intrepid 4x5 Enlarger Kik MK2 Beseler Printmaker 67VC The Intrepid Enlarger MK2 is a simple, small lightbox that fits the back of the Intrepid 4x5 Camera (or almost any other 4x5 camera) and attaches using the Graflok clips included. You then mount the unit to any standard copystand or low-level tripod (saving cost on a separate column and baseboard). Designed for making prints from colour film and black & white, you can also use it to scan or digitise your negatives with a DSLR. The colour balance and contrast filters are built into the light source and controlled on the (included) timer. There's even a built-in safelight, useful for those with limited space. It can make prints from 4x5, 120, and 35mm film. The standard kit comes with: · Intrepid Enlarger LED light source attaches to the back of your 4x5 camera with the Graflok clips · Intrepid Enlarger Timer - to accurately control exposure time · Multigrade filter holder - clips to your lens for use with Ilford Multigrade 8.9cm contrast filters · Enlarger Lens board for mounting standard enlarger lenses (with 39mm thread) · 4x5 negative carrier (35mm and 120 negative carriers available separately) · 12v Power supply This mid-priced VC diffuser model (with transformer) produces excellent enlargements from any negative size from 35mm to 6x7cm. It makes grade selection easy, too, as it incorporates a single knob to choose your setting via its additive dichroic filter system rather than having to insert individual filters into a below lens filter drawer (which Beseler include). Any grade from 0 through to 5 can be selected using this system. The 67VC also automatically maintains a constant printing speed throughout the contrast range, eliminating the need to recalculate exposures when changing the grade (contrast). This cool-running enlarger offers even illumination of your image from corner to corner. Key Specifications: · Includes enhanced 50mm f3.5 lens · 35mm Negative Carrier included - format size up to 6 x 7cm · Single wheel to select filter grade 0-5 · Also, there is a below the lens filter holder · Baseboard dimensions: 14 x 19" · Maximum enlargement paper size 11 x 14" · Column height 39.5" · Replacement lamp is the 85W 82V · Focusing for left or right-handed users · Column reverses for floor projection Enlarging, Easels / Contact Frames Timers Finders & Meters Print Processing Print Washing/Drying 7700 VCCE Multicontrast Kaiser VP 6005 The LPL 7700 VCCE is an excellent choice for schools and colleges. The variable contrast head has a dichroic filtration for Grades 0-5 and improved technology to maintain LAST CHANCE TO BUY The Kaiser VP 6005 Black and white enlarger can be used for all formats up to 6 x 6cm and lenses up to 80mm. This enlarger uses filters, below the lens to constant exposure time when you change make a print when using Multigrade paper. the contrast. The construction of the chassis is robust. The height adjustment is a squeeze lock, much faster than a knob wind. With its counterbalanced chassis, brake knob and the lens stage that shifts and tilts, this is an enlarger to get if you are creative. It can be used for all formats up to 6x7cm. LPL has announced that it will no longer make 7700 enlargers. We have good stocks, but this might be your last chance to buy a new one. · Takes 50mm to 105mm lenses · 35mm Negative Carrier included - format size up to 6 x 7cm · For all film formats up to 6 x 6 cm and lenses up to 80 mm focal length · Can be upgraded to film formats up to 6 x 9cm · Removable compound negative carrier with interchangeable inserts · adjustable masking strips and grid pins · Inserts supplied: Anti-Newton glass on top, 6 x 6 format mask on the bottom · Wall and floor projection, tiltable lens stage, distortion correction on Scheimpflug principle. · Enlarger head with 75-watt opal lamp, lamp adjustable · Exchangeable double condenser system. · Filter drawer · Built-in red filter Ask us about Colour Models · Single wheel to select filter grade 0-5 · Quick-change attachment for lenses. · Also, there is a below the lens filter holder · Height adjustment by hand-crank-operated friction drive. · Baseboard dimensions: 18 x 23" · Baseboard (WxDxH): approx. 450 x 500 x 28mm / 17.7 x 19.7 x 1.1" · Maximum enlargement paper size 16 x 20" · Column height 43" · Replacement lamp is the A1/231 12v Halogen MULTIGRADE MID RANGE ENLARGERS · Focus control is by double rail friction Code Brand Product Description Ex VAT Inc VAT · Oversized brake knob · Built-in neutral density filter for constant exposure · Tilt and shift possible · Can be converted to a copy stand · Wall projection possible · Column reverses for floor projection 12152 Beseler 12153 Beseler 12155 Beseler 9100 Intrepid 9101 Intrepid Printmaker 67VC Enlarger and 50mm Lens Kit Printmaker 67XL VC Enlarger and 50mm Lens Kit Beseler Printmaker 67 6x6cm Glasssless Negative Carrier 4x5 Enlarger Kit MK2 4x5 Enlarger 120 Negative Carriers Multi format enlarger for prints up to 12 x 16 inches with lens 825.00 990.00 Multi format enlarger for prints up to 16 x 20 inches with lens 1250.00 1500.00 For use with all Printmaker 67VC or 67VCXL enlargers Convert your 4x5 camera into a darkroom enlarger to make prints from your 4x5, 120, and 35mm negatives To use 120 film in your Interpid 4x5 Enlarger 133.33 159.99 233.33 280.00 33.33 40.00 9102 Intrepid 4x5 Enlarger 35mm Negative Carriers To use 35mm film in your Interpid 4x5 Enlarger 12.50 15.00 9122 Intrepid De Vere 504 Enlarger Converter Convert any classic De Vere 504 Enlarger to use modern LED technology. 450.00 540.00 9011 Kaiser VP 6005 6 x 6 Enlarger & neg mask B&W, up to 6 x 6cm, uses filters, prints up to 12 x 16in. 1057.50 1269.00 12005 LPL 7700 VCCE Multicontrast Enlarger B&W, up to 6 x 7cm, uses filter wheel, prints up to 16 x 20in. 1625.00 1950.00 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 67 Inkjet Printers INDEX Darkroom Darkroom Lighting Enlargers Enlarging, Easels / Contact Frames Timers | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Schneider and Rodenstock Enlarging Lenses For a budget-enlarging lens, 50mm focal length for 35mm negatives, we suggest a secondhand option, buying a Schneider Componon C or Durst Neonon. Either lens comes with a six-month warranty. For 75mm focal length lenses (for medium format negatives), we supply our own Chinese lens with its bright f4.5 aperture. Both each have a 4-element construction that will produce crisp 35mm enlargements up to 8 x 10 inches in normal conditions and 12 x 16 if entirely stopped down. For the ultimate in sharpest and reproduction, we recommend Rodenstock enlarging lenses. Made in Germany, they put precision into focus and offer the most extensive choice available on the market. Our best seller is their Rogonar S version, which offers a wide aperture, making it bright for baseboard focusing and ideal for students to see the image they are trying to enlarge. You can guarantee a high-quality result with only low light falling off the picture margin. The APO Rodagon is the lens for selective enlargements or top-notch presentation. With its 20x magnification and six elements, you cannot beat it for sharpness or light throughput. ENLARGING LENSES Code Brand Product 25018 Schneider Componar/Neonon 50mm Enlarging Lens 25020 Firstcall 75mm f3.5 Enlarging Lens 7002 Rodenstock Rogonar S 50mm f2.8 Enlarging Lens 7003 Rodenstock Rodagon 50mm f2.8 Enlarging Lens 7004 Rodenstock Rodagon-N APO 50mm f2.8 Enlarging Lens 7007 Rodenstock Rogonar S 75mm f4.5 Enlarging Lens 7008 Rodenstock Rodagon 80mm f4 Enlarging Lens 7011 Rodenstock Rodagon-N APO 80mm f4 Enlarging Lens Description 4 element, for 35mm use, recommended 4 element, for medium format use, recommended 4 element, for 35mm use 6 element, for 35mm use 6 element, for 35mm use 4 element, for 6 x 6cm use 6 element, for 6 x 6cm use 6 element, for medium format use Ex VAT 59.99 54.16 257.5 304.17 382.50 220.00 320.83 707.50 Inc VAT 59.99 64.99 309.00 365.00 459.00 264.00 385.00 849.00 Paterson Single Sheet Easel This Single Sheet 8 x 10-inch low-cost easel is ideal for students or departments on a budget. Plastic in construction gives a fixed border on every piece of paper used. It is the cheapest easel we sell. Condor 2 Blade Easel Beseler Borderless Easels Beseler makes these easels in two sizes, for standard and more bigger enlargements, and make it simple to equip educational darkrooms. They start at under £45, and their allmetal frames hold your paper down during exposure without an overmask, which means you can print to the full edge of the paper. They also include individual "finger-lift" notches for removing the paper after you have completed your exposure. Although available in two "maximum" sizes, both easels include two adjustable paper guides with locking knobs, meaning whatever paper size you use on the easel, it is held solely in place with the clamping paper guides. They will also last a lifetime as they are constructed in a non-reflective black epoxy finish, making the easels sturdy and functional. To many darkroom workers, the most useful size of enlarging easel is a 2-blade version that will hold all sizes of paper up to 12 x 16". There is, however, only one 12 x 16 easel made, and only Firstcall imports it. Made by specialist company Condor, their 30 x 40cm model is made in Italy and is solidly built. Its all-metal construction will withstand harsh handling in any classroom or darkroom. Remember, you need to print onto 12 x 16" paper or above for portfolio work and need a larger easel to hold it. They fit this 12 x 16" enlarging easel with adjustable precision guides, and its paper stop is also adjustable. Furthermore, each sheet of paper automatically locks into position when in use. The blades include a dual measuring scale for the paper in both inches and centimetres. Intrepid 5x4 DeVere Enlarger Conversion Kit Convert any classic De Vere 504 Enlarger to modern LED technology. The Intrepid De Vere 504 head utilises the same technology as the Intrepid Compact and 4x5 Enlargers. The light source matches the results of the traditional 504 head, but as it uses LEDs, it is entirely silent to run, doesn't need stabilisation and uses a lot less energy. This new product was born directly out of the need to replace the light sources in three of the 504 enlargers in the Intrepid Studios darkroom. With it, you can also give your old enlarger a new lease of life and switching heads 0nly takes around 5 minutes. MASKING FRAMES / ENLARGING EASELS Code Brand Product 26129 Beseler Masking Frame / Enlarging Easel, up to 8 x 10" 26130 Beseler Masking Frame / Enlarging Easel, up to 16 x 20" 12022 Condor Masking Frame / Enlarging Easel, 12 x 16 9122 Intrepid De Vere 504 Enlarger Converter 9040 9042 26094 Kaiser Kaiser Paterson Masking promask Frame / Enlarging Easel 4704, 12 x 16" Masking Frame / Enlarging Easel 4001, 9.5 x 12" Masking Frame / Enlarging Easel, 8 x 10" Description Borderless, with 2 locking paper guides Borderless, with 2 locking paper guides Unique, 2 blade Convert any classic De Vere 504 Enlarger to use modern LED technology. German, 4 blade professional design German-made, 2 blade, robust construction PTP682; Plastic, single sheet Ex VAT 71.66 248.33 116.66 Inc VAT 85.99 297.99 139.99 450.00 540.00 999.17 207.50 19.58 1199 249.00 23.49 Print Processing Finders & Meters Print Washing/Drying Inkjet Printers INDEX 68 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Darkroom Darkroom Lighting | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Paterson Contact Printing Frames Printfile CP-1 Contact Printing Frame Contact printing frames differ from Printfile manufactures easels in that they are designed to a super negative hold negatives and not paper to print contact printing frame all negatives from a film onto a single designed to make sheet of paper, thereby deciding those contact prints through worth enlarging in advance. In effect, any Clearfile, Kenro it is the first stage of printing. You can or Paterson negative easily position the negatives in slots on storage sheet. With the mask of the Paterson Proof Printers, its extra-heavy optical and the resulting contact sheet enables glass, you get even a natural choice of which negatives pressure, which to enlarge. An entire 36-exposure 35mm or 120 film can be ensures direct contact proofed on a single 8 x 10" piece of paper. prints from any 8 x 10 Paterson offers four versions, but by far, the most popular is or 9.5 x 12" paper. the 35mm version. It takes six strips of 6 exposures with bars to The other bonus is that the design does not have separate the strips. The 6 x 6cm model rails, meaning the proofer is equally suited for takes four strips and is suitable for 6 x 6cm, work with 35mm or 120 format negatives. 6 x 4.5cm, and 6 x 7cm formats. A larger version of the 35mm model accepts seven strips of six negatives to print onto 9.5 x 12" paper and is also available. CONTACT PRINTING FRAMES Code Brand Product Description The Universal model takes 35mm or medium format negatives as there are no guide bars, just a single plate with plain glass on top to complete the sandwich. 26109 26089 26090 26101 26135 Clearfile Paterson Paterson Paterson Paterson Printfile CP-1 Contact Proofer Contact Printing Frame, 35mm/8x10" Contact Printing Frame, 6 x 6cm/8x10" Contact Printing Frame, Universal Contact Printing Frame 9.5x12" Universal, 35mm or 120 format contacts onto 8 x 10" paper PTP619; Prints 35 negatives on an 8 x 10" paper PTP620; Prints 12 negatives on an 8 x 10" paper PTP623; Prints 35mm or 6x6cm but without guide bars PTP621; 24 x 30cm Ex VAT 58.33 56.83 56.83 57.49 56.83 Inc VAT 69.99 68.19 68.19 68.99 68.19 Enlargers Enlarging, Easels / Contact Frames Timers Finders & Meters Print Processing Print Washing/Drying Paterson 2000D Enlarger Timer This timer regulates the time required to switch your enlarger light on or off. It works with any enlarger of up to 5 amps and sets exposure times via the + or - buttons in increments of 0.1 seconds in the range of 0.1 to 9.9 and increments of whole seconds in the range of 10 to 99 seconds. The brightness of the large digital display can be adjusted to a level suitable to the sensitivity of the photographic material in use. It can easily be read, even when set to a minimum. After you put the paper under the enlarger, a single press of the Run button will switch on the enlarger for the required exposure time. It comes complete with a plug for your enlarger. RH Designs Timer 3 RH Designs Timer 3, with its more enormous variable brightness complete with digital display, is probably the best enlarger timer we've ever seen. Being a bridge to f-Stop timing, you can choose between seconds or an f-Stop readout in the display. The seconds go from one-tenth through to 99 seconds while the f-Stop range is in 1/6th separations. The central illuminated dial controls all the functions by clicking and holding it, including a lamp focus feature. When you run the timer, it is complemented by the audible alarm signal, which you can use at the end of a sequence. Made from a solid metal case, the connections are three-pin Schoko for power and enlarger hook-up. ENLARGER TIMERS Code Brand Product 9024 Kaiser Digital Enlarger Timer 26589 Paterson 2000D Precision Enlarger Timer 83001 RH Designs StopClock Pro Enlarger Timer 83009 RH Designs Timer 3 Description 0.1 - 99 secs, 4030, 4 easy buttons PTP745; 0.1-99.9 seconds, with interrupt, digital F-Stop timing Probably the best enalrger timer ever made Ex VAT 183.33 89.99 299.17 182.50 Inc VAT 219.99 107.99 359.00 219.00 SPARE ENLARGER LAMPS Code Brand Product 26559 Lamps P3/3 ES Screw Enlarger Lamp, 75W 26560 Lamps P3/4 ES Screw Enlarger Lamp, 150W 12007 Lamps Premium ES Screw Enlarger Lamp, PH-1400 240v 75w 26562 Lamps A1/231 Enlarger Lamp 12V/100W 12154 Lamps Beseler Printmaker 67VC Series Enlarger 82v 85w 68001 Lamps Tricolour Enlarger Lamp, 35W Description Also for copy stands, 240V/75W Also for copy stands, 240V/150W 230V/75W For most colour-heads 2 Pin ESJ 82v 85w halogen lamp for Beseler 67VC enlarger For old Philips, 14V 35W, need to order 3 lamps Ex VAT 4.92 9.83 16.66 8.91 23.17 16.66 Inc VAT 5.90 11.80 19.99 10.69 27.8 19.99 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 69 Inkjet Printers INDEX Darkroom Darkroom Lighting Enlargers | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Delta Projection Print Calculator Scale One of the most challenging things to teach when a photography student is in the darkroom is how to get the correct exposure for their negatives. In time, the eye becomes an expert at choosing the best-timed exposure, but a little help is now available from Delta to get students to that point. The Delta Projection Print Calculator Scale gives perfect exposures every time. It has eight pie wedges of calibrated, graduated density that helps determine the exposure time by showing the time in seconds. All it takes is one test exposure; you place the unit on a piece of graded or Multigrade paper and then expose your negative in the enlarger for 60 seconds. After developing this test exposure, you select the exposure time in seconds that corresponds to the best-appearing sector. The Delta Projection Print Calculator Scale is easy to use and saves time, paper, and chemistry. The scale is 4 x 5 inches in dimension. For more accurate metering, we sell two units from RH Designs their meter and the more advanced Analyser. Paterson Focus Finders The Paterson Micro Focus Finder or its big brother, the Major Focus Finder, is great for focusing on the grain on your baseboard from the enlarger. The Micro is lightweight, adjustable for users with different eyesights, easy to move around the baseboard, and uses a horse-hair to split-image fine focusing. The Major version is over twice the size of the Micro Focus Finder. This taller instrument enables the enlarger controls to be comfortable reached when making large prints, although it is equally suitable for smaller prints down to 3.5 x 4.5". It is adjustable for individual eyesight and has a weighted base for extra stability. FOCUS FINDERS Code Brand Product 26108 LPL Focus Finder 26093 Paterson Focus Finder, Micro 26095 Paterson Focus Finder, Major Description 5x magnification, offers precise sharpness PTP643. 20x magnification, offers precise sharpness PTP644, For larger prints Ex VAT Inc VAT 16.67 20.00 27.91 33.49 56.83 68.19 METERS & TEST STRIP PRINTERS Code Brand Product 18005 Delta Test Strip Printer, Print Projection Calculator Scale 83002 RH Designs Analyser, B & W, Pro 83006 RH Designs Enlarging Meter, B & W, ZoneMaster IIm Description Low-cost grey scale to make test prints Enlarger Meter & Timer takes a footswitch Black and White Enlarging Exposure Meter with Grey Scale Display and built-in Densitometer function Ex VAT 13.33 357.50 299.17 Inc VAT 15.99 429.00 359.00 Enlarging, Easels / Contact Frames Timers Print Processing Finders & Meters Print Washing/Drying Epson Perfection Scanners Epson Perfection Scanners are ideal for converting your negatives or slides into digital files. The The V850 has multiple adaptors for 35mm or 120 films and can scan up to 12 images in one pass; see our website for more details. Paterson Developing Dishes These British-made trays are available for all popular print sizes up to 20 x 24" and are moulded from thick polypropylene. Perfect for developing your darkroom prints. The specially designed base ribbing gives maximum economy for the solutions, and a moulding firmly supports a thermometer. You can buy them in all popular print sizes and in 3 colours to differentiate between chemicals under safelight conditions. The Base design gives the maximum economy of solution and easy print removal, Pouring lip for dripfree emptying. We sell most dishes in sets of 3 with one of each colour (except the 20 x 24" size). EPSON SCANNERS Code Brand Product 24031 Epson Perfection V850 Pro Print & Film Scanner Description 6400 dpi, 35mm, 120 and 5x4 in film scans; print scans to A4 Ex VAT Inc VAT 740.83 889.00 Print Tongs Print tongs are needed to handle the prints in each of the developing dishes or when using the washers to avoid contamination or skin irritations. It would be best to dedicate different tongs to each chemical and thoroughly wash them after each session. Paterson print tongs have textured sides for a firm grip and deep shoulders to stop them from sliding into the solutions. An attractive alternative is a hybrid version from AP, a print tong with a clamp built into the design, making it suitable for use as a film or print clip to hang your prints or films up to dry - a tremendous three-in-one aid. We also stock bamboo (sets of 3) and stainless tongs (singles) in our brand. PRINT TONGS Code Brand Product 26091 AP Print Tongs, Set of 2 38010 Firstcall Print Tong, Stainless steel, Pack of 2 38011 Firstcall Print Tongs, Bamboo, Set of 3 26092 Paterson Print Tongs, Set of 3 26165 Paterson Developing Dishes Set of 3, 5 x 7" 26166 Paterson Developing Dishes Set of 3, 8 x 10" 26167 Paterson Developing Dishes Set of 3, 10 x 12" 26168 Paterson Developing Dishes Set of 3, 12 x 16" 26169 Paterson Developing Dishes Set of 3, 16 x 20" 26170 Paterson Developing Dish Single, 20 x 24" Description Plastic 150mm / 6", with rubber tips with rubber tips, in 3 colours PTP341; Plastic PTP330 PTP334 PTP335 PTP336 PTP337 PTP328 Ex VAT Inc VAT 6.16 7.39 13.33 15.99 8.33 9.99 9.74 11.69 12.66 15.19 14.16 16.99 17.24 20.69 26.22 31.46 34.83 41.79 28.66 34.39 70 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Inkjet Printers INDEX Darkroom Paterson High-Speed Print Washer Deville Photolav Washer | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Paterson Auto Print Washer Darkroom Lighting Enlargers Enlarging, Easels / Contact Frames Timers Finders & Meters Print Processing This washer is for RC papers; the flow pattern of the High-Speed Print Washer creates turbulence on both sides of the print to ensure it removes all chemicals thoroughly. There are two models: for prints up to 8 x 10" and for prints up to 12 x 16". They wash RC papers in 2 to 4 minutes with separators provided to keep small prints apart. You get an outlet, an inlet hose, and a domestic tap adaptor with the washers. The Deville Photolav attaches to the inside of any developing dish (from 12 x 16 inches and upwards), thereby converting a standard developing dish into a washer tray. Its intelligent design achieves two things. 1) First, it drives the wash water at high speeds into the tray, 2) It pushes the fixer out from the bottom of the tray so that the paper is more thoroughly washed. It is attached easily by using the generous hinge clip. When making prints on fibre-based papers, efficient washing is essential to avoid stains appearing. The Paterson Auto Print Washer provides the most rapid and effective method of washing this type of paper, as its unique agitation system removes all residual chemicals. It will take up to twelve prints up to 10 x 12" or twenty-five 8 x 10 prints, each in its cradle; again, it fits a domestic water supply and includes fittings. A NEW RANGE OF NOVA ACADEMY WASHERS IS DUE TO BE LAUNCHED IN 2024 PRINT WASHERS Code Brand Product 26118 Deville Print Washer, Photolav 21032 Nova Print Washer, Washmaster Eco, Fibre, 12 x 16in. 26098 Paterson Print Washer, Auto, Fibre 12 x 10in. 26099 Paterson Print Washer, High Speed, RC, 8 x 10in. 26100 Paterson Print Washer, High Speed, RC, 12 x 16in. Description Attaches to inside of dev.dishes 12x16 inch and larger Archival fibre wash for 5 prints - 12 x 16in. maximum PTP231; Takes 12 prints, up to 12 x 10inch PTP235; Up to 2 prints, maximum 8 x 10inch PTP250; Up to 2 prints, maximum 12 x 16inch Ex VAT 57.50 299.99 127.24 32.49 51.91 Inc VAT 69.00 359.99 152.69 38.99 62.29 PRINT DRYING Once you have dried your print, you can mount or present it in your portfolio. There are two primary methods to dry your prints rack or heated dryers and the free way of hanging from a clothesline with pegs, which are still used but not recommended (due to curling). Paterson RC Print Squeegee Squeegees are specially designed to remove surplus water from both sides of prints on resin-coated paper for rapid and even drying. They will help you speed up your drying regardless of the final aid you use. Paterson's 9" extended version has soft rubber blades that prevent prints from being damaged. It is suitable for prints up to 16 x 20" made from anti-corrosion materials, and resistant to all photographic chemicals. It also has a unique spring loading system on the floating action of one blade. A cheaper (and shorter) film and print alternative is available from AP. Delta Photo Blotter Dryer Book Acid-Free, this extra thick paper book, with dry wax interleaves, is the modern way to blot photo papers dry. Instead of using single sheets, this blotting paper, buffered with calcium carbonate to eliminate acid transfer on prints, helps store up to 21 prints together for future finishing. The paper stock contains no sulphates that could harm your images, and we guarantee fifty years of archival quality, making it approved for museum use. Neutral pH: the actual size of the paper is 8 inches by 12 inches. Paterson Drying Rack Prints on resin-coated paper dry flat quickly in this rack, allowing free air circulation and holding up to 5 prints 12 x 16 inches or ten prints 8 x 10 inches or smaller. Special separators ensure minimum contact with the print. The design of the rack is for resin-coated paper only. REMEMBER Washaid or Hypo Clearing Agent promotes the speed with which thiosulfate silver complexes wash out of paper (especially fibre-based paper) after fixing which, in effect, reduces the wash time needed. PRINT DRYING Code Brand Product 14004 Delta Photo Blotter Drying Book 26097 Paterson Print Squeegee 26102 Paterson Rapid Print Drying Rack, 12 x 16in. Description Holds 21 - 8 x 10 in prints PTP255, For prints up to 16 x 20in. PTP258; For prints up to 12 x 16inch www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com Ex VAT 40.83 27.24 37.49 Inc VAT 49.00 32.69 44.99 71 Print Washing/Drying Inkjet Printers INDEX Darkroom | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Epson Ink Jet Printers Epson Expression Photo XP-15000 Photo Printer, A3+ Epson SureColor SC-P700 Photo Printer Epson SureColor SC-P900 Photo Printer Darkroom Lighting Enlargers Enlarging, Easels / Contact Frames Timers Print Processing Finders & Meters Epson's XP-15000 provides ink economy, printing speed & (thick) media versatility, all at the larger A3+ size. You can print from anywhere worldwide by emailing photos and documents directly to the printer: print long-lasting and professional-looking glossy photos with Claria Photo HD Inks. The set of six inks includes grey for superior black and white images with a smoother tonal gradation and red for vivid and realistic colours thanks to the wider colour gamut. It is a compact and stylish A3+ printer with a small footprint that looks great from all angles. · 6.1cm LCD · High-quality photo printing: Six Claria Photo HD inks for long-lasting photos · Flexible: Wi-Fi and Ethernet connectivity and easy mobile printing · Dual paper trays: One for A3+ and another for photo paper · Versatile media: Prints on thick card & CD/DVDs · Automatic duplex: Save paper and money · Up to 5,760 x 1,440dpi print resolution · 500-760 pages ink yield (black/colour) per XL cartridge WE STOCK A FULL RANGE OF CARTRIDGES FOR EPSON PRINTERS. SEE PAGE 55 The SureColor SC-P700 is Epson's topof-the-range A3+ photo printer. This fast, flexible, easy-to-use printer, with superior productivity and wireless connectivity, prints professional-quality photos in sizes up to A3+. Ideal for amateur and semi-professional photographers, the SureColor SC-P700 is also perfect for any business that has a regular requirement for high-quality colour presentations. Professional quality Epson's ten-colour UltraChrome HD inkset has an improved wide colour gamut to produce superb quality prints. The highest black density (2.86 DMax on PGPP) produces deep, rich blacks and ultra-smooth tonal gradation. Easy-to-use The printer has a large 4.3-inch colour touch panel and is simple to set up and manage, even without a PC. Automatic Wi-Fi set-up makes connectivity a breeze. Stay connected Exceptional Wi-Fi Direct® wireless connectivity makes printing from smartphones, tablets and PCs easy, alongside Epson Connect support. Apple AirPrint supported. Google Cloud Print is also supported. Flexible printing Twin paper paths enable A3+ printing on various photo and fine art papers, canvas and thick media. At the same time, the machine's roll-paper capability is perfect for high-impact panoramic images. · Ten-colour UltraChrome Pro 10 HD inks · Exceptional quality colour images with the deepest blacks and rich tones · Wi-Fi Direct and Epson Connect, Apple AirPrint, and Google Cloud Print · Easy to connect wirelessly and over the Cloud · High speed · Produce an 11 x 14-inch print in only 153 seconds · Large colour 4.3-inch touch screen · Easy to set up and manage · Generous ink cartridge size (25ml) · Expanded blue colour gamut · Deepest black tones on the market · Quality output: Black enhances overcoat technology for finer detail and texture · Ideal for medium volumes of professional-quality photo prints EPSON PHOTO PRINTERS Code Product 23941 Expression Photo XP-15000 Photo Printer, A3+, Wi-Fi 24037 SureColor SC-P700 Professional A3+ Photo Printer, Wi-Fi 24042 SureColor SC-P900 Professional A2+ Photo Printer, Wi-Fi Description 6 individual XL inks, prints on thick media, up to 32 ppm (mono) 9-colour UltraChrome HD inks, Wi-Fi Direct and Epson Connect 10-colour UltraChrome HD inks, Wi-Fi Direct and Epson Connect Ex VAT 266.66 565.83 899.17 Inc VAT 319.99 679.00 1079.00 The SureColor SC-P900 is Epson's topof-the-range A2+ desktop Professional Photo printer. This superior-quality printer uses UltraChrome HD ink and is ideal for professional photographers and artists wishing to produce true-to-life photos on various media. Thanks to Wi-Fi connectivity, you can easily print from several devices, including tablets, PCs and smartphones. Using UltraChrome HD ink, the new nine-colour ink set produces true-to-life photos with vivid colours and the deepest blacks on the market. Your prints will last for ages thanks to the inks' improved lightfastness, and sizeable 50ml ink cartridges mean fewer trips to change the ink. The SC-P900 is the smallest A2 printer with a roll paper option, which enables you to print panoramic photos on formats such as banners and gallery wrap canvas. Three paper paths, including a front-loading fine art paper path, meaning you can easily switch between different formats. With the SC-P900, it is easier than ever to print from a range of devices. It also offers wireless functionality, and with Epson Connect compatibility, easy printing from tablets, PCs and smartphones is a simple task. Wi-Fi Direct is also supported, meaning the printer can easily communicate with your smart devices. The SC-P900 features quick, simple set-up and operation thanks to a large 2.7-inch colour touch panel. It guides the user through how to load different media types. It enables them to switch between these before printing quickly - and we nearly forgot - the best bit about this printer is that it will print images up to 10 feet long with the roll paper adaptor (optional extra unfortunately). · Ten-colour UltraChrome HD inks · Exceptional quality colour images with deepest blacks and rich tones · Wi-Fi Direct and Epson Connect · Easy to connect wirelessly and over the Cloud · High speed · Produce an 11 x 17" print in only 153 seconds · Roll paper option- prints 17" prints up to 10' long · Large colour 2.7" touch screen · Easy to set up and manage · Generous ink cartridge size 50ml size · Ideal for medium volumes of professional-quality photo prints · Uses T47 cartridges 72 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Print Washing/Drying Inkjet Printers INDEX Darkroom Canon Ink Jet Printers Canon PIXMA PRO-200S Photo Printer Canon PROGRAF PRO-300 Photo Printer | PRINT AND PRINT PROCESSING | Canon PROGRAF PRO-1000 Photo Printer Darkroom Lighting Enlargers Enlarging, Easels / Contact Frames Timers Finders & Meters Print Processing With Canon's PIXMA PRO-200S professional A3+ photo printer, you can take the perfect shot, then pair it with the ideal printer to complement your creativity. The Canon PIXMA PRO-200S is designed for aspiring photographers to show their true colours in print. Vibrant professional printing and exceptional colour reproduction are just a few clicks away with our new 8-ink dye-based system, helping bring your photos to life. Compact, versatile, and easy to use, Canon PIXMA PRO-200 will help you print like the pros. You get excellent results every time, from fine art, glossy, borderless, and panoramic media handling to auto skew correction and three paper feed options. Backed by exceptional technology and software, like Canon's user-friendly Professional Print & Layout plugin for a one-stop edit-to-print experience, it's all at your fingertips thanks to a 3-inch LCD. This superb Canon A3+ printer also features ChromaLife 100+ inks, which have tested with the following characteristics: · 300-year album life · 30-year light fastness · 20-year gas fastness · Resisting heat and humidity · Enhanced colour reproduction The media range is excellent, too, with the PRO-200S accepting paper up to 350g/ m2 in the manual feeder. · Stunning photos up to A3+ at home · Rich colours with 8-ink dye-based Chroma Life 100+ Ink System · Quality grayscale prints with three mono inks · Fast printing: A3+ photo in 1min 30sec · Print plug-in for efficient workflow · Wide range of media support · Auto Skew Correction · PictBridge WLAN The imagePROGRAF PRO-300 offers superior colour and monochrome printing quality and productivity; this Canon A3 printer has the same print workflows as its larger imagePROGRAF PRO models. It gives you the easiest route to gallery quality results thanks to the Canon Professional Print & Layout software and plugin. This compact A3 printer works seamlessly with EOS camera technology to unlock unique features such as HDR and DPRAW for breath-taking fine art photography prints to display and cherish forever. By connecting easily with a PC or Mac using Wi-Fi or ethernet, you achieve professional results on a wide variety of media up to A3+ in super-quick time, thanks to zero ink switching. You can also do borderless printing on glossy or fine art papers and panoramic images to custom lengths up to 990.6 mm. Using 10 LUCIA PRO pigment inks, the printer delivers outstanding colour with a dedicated chroma optimiser ink to reduce bronzing and deliver stunning tonal superiority. The imagePROGRAF PRO-300's Matte Black ink enables the greater expression of monochrome images with deeper and more vivid blacks on fine art paper and prints with confidence thanks to a built-in nozzle recovery function that helps to reduce clogging, while built-in skew correction offers smooth media feeding. Finally, we like the Canon Professional Print & Layout software and plugin, which takes colour matching to new levels of excellence. · 3-inch LCD · 10-ink system · Borderless printing · Chroma Optimiser · Wi-Fi printing · LUCIA PRO inks The imagePROGRAF PRO-1000 lets you create beautiful prints of your photography and artwork with rich colours and sharp details at an impressive A2 paper size. With 12 separate LUCIA PRO pigment ink cartridges, you get exceptional detail, deeper colours and richer blacks for photos that will stand out for both exhibitions and portfolios. Connectivity via Wi-Fi, mobile devices and cloud platforms ensures seamless and efficient printing sessions. It optimises colour precision with smaller droplet sizes, deeper black densities, a wider colour gamut and uniform gloss. It also expands your options by moving effortlessly from gloss, matt, fine art paper and canvas printing, all borderless if preferred. Multiple black inks mean monochrome images printed with deep shades and smooth tones. The printer can keep printing interruptions to a minimum with sizeable 80ml ink tanks and an easy-to-replace maintenance cartridge. You can increase efficiency and boost professionalism with Canon's Print Studio Pro plug-in software launched from Adobe Lightroom, Photoshop, and Canon's Digital Professional software. · 3-inch LCD · 12-ink system · LUCIA PRO inks · Borderless printing · Chroma Optimizer · Wi-Fi printing · Canon Print APP · Uses PFI-1000 cartridges WE STOCK A FULL RANGE OF CARTRIDGES FOR CANON PRINTERS. SEE PAGE 56 CANON PHOTO PRINTERS Code Product 24099 PIXMA PRO-200S Inkjet Printer, Wi-Fi, A3+ 24100 PROGRAF PRO-300 Inkjet Printer, Wi-Fi, A3+ 24101 PROGRAF PRO-1000 Inkjet Printer, Wi-Fi, A2 Description 8 inks, Direct Disc Print, Professional Photo Printer 10 inks, Direct Disc Print, Professional Photo Printer 12 pigment inks, Wi-Fi, Cloud Link, 3 inch LCD, Professional Photo Printer ExVAT 382.50 549.17 857.50 Inc VAT 459.00 659.00 1029.00 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 73 Print Washing/Drying Inkjet Printers INDEX Film Cameras Digital Cameras Lenses Tripods Camera Power | PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT | FILM CAMERAS Film is the starting point for all analogue photographers. To many, taking a picture using a film camera is the major attraction over digital alternatives. This often superior feeling results from having to think about how you will record the image, rather than the "just defaulting to the disposal option" of many digital photographers who can keep repeating the shot until the "camera" produces a satisfactory outcome. There are few manufacturers of new SLR film cameras now, except for the niche and expensive offering from Leica. However, at Firstcall, we aim to keep the art of film photography alive and offer various solutions unfortunately, only secondhand now for film SLR cameras. Second Hand 35mm Film SLR With the prospect of no more new film SLR cameras, we have embarked on an innovative solution by combining used Pentax SLR film cameras with a new Phenix 50mm f1.7 lens. Available in three different body types, each comes with a 3-month guarantee, and prices range from just £137 to £239; this is an excellent way to purchase reliable and inexpensive film SLR cameras. Your model choice will depend on the availability of supply. Pentax P30/T c/w c/w 50mm Lens The Pentax P30 is an entry-level 35mm manual focus camera that offers the choice of Programmed AE, Aperture-Priority AE, Metered Manual and Programmed Auto Flash. The P30 provides a titanium foil shutter with 1/100th flash sync, a top shutter speed of 1/1000th and TTL (ThroughThe-Lens) flash metering. Pentax K1000 c/w 50mm Lens The iconic Pentax K1000 was Pentax's classic introlevel film SLR, which gained popularity among photography students due to its rugged build and low price. The original K1000 was a KM without the depth of field preview and self-timer. The top and bottom plates were changed from metal to plastic in the final production run, and the camera comes with a Phenix 50mm f1.7 lens. Please remember that any of our second-hand K1000 cameras will be at least 20 (and some nearer to 40) years old. While owning a classic is nice, buying a more recent P30 or MESuper model with more features and reliability might be more prudent. · Year introduced: 1976 · Mount: K · Meter range: 3 - 18 EV · Meter pattern: c · ISO range: 20-3200 · DX ISO range: No DX coding It accepts all lenses compatible with the Pentax K-mount bayonet lens mount. This camera includes a Phenix 50mm f/1.7 lens. The P30N is similar but in Grey and has a diagonal focus. · Full-featured Multi-mode Pentax in the Classic style · Open-aperture, TTL centre-weighted, average area metering system · 1/100th flash sync capability · 1/1000th maximum shutter speed · TTL flash metering Pentax ME Super c/w 50mm Lens The Pentax ME Super is an aperture priority exposure film SLR with full manual override, manual focus and manual wind-on. Robust construction, simplicity and ease of use have made it a top second-hand purchase for photographic students. It accepts all lenses compatible with the Pentax K-mount bayonet lens mount. It is a classic, solidly constructed, all-manual 35mm SLR camera that is straightforward to use, having no fully automatic mode like the MZ ranges. Praktica MTL3 c/w 50mm Lens The Praktica MTL3 was Praktica's classic entry-level film SLR, which was made in East Germany by Pentacon, using the 42mm screw mount. It was produced between 1978 and 1984 and is based on the LTL 3. It's solidly made, and we sell it because it is a fully manual camera that teaches newcomers to film photography the essentials of light control without an auto button. It's also fully repairable, unlike so many other big brand alternatives. In many ways, its features are very similar to the Pentax K1000, and it is an equally heavy camera. However, on the plus side, it's one of the cheapest entry SLR cameras for film photography students. ISO Setting: ISO 12 to ISO 1600, Shutter Speed: B, 1 second to 1/1000, sync at 1/125, Aperture: f/1.8 to f/16 and Automatic exposure control system are among the key specifications. Like the others, we include a 50mm f/1.7 Phenix lens, which accepts 49mm filters and accessories. Camera Memory / Portable Storage Camera Accessories INDEX 74 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Film Cameras Digital Cameras Lenses Tripods Camera Power | PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT | HP5 Single Use Camera We sell Harman's real black and white single-use camera with flash preloaded with Ilford HP5, perfect for parties or wedding celebrations. You process HP5 in B&W chemistry, meaning you process it yourself if you are prepared to open the camera or send it back to Ilford for processing and printing. The current cost from the IlfordLabDirect is £11.50 and returned using Royal Mail. Each camera has 27 pictures with a full flash on/off function, and the high-speed (ISO 400) B&W film guarantees excellent results each time. You can also get this version with processing by Ilford included. Ilford Sprite 35-II Camera with Flash This new offering from Ilford is one of the best inexpensive film cameras you could give to a photographic beginner. It offers vintage styling; load any 35mm film, hit the shutter button and wind the film lever on to advance to the next shot. It's reusable, so films can be processed personally or in a photographic minilab. Four colour options are available: red, blue, black or silver. It has a fixed shutter speed (1/120s) with a 31mm, single element f9 fixed-focus wide-angle lens and built-in flash with a 15-second recycle time. Holga 120 For medium format, the primary Holga film camera in 120 format costs less than £30, but we recommend the Holga 120 GCFN. With a built-in flash incorporating a colour filter wheel, the GCFN allows you to choose different colours to splash/ flash your subjects. Reto Ultra Wide Slim 35mm Camera Reto's slim and lightweight 35mm film camera sets it above and beyond the current plethora of new plastic camera introductions in the last 18 months (Kodak, Agfa et al.) by being small in size, including a well-built ultra-wide lens of 22mm and offered in five contemporary colours. We are stocking them all - classic Charcoal and Cream and voguish colours of Murky Blue, Pastel Pink and Muddy Yellow. Features · Ultra-wide angle lens - capture wide views and put everything in the picture · Super light and slim - pocket-size camera which weights only 68.8g · Point and shoot - perfect for street snapshots to record your everyday life We suggest you use ISO100/200 films if you shoot in bright sunlight and ISO400 or above for sunny or cloudy days. Specifications · Film Format: 135 Film (24x36mm) · Optics Lens: 22mm, F=11, · 2-element Optical Grade Acrylic Lenses · Focusing: Focus Free, 1m~Infinity · Shutter Speed: 1/125s · Film Transport: Manual wind and rewind · Dimensions: 100(W)x59(H)x28(D) mm · Weight: 68.8g · Main Material: ABS FILM CAMERAS Code Brand Product 26473 Fujifilm QuickSnap Flash Single Use Camera 11164 Harman HP5 Plus Single Use camera with flash, 27 exp 11166 Harman HP5 Plus Single Use camera +flash, 27ex, inc processing 11167 Harman Reusable Camera with Flash, inc.2x 36 exp. film 31200 Holga 120N Medium Format Camera Black 31201 Holga 120WPC Medium Format Wide Angle Pinhole Camera Black 31202 Holga 120GCFN Medium Format Camera Black 11177 Ilford Sprite 35-II Camera with Flash, Black 11178 Ilford Sprite 35-II Camera with Flash, Silver 11179 Ilford Sprite 35-II Camera with Flash, Black/Red 11180 Ilford Sprite 35-II Camera with Flash, Black/Blue 90575 Kodak EKTAR H35 Half Frame Camera Black 90576 Kodak EKTAR H35 Half Frame Camera Brown 90577 Kodak EKTAR H35 Half Frame Camera Sage 90578 Kodak EKTAR H35 Half Frame Camera Sand 90535 Lomography Black and White Simple Use Camera 90536 Lomography Color Negative Simple Use Camera 90540 Lomography Metropolis Simple Use Camera 90036 Pentax ME Super Body c/w Phenix 50mm f1.7 Lens 90039 Pentax P30N Body c/w Phenix 50mm f1.7 Lens 90055 Pentax K1000 Body c/w Phenix 50mm f1.7 Lens 90549 Reto RETO3D Classic 35mm 3D Camera 90570 Reto 35mm Ultra Wide Slim Camera, Charcoal 90571 Reto 35mm Ultra Wide Slim Camera, Cream 90572 Reto 35mm Ultra Wide Slim Camera, Murky Blue 90573 Reto 35mm Ultra Wide Slim Camera, Pastel Pink 90574 Reto 35mm Ultra Wide Slim Camera, Muddy Yellow 26296 Washi Z Single Use Camera, 24 exposures Ex VAT 14.99 14.99 19.74 30.91 24.99 37.50 35.83 31.66 31.66 27.49 27.49 41.66 41.66 41.66 41.66 16.21 23.33 19.08 155.00 137.00 239.00 74.17 29.99 29.99 29.99 29.99 29.99 8.74 Inc VAT 17.99 17.99 23.69 37.09 29.99 45.00 42.99 37.99 37.99 32.99 32.99 49.99 49.99 49.99 49.99 19.45 28.00 22.90 155.00 137.00 239.00 89.00 35.99 35.99 35.99 35.99 35.99 10.49 Camera Memory / Portable Storage Camera Accessories INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 75 Film Cameras | PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT | Intrepid Cameras This British company, now being proudly distributed to the educational market, produces the best value range of large-format cameras available. On top of the camera, you will need to buy a lens board (which Intrepid make) and lens (which they don't, but plenty of secondhand options are still available from Nikkor, Fuji, Schneider or Rodenstock). You will also need a film holder, which we sell from Toya, and a dark cloth to aid with focussing outside again available from Intrepid. Digital Cameras Lenses Tripods Camera Power Camera Memory / Portable Storage Intrepid Black Edition 4x5 Intrepid 4x5 MK4 The premium edition Intrepid 4x5 features a sleek `all black' design, made primarily of highquality 3D-printed parts, all produced and assembled in-house. The base and front standard supports are anodised aluminium for increased stability, and the bellows are signature waterresistant Nylon. The camera also features the exact rear-controlled focus system and fully independent front standard movements of the 4x5 MK4. In its 5th generation, the Intrepid 4x5 is a modern rethink of the traditional large-format field camera. While super lightweight (at 1.2kg) and fast to set up, it is also incredibly hardwearing and reliable, producing excellent results regardless of the conditions. The aluminium base, rear focus and linear guides are features usually only seen in high-end cameras and allow for consistent pinsharp focus and increased stability even with the heaviest lenses. As with all Intrepid Cameras, versatility is critical; the universal Graflok back means you can mount a whole range of roll film adapters (from 6x6 to 6x17), Polaroid/instant film backs and, of course, the Intrepid Enlarger. The ideal companion for any situation, from the studio to a mountainside, and at just 1 kg, you will barely notice the weight. Intrepid 4x5 Lens Boards The Intrepid 4x5 Lens Board is designed to fit all Intrepid 4x5 cameras perfectly. Large format lenses are interchangeable across different camera brands; you first need to attach them to your camera's right lens board to mount them. The Intrepid 4x5 takes 96mm x 99mm lens boards, or you can use most Linhof / Technika style boards as they are the same size. The Intrepid 4x5 accepts focal lengths from 75 mm to 300 mm, but if you start with 4x5, we recommend getting yourself a 150mm lens first. Equivalent to a 50mm lens on a 35mm camera and considered the `standard focal length', it is roughly what the human eye sees. The 4x5 MK5 is the perfect companion for any situation, but it thrives when put through its paces out and about. Versatility is key with every aspect, and whilst being able to shoot all 4x5 sheet film, you can also shoot wet plate (collodion), instant film, and 120 roll film thanks to the Graflok clips on the rear standard. Intrepid 4x5 Dark Cloth These custom Intrepid dark cloths are hand-produced in Washington, USA, by Wanderer. Each is designed to match seamlessly with the bellows colour of your Intrepid 4x5 or 5x7 camera. You are made from handselected thick cotton with a smooth black twill interior to block out as much light as possible. Each dark cloth also features an elastic drawstring to secure it neatly around your camera, so there is no need to hold it in place or worry about it blowing off in the wind. Care is put into every detail of the cloths, from the material choice to the hand-embroidered Intrepid logo in the bottom corner. Dimensions: 91cm x 122cm (36" x 48") Lens boards come in three sizes corresponding to your lens's shutter size. Copal is the most common type of shutter, and most other shutter types (Seiko and Compur) come in these three standardised sizes. The Lens board size is 96mm x 99mm · Copal #0 34.6 mm · Copal #1 41.6 mm · Copal #3 65 mm INTREPID LARGE FORMAT CAMERAS Code Product Description 9103 4x5 Black Edition Premium edition Intrepid 4x5 features a sleek 'all black' design, 9104 4x5 MK5 (Blue Bellows) Modern rethink of the traditional large format field camera. 9105 4x5 Lens Board Copal #0 Intrepid 4x5 Lens Board is designed to perfectly fit all Intrepid 4x5 cameras 9106 4x5 Lens Board Copal #1 Intrepid 4x5 Lens Board is designed to perfectly fit all Intrepid 4x5 cameras 9107 4x5 Lens Board Copal #3 Intrepid 4x5 Lens Board is designed to perfectly fit all Intrepid 4x5 cameras 9108 4x5 / 5x7 Dark Cloth Blue Matches the bellows colour of your Intrepid 4x5 or 5x7 camera. 9109 4x5 / 5x7 Dark Cloth Black Matches the bellows colour of your Intrepid 4x5 or 5x7 camera. 9110 4x5 Pinhole Lens Create long exposures and sharp images with your 4x5 camera 9120 Lens Board Adapter Allows use of lenses mounted on your Intrepid 4x5 boards with your 8x10 camera Ex VAT 316.67 283.33 15.00 15.00 15.00 59.17 59.17 25.00 33.33 Inc VAT 380.00 340.00 18.00 18.00 18.00 71.00 71.00 30.00 40.00 Camera Accessories INDEX 76 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Film Cameras Digital Cameras Pinhole & 3D Cameras The concept behind pinhole cameras has been known since the eighteenth century when artists used a camera obscura (dark chamber) as an aid to drawing. It was a box with a lens at one end and a sheet of tracing paper at the other. You pointed the camera obscura at the scene, and then you traced the outline of the scene onto the paper. A pinhole camera does not use a lens. It is a black box with a small pinhole at one end. Light passing through the pinhole forms the image. The distance from the pinhole to the back of the box determines how much of the scene you can record. RETO3D Classic 35mm 3D Camera Ilford Obscura Pinhole Camera Kit | PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT | Harman Titan Pinhole Camera Lenses Tripods Camera Power Camera Memory / Portable Storage Camera Accessories RETO3D simultaneously captures the same object with three slightly different angles, thanks to their triple-lens design. A 3D effect is shown by stitching the three photos together. Compared with other cameras, which can only produce static images with a single lens, RETO3D creates more lively photos. 3D photography is more than a hobby; it is a form of art. The three images you record each time you take a picture are developed typically and scanned to upload to the RETO3D App (free from your usual App Store). Using the App, they are then stitched together to give the fantastic 3D effect images that are gaining popularity on social media sites like Instagram. RETO3D goes beyond and enhances the excitement of a static photo. Especially in sports events - when the athlete jumps, or the ball is kicked in the air - there is a unique opportunity to use it in capturing explosive motions. Our favourite pictures come from social gatherings like parties and concerts where a lot is happening, and foreground and background retain interest. Now only available in original charcoal colour. Features · 35mm Film - suitable for 35mm negatives and slides · Built-in Flash - enables you to photograph day and night · Film Reload - not just a one-go toy but your all-time favourite · Focus-free - quick snap creates a great form of art · Lightweight - turn it into your daily-life accessory · Easy-to-use - all photography lovers are welcomed · Affordable - an excellent gift for yourself and your loved ones · App Support - upload and stitch multiple images into 3D GIFs in a few seconds Ilford's high-quality Pinhole camera sits halfway between our MDF camera and its own Titan range and is one of our best pinhole camera sellers. Ilford makes the Obscura from blown polyurethane with a chemically etched stainless steel pinhole lens. Uniquely, it employs magnets to keep the shutter cover in position (either open or closed). The two outer parts of the camera slide into each other and are yet again held in place by magnets. When you position paper or film in the chamber, the other part of the camera slides on top of it and holds it in place, resulting in a single exposure with a border. Thus, the Obscura does not employ a dark slide, but you get film, paper and exposure calculator and complete instructions in the kit. The Harman Titan pinhole camera is made from an injection moulded ABS, built in the UK by Walker Cameras. They finish it with a very durable non-slip coating. All fittings are made from stainless steel, and the camera comes complete with built-in spirit levels, tripod mount positions and an accessory shoe. The construction makes it ideal for student photography work as it can withstand extreme natural elements and rough handling, and you can demonstrate pinhole photography with film and paper. You will need a (Darkslide) film holder to use it. It comes with a chemically etched pinhole, a tripod mount position, and an Exposure Calculator. PINHOLE CAMERAS Code Brand Product 11161 Fidelity 4 x 5-inch film holder, Used 11162 Fidelity 8 x 10-inch film holder, Used 11441 Firstcall Double Etched Pinhole Lens and Exposure Kit 11159 Harman Titan 4x5 Pinhole Camera 11170 Harman Toyo double film holder 5 x 4 inches 11169 Ilford Obscura Pinhole Camera Kit 9110 Intrepid 90549 Reto 4x5 Pinhole Lens RETO3D Classic 35mm 3D Camera Description For use with 4 x 5 Large Format Cameras For use with 8 x10 large Format Cameras 0.3mm, fits Coke or Beer can cameras Includes camera, exposure calculator and instructions For 5 x 4 cameras, such as the Interpid 4x5 or Harman Titan 4x5 pinhole camera. Pinhole camera with magnetic shutter and lock. Includes film and paper. Create long exposures and sharp images with your 4x5 camera Create 3D effect pictures from a standard 35mm film Ex VAT 33.33 100.00 10.49 188.33 Inc VAT 40.00 120.00 12.59 225.99 90.83 108.99 108.33 129.99 25.00 74.17 30.00 89.00 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 77 INDEX Film Cameras | PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT | DIGITAL SLR CAMERAS Digital Cameras Lenses Tripods Camera Power Camera Memory / Portable Storage Canon EOS 2000D Canon EOS 850D · 24 MP CMOS sensor · ISO 6400 (12800) · Scene Intelligent Auto · 9-point Autofocus · Three fps · 7.5 cm screen · 1080p Full HD movies · On-camera guide · 58mm filter thread · WiFi connectivity · NFC Smartphone connectivity · LP-E10 Battery · 24.2 Megapixel Hybrid CMOS AF sensor · Creative 4k movies (60p) with continuous focus (Dual Pixel CMOS AF) · Digic 8 Processor · 5 axis-digital image stabilisation · Vari-angle Clear View LCD II Touch screenScene Intelligent Auto · Wi-Fi, Bluetooth and NFC connectivity · ISO 100-to ISO 25600 · Seven fps shooting 45-point AF system · Range of Creative Filters · LP-E17 Battery The EOS 2000D is Canon's recommended entry-level digital SLR. It is an advanced, compact and lightweight camera that offers an ideal way for you to take your first steps into DSLR photography. It is perfect for first-time photographic students and has the usual array of scene modes from fully manual to fully automatic or a range of semiautomated modes in between. We especially like the camera's impressive low-light capabilities. A 9-point AF system featuring points spread across the frame ensures no matter what you are shooting, you capture the entire scene in beautiful, detailed quality. With rapid continuous shooting, you can record a series of images at up to three frames per second - ideal for capturing bursts of fast-moving action. You also get full HD movies (1080p) that offer movie recording with a quick record button on the back of the camera; no detour via the menu settings required. It includes Wi-Fi and NFC connectivity and sharing in the classroom or at home. The EOS 850D is a step-up camera for those who want to engage in studio work. It can record exceptional levels of detail even when shooting in low light conditions, thanks to an impressive ISO range of 100-12800. The vari-angle touchscreen makes it easy to control the camera from any angle or shooting position, particularly for ground macro shots, overhead crowd shots, or stage shots. A continuous shooting rate of 7 frames per second (fps) ensures that you can capture sport or action shot sequences with a high probability that you have caught just the right moment. In 4k movie mode, a lot of DSLRs do not refocus during filming. It is mainly due to the light path between the lens and phase-detection AF being interrupted by locking up the mirror for the live view - but the Dual Pixel CMOS AF of the EOS 850D overcomes this problem by offering contrast-detection AF for these situations. Canon EOS M50 Mark II Nikon D3300 · 24.2 (total 24.7) megapixel DX-format CMOS sensor with 12-bit resolution, made by Nikon · 1080p Full HD movie mode with frame rates up to 50/60 p · Nikon Expeed 3 image/video processor · Active D-Lighting · Live view · Automatic chromatic aberration correction · Image Sensor Cleaning function by vibrations and Airflow Control System · Image area Pixels is the DX Format · Storage media is either SD, SDHC or SDXC, UHS-I bus mode, and Eye-Fi Wireless LAN · GPS interface for direct geotagging supported by Nikon GP-1 · Filter thread: 55mm · EN EL-14 battery Nikon's entry-level basic D-SLR from a few years ago makes it easy to shoot high-quality images and share them instantly. We're now listing this model for education departments or students who want an ideal step-up camera from snapshots to photography but don't want to pay the ever-increasing prices for a new camera. Although secondhand, each camera is checked and serviced before sale and comes with a charger, battery, and strap. For peace of mind, it also comes with a six-month warranty. The D3300 achieves stunning shots in low light and lets you create portraits with smooth background blur. Scene Recognition System enables beautiful pictures with sharp focus and appropriate brightness and colour by recognising the subject and scene conditions before capture. The Canon EOS M50 Mark II is a new mirrorless camera from Canon, designed for photographers and videographers who want a high-quality image and video capabilities in a compact and lightweight body. This camera is a new refreshed version of the popular Canon EOS M50. It offers several new and improved features, including a high-resolution electronic viewfinder, an enhanced autofocus system, and advanced video capabilities. With its 24.1-megapixel APS-C CMOS sensor and the powerful DIGIC 8 image processor, the M50 Mark II delivers sharp and detailed images, even in low light conditions. With support for YouTube live streaming, vertical movies and microphone input, you can tell your story passionately, whether you're shooting photos or movies, vlogging or streaming. This camera uses the Canon M series of lenses. If you already own a Canon Ef or EF-S lens, you'll need the Canon M Adaptor to connect them. · 24.1-megapixel APS-C sensor Great images and video and shallow depth of field · 60p Full HD Movie with Dual Pixel AF Superb video with continuous AF · 4K and Vertical Movie modes Enhance your videos and easily create content for social media · Automatic video transcoding Get ready-to-go movies from your camera to your phone · Live YouTube streaming* Stream live to your online audience from any Wi-Fi network · Ten fps shooting Capture fast-moving action and fleeting moments · Use as a webcam With EOS Webcam Utility for fantastic image quality It offers a broad ISO sensitivity with a range of standard-setting from ISO 100 to 6400. You can set it to ISO 12800 equivalent. You can shoot continuously at high speed at approximately four frames per second to capture decisive moments reliably. The large, easy-to-view LCD monitor is highdefinition with approximately 921k dots and a 7.5 cm/3 inch wide-viewing-angle LCD monitor. It takes all Nikon-mount AF-S and AI lenses. DIGITAL SLR CAMERAS Code Brand Product 62032 Canon EOS 2000D Digital SLR Camera with 18-55mm IS II lens 62035 Canon EOS 250D Digital SLR Camera with 18-55mm IS STM lens 32661 Canon EOS M50 Mark II Digital Camera with EF-M 15-45mm IS Lens 32660 Canon EF-EOS M Mount Adapter 62034 Canon EOS 850D Digital SLR Camera with 18-55mm IS STM lens 62027 Canon EOS 90D Digital SLR Camera c/w 18-135 IS USM lens 27525 Nikon D3300 Digital SLR Camera incl AF-S DX 18-55mm VR lens Description 24 MP, ISO 6400, 3 fps, Full HD movies, WiFi & NFC 24 MP, Full HD movies, ultra compact & lightweight Compact System Camera with interchangeable lenses, 24 MP, articulated touch screen, 4k video Adapter to attach Canon EF lenses to an EOS M camera body 24 MP, 4K movies, low light shooting 33 MP, Wi-Fi, 11 fps, ISO 25600, 3840 x 2160 video resolution Second-hand, 6 month warranty, 24 MP, ISO 12800, 60 fps, Full HD movies Ex VAT 433.33 540.83 582.50 95.83 832.50 1290.83 249.17 Inc VAT 519.99 659.00 699.00 115.00 999.00 1549.00 299.00 Camera Accessories INDEX 78 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Film Cameras Digital Cameras Lenses Tripods Camera Power | PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT | Kodak Pixpro AZ425 · 20 Megapixel 1/2.3-inch CMOS sensor · 42x zoom (35mm equivalent of 24 - 1008mm) · 4x digital zoom · Optical Image Stabilisation · Continuous shooting · ISO Up to 3200 · 31 Scene modes · Program (P), Aperture (A), Shutter (S) and Manual (M) modes · 4 Photo touch-up modes · HDR mode · Motion Panorama · Macro at 1.6 cm distance · 3-inch LCD · Full HD movies at 30fps · LB-60 Lithium Battery Kodak's Pixpro AZ425 bridge camera offers an incredible focal range, a 35mm equivalent from 24mm wide-angle to 1006mm telephoto. Maximum apertures of f/2.6 - 6.0, an ISO range up to 3200 and optical image stabilisation ensure that images are vibrant and sharp. This is our suggestion for a low-cost bridge camera this year, with many other alternatives being discontinued. The AZ425 has many features suitable for beginners in photography - but it also has many advanced functions, such as its 31-scene mode menu - and a full manual mode. No photographic opportunity is beyond this bridge camera, whether it is landscape photography (24mm wide angle), wildlife photography (1000mm telephoto), sports (30 fps), Macro (1. cm super macro) or art (HDR,) the Pixpro has it all covered all at a price that is equally outstanding too. Cheapest Digital Compact Camera · 18-megapixel CMOS sensor · Full HD video recording at 30fps · Optical zoom: 8x · 2.7-inch wide LCD screen · Image stabilisation · Rechargeable battery with USB charging The new Praktica Luxmedia BX-D18 Digital Camera brings videos bring memories to life. Shooting at a high bit rate of 30FPS, you can enhance your creativity with highquality video at 1080p. For still shots, you can capture selfies or group shots using face detection and a self-timer mode with 2s, 5s or 10s intervals. Use the 2.7inch LCD, red-eye reduction, and image stabilisation features to view your picture, adjust it, and then capture the perfect shot. It has a rechargeable lithium battery, which can be charged through USB (cable included). It supports memory cards from 4GB to 32GB (sold separately) and is lightweight and portable for use on the go. It is excellent for beginners and students of photography. LENSES Sigma DC 105mm EX OS HSM Macro · f/2.8 · Min. focus 8.3cm · Weight 449gm · Filter size 62mm · Award-winning lens · Fits: Canon (28300), Nikon (28301) Canon EF-S 18-55 mm f/4-5.6 IS STM · f/4-5.6 · Min. focus 250cm · Multi-coated, 12 elements in 10 groups · Filter size 58mm · Image Stabilized · If it gets damaged, this is the replacement lens you get with your original SLR camera. Canon EF-S 55-250mm IS STM 4-5.6 · f/4-5.6 · Min. focus 86cm · Multi-coated, 15 elements in 12 groups · Filter size 58mm · Image Stabilized · Fits: All Canon Digital SLRs Nikon 10-20mm f4.5-5.6 G AF-P DX VR Nikkor · Maximum aperture range:f/4.5 · Minimum aperture range: f/22 to 29 · Min. focus 22cm · Low-cost ultra-wide-angle zoom · Multi-coated, 14 elements in 11 groups · Filter size 72m · Image Stabilized · Fits: All Nikon DX (AFS-C) digital SLRs · F Mount Lens / DX Format Nikon 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6G AF-P VR DX NIKKOR lens (used) · Maximum aperture range:f/5.6 · Minimum aperture range: f/22 · Min. focus 25cm · Extra-low dispersion (ED) glass · Multi-coated, 14 elements in 12 groups · Filter size 55m · Fits: All Nikon digital SLRs · F Mount Lens / DX Format If it gets damaged, this is the replacement lens you get with your original SLR camera. Nikon 70-300mm AF-P DX NIKKOR 70-300mm f/4.5-6.3G ED VR · Max aperture range:f/4.5-6.3 · Min aperture range: f/22 to 32 · Min. focus 1.1m · Extra-low dispersion (ED) glass · Multi-coated, 14 elements in 10 groups · Filter size 58m · Image Stabilized · Fits: All Nikon digital SLRs · F Mount Lens / FX/DX Format *157.5mm on DX cameras CAMERA LENSES Code Brand Product 28527 Canon EF-S 55-250mm IS STM 4-5.6 28548 Canon 50mm f/1.8 STM lens 32671 Canon EF-M 22mm f/2 STM Lens 67218 Canon EF-S 18-55 mm f/4-5.6 IS STM Lens 28520 Nikon 10-20mm f4.5-5.6 G AF-P DX VR Nikkor 28535 Nikon 70-300mm AF-P DX NIKKOR 70-300mm f/4.5-6.3G ED VR 28543 Nikon 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6G AF-P VR DX NIKKOR lens (used) 28105 Phenix 28-70mm Pentax PKA, f/3.4 - 4.8 28106 Phenix 28-105mm Pentax PKA 28117 Samyang 8mm f/3.5 Aspherical IF MC Fisheye CS II Canon 28118 Samyang 8mm f/3.5 Aspherical IF MC Fisheye CS II Nikon AE 28119 Samyang 14mm f/2.8 ED MK II Lens Canon 28120 Samyang 14mm f/2.8 MK II Lens Nikon AE 28300 Sigma 105mm F2.8 EX DG OS HSM Macro, Canon 28301 Sigma 105mm F2.8 EX DG OS HSM Macro, Nikon Description For compact sensor EOS models A portable and inexpensive standard lens Pancake lens for EOS-M Compact System Camera For compact sensor EOS models; std zoom lens with IS For digital use only VR technology facilitates shooting 3 stops slower Retractable lens mechanism Short zoom or portrait, fits all PK, Phenix etc Long zoom or portrait, fits all PK, Phenix etc 180 degree images with an APS Sensor SLR 180 degree images with an APS Sensor SLR Super Wide Angle for APS-C, Full Frame and Film SLRs Super Wide Angle for APS-C, Full Frame and Film SLRs 1:1 Macro, min Aperture F/22, low dispersion glass 1:1 Macro, min Aperture F/22, low dispersion glass Ex VAT 257.50 107.50 190.83 179.17 257.50 315.83 99.00 62.49 99.99 249.17 249.17 332.50 332.50 324.17 324.17 Inc VAT 309.00 129.00 229.00 215.00 309.00 379.00 99.00 74.99 119.99 299.00 299.00 399.00 399.00 389.00 389.00 DIGITAL BRIDGE AND COMPACT CAMERAS Code Brand Product Description 32700 Praktica Luxmedia BX-D18 Digital Camera 18 MP, 8x zoom, Image Stabilisation, 30 fps, ISO 3200 32699 Kodak Pixpro X55 16MP 5x Zoom Compact Camera - Black 16 MP, 5x zoom, Image Stabilisation, 10 fps, ISO 3200 32701 Kodak Pixpro AZ425 Bridge Camera 20 MP, 42x zoom, Image Stabilisation, 10 fps, ISO 3200 Ex VAT 74.17 91.66 183.33 Inc VAT 89.00 109.99 219.99 Camera Memory / Portable Storage Camera Accessories INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 79 Film Cameras Digital Cameras | PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT | Lens Accessories Firstcall Stepping Rings These adaptor rings easily screw into the front of any lens and converts the thread size of your lens to the thread size of any other accessory (such as filters, hoods, flashes and lens converters). The first number is always the lens thread size; the second number is the filter size of the accessory. If the first number is bigger, you will find that this is the step-down ring, but If the first number is smaller, it is the step-up. Our must-have accessory unlocks the full potential of your camera! Kood Lens Caps Kood makes their cheapest lens protector in a range of sizes 49 mm-77 mm, each with retractable catches built into the surface of the cap, which does not extend beyond the edge of the lens. Extension Tubes Getting close to your subjects can be costly; a 1:1 macro lens costs approximately £500. Extension tubes are a much more cost-effective way to take macro images. Extension tubes are hollow metal rings between your camera body and a lens. Available as a set of three, with four possibilities of magnification, they enable you to convert almost any lens into a macro lens at a fraction of the cost while maintaining the optical image quality of the lens you have attached. All you need to ensure is that you have the correct fit for your camera. Always use manual mode (metering & focus), and ALWAYS mount your camera on a tripod. N.B. Only Kenko Extension Tubes allow for metering in your camera others need manual metering. Normal image using a camera lens Lenses Tripods Firstcall Cap Keeper Never lose another lens cap with this simple accessory that attaches to the lens by a rubber loop. The lens cap hangs loose when the lens is in use and is suitable for all lens sizes. Get so much closer with an Extension Tube Set Camera Power Firstcall Lens Hoods Our rubber lens hoods help eliminate flare from external reflection and are collapsible for stow-away on camera. Camera Memory / Portable Storage Camera Accessories Firstcall Filter Wrench It is an odd lens accessory but valuable to have in your gadget bag as our filter wrench offers easy and safe removal of stuck filters (46-58mm). It grips the filter around the edge to allow easy unscrewing. Adox Filters Adox "SNAP-ON" gelatine filters are a new and unique idea in budget colour filters. Each one increases your creativity at a fraction of the cost of a mounted(ringed) filter or a Cokin square alternative. Each is made with a patented shape that uses little teeth on the side to "bite" onto the inside of the camera lens's standard filter thread. If need be, you can press or screw them in a little for a little more compact fit. To remove it, you pull the little tab onto which the filter type and exposure factor are printed. ADOX FILTERS Code Product 10240 Snap On Filter Yellow, 49mm 10241 Snap On Filter Yellow, 52mm 10242 Snap On Filter Yellow, 55mm 10243 Snap On Filter Yellow, 58mm 10250 Snap On Filter 85B, 49mm 10251 Snap On Filter 85B, 52mm 10252 Snap On Filter 85B, 55mm 10253 Snap On Filter 85B, 58mm 10260 Snap On Filter Infrared, 49mm 10261 Snap On Filter Infrared, 52mm 10262 Snap On Filter Infrared, 55mm 10263 Snap On Filter Infrared, 58mm 10266 Snap On Filter Infrared, 72mm 10268 Snap On Filter Infrared, 82mm Ex VAT 6.66 6.66 6.66 6.66 6.66 6.66 6.66 6.66 6.66 6.66 6.66 6.66 6.66 6.66 Inc VAT 7.99 7.99 7.99 7.99 7.99 7.99 7.99 7.99 7.99 7.99 7.99 7.99 7.99 7.99 Each Adox gelatine filter uses Cibachrome(R) dyes, which are light stable and will not fade out. They are water repellent, so they can be used if it's raining, but you can also wipe them with a wet antistatic cloth to clean them. Three versions are available: · Infrared · 85B Tungsten · Yellow (8) LENS ACCESSORIES Code Brand Product 25133 Firstcall Filter Wrench PK 2 Description Removes stuck filters (46-60mm) from lenses Ex VAT Inc VAT 4.41 5.29 26371 Firstcall Rubber Lens Hood 55mm Eliminates flare 1.66 1.99 26511 Firstcall Cap Keeper Never lose your lens cap, attaches to lens barrel 3.49 4.19 26874 Firstcall Step Up Ring 52-67mm Adjust lens filter sizes 7.08 8.49 26886 Firstcall Step Up Ring 49-55mm Adjust lens filter sizes 7.08 8.49 26887 Firstcall Step Up Ring 52-55mm Adjust lens filter sizes 7.08 8.49 26888 Firstcall Step Up Ring 52-58mm Adjust lens filter sizes 7.08 8.49 26889 Firstcall Step Up Ring 52-62mm Adjust lens filter sizes 7.08 8.49 26890 Firstcall Step Up Ring 55-58mm Adjust lens filter sizes 7.08 8.49 26895 Firstcall Step Up Ring 58-62mm Adjust lens filter sizes 7.08 8.49 26896 Firstcall Step Up Ring 58-67mm Adjust lens filter sizes 7.08 8.49 26897 Firstcall Step Up Ring 58-77mm Adjust lens filter sizes 7.08 8.49 26900 Firstcall Step Up Ring 62-67mm Adjust lens filter sizes 7.08 8.49 33224 Kelda Conversion Lens Wide Angle 58mm 0.43x normal field of view 19.99 23.99 33227 Kelda Conversion Lens Telephoto 58mm 2.2x normal field of view 26.24 23.99 33228 Kelda Conversion Lens Tele Photo 67mm 2.2x normal field of view 26.24 23.99 26403 Kood Snap Lens Cap 49mm With built-in retractable catches 3.49 4.19 26405 Kood Snap Lens Cap 52mm With built-in retractable catches 3.49 4.19 26409 Kood Snap Lens Cap 55mm With built-in retractable catches 3.49 4.19 26412 Kood Snap Lens Cap 58mm With built-in retractable catches 3.49 4.19 26420 Kood Snap Lens Cap 62mm With built-in retractable catches 3.49 4.19 26421 Kood Snap Lens Cap 67mm With built-in retractable catches 3.49 4.19 26425 Kood Snap Lens Cap 72mm With built-in retractable catches 3.49 4.19 26426 Kood Snap Lens Cap 77mm With built-in retractable catches 3.49 4.19 26577 Kood Extension Tube Set DG Canon Set of 3 28mm, 14mm & 7mm for digital or film SLRs 14.16 16.99 26598 Kood Extension Tube Set DG Nikon Set of 3 28mm, 14mm & 7mm for digital or film SLRs 14.16 16.99 25521 Sigma 52mm Protector Filter Thinner frame, clear glass filter to protect the lens 15.74 18.89 25522 Sigma 55mm Protector Filter Thinner frame, clear glass filter to protect the lens 16.66 19.99 25523 Sigma 58mm Protector Filter Thinner frame, clear glass filter to protect the lens 16.66 19.99 INDEX 80 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Film Cameras Digital Cameras Lenses Tripods Camera Power TRIPODS AND MONOPODS A tripod or monopod ensures that the camera (during picture taking) will not shake when light conditions prevent hand-held shots. Any exposure longer than 1/50th of a second requires some form of support, and long-focus lenses working with smaller apertures may need a tripod for short exposures of just 1/125th of a second. Always select the sturdiest and relatively heavy model you can, which is often countered by how far you intend to carry it during your camera shots. A cable release (electric or manual) is frequently required to make the camera shake minimally on the tripod. Choose ball and socket models for precise movement or pan and tilt for exact 3-way location. | PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT | Hama Tripods Hama Star Tripods Hama produces some of the best value-for-money tripods on the market. Their Star Tripod range, an excellent example of their product sourcing, has been a significant seller for many years due to being consistently available. The range comprises five models, each having braced legs for support (with rubber feet), a carry case and a 2-year warranty, all of which are important for educational customers. Hama Star 75 Tripod Hama Star 61 Tripod Weighing 620 g, this 3-way head, 3-section (19.8mm leg) tripod includes a quick-release platform and spirit level and folds to only 16.5 inches. The fully extended height is 48 inches. This tripod has the exact specification as the Star 75 but has a crank for elevation and closes down to 23 inches. It extends to 60 inches yet still only weighs 1.22 kg. Hama Traveller 117 Ball Tripod The Traveller 117 Ball Tripod is the perfect choice for on-the-go photographers. It is light, compact, distinguished by all-weather reliability and allows you to unburden yourself from unnecessary weight. A detachable centre column, low-angle photography and a protective bag all add up to an excellent valuefor-money tripod package with a 2-year warranty. The simple, 3D ball head allows perfect alignment for shots in portrait and landscape format. · Its compact size makes it ideal for travelling, holidays, hikes and outdoor trips · Camera tripod for non-jerky images and a steady hold on uneven surfaces, suitable for photo and video cameras · Lightweight aluminium design · With the functional quick-action leg locks, you can quickly fix the tripod legs at the required height or position · Rubber feet for a firm and steady grip · Non-slip foam covers the legs, which makes the tripod suitable for all kinds of weather · With a hook for weighing the tripod down in high winds and on rough terrain Hama Star 62 Tripod Hama Star 63 Tripod This tripod is our choice for schools and colleges. It has a wider 0.90-inch leg, closes to 25 inches, and extends to 62 inches. It weighs 1.5 kg. Choose this model if you want all the features of the 62 model but with a wider (1.1 inch) leg that gives greater stability. You can raise the maximum height to 65 inches; the weight is only 1.74 kg. Hama Traveller TAR Duo Tripod This excellent value tripod offers features and benefits often only seen on tripods that are twice the price. It comes with a ball head with a panorama function that perfectly aligns shots in portrait and landscape format. On the head is a quick-release plate for quickly changing the camera. When in the inverted position, you can shoot macro photographs near the ground. In combination with a leg segment, you can use the removable central column as a fully functioning monopod. Hama Star 63 Tripod Kenro Budget Video Tripod We recommend the Kenro VT102 model as excellent value for money for a budget video tripod. Manufactured to exacting standards and made from high-quality Magnesium Aluminium Alloy, this tripod is light, stable, and durable with impressive load capacity. Hama supplies it with a smooth, fluid action video pan head. You can also buy the tripod in monopod form (same head) for 15% less and even the head by itself (if you already have a good tripod base). · Number of Sections 3 Sections · Maximum Leg Diameter 28mm · Minimum Leg Diameter 22mm · Maximum Working Height 1590mm · Minimum Working Height 245mm · Folded Length 790mm · Weight 2.8 kg · Maximum Weight Load 5 Kg HAMA AND KENRO TRIPODS Code Brand Product Description Ex VAT 26501 Hama Tripod, Traveller 117 Ball Four section, extendable low-level travel tripod, only 820g 41.66 26499 Hama Tripod, Star 75 Basic but fully specified, 49in max. 18.74 26498 Hama Tripod, Star 61 Same spec. as Star 75, braced legs, 60in max. 19.99 26497 Hama Tripod, Star 62 Same spec. as Star 61, thicker legs, 62in max. 23.33 26496 Hama Tripod, Star 63 Brace, crank, 3-way head, wide leg, 65in max. 29.16 26505 Hama 4154 Quick Release Plate for Star, 61, 62 or 63 Tripod Replacement for the origianl quick release plate 9.16 55213 Hama Mini Ball Tripod 4551 Ultra portable with ball tilt head, weighs only 124g 6.66 26502 Kenro Tripod, VT102 Video Superb video tripod, 3 section, 63in max 116.66 Inc VAT 49.99 22.49 23.99 27.99 34.99 10.99 7.99 139.99 Camera Memory / Portable Storage Camera Accessories INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 81 Film Cameras Digital Cameras Lenses | PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT | Slik Tripods Extraordinary Value & Choice Slik GX640 3-Way Three GX640 models are listed in this range all with the same legs, and then you choose your desired head ball and socket, pan and tilt or fluid video. Each is a lightweight aluminium tripod with 4-section legs and quick lever locks, slide elevator, quick release camera mounting platform, rubber feet, ick release platform and free case. · Leg width: 21cm · Max Height 156cm · Minimum Height 47.5cm · Closed Length 47cm · Number of sections 4 · Central crank handle · Weight 1.22/kg · Maximum Load 2.0kg Slik GX640 Ball & Socket This ball and socket version of the GX640 offers more precise control in picture taking over the easier-to-use pan and tilt version as the head can be set to any angle preferred. · Leg width: 21cm · Max Height 155cm · Minimum Height 47cm · Closed Length 46.5cm · Number of sections 4 · Central crank handle · Built-in spirit level · Weight 1.09/kg · Maximum Load 2.0kg Slik GX640 Video A video tripod is needed for those fluid movements when filming moving images but with so many still SLR cameras now capable of 4k video it's often preferable to opt for a 2-in-1 to cover both available in one tripod. · Leg width 21cm · Max Height 158cm · Minimum Height 47.7cm · Closed Length 47cm · Number of sections 4 · Central crank handle · Built-in spirit level · Weight 1.29/kg · Maximum Load 2.0kg Benbo Tripod, Trekker Mk 3, Kit The award-winning Benbo Trekker lets you swivel the joint at the top of the centre column through 180 degrees offering great flexibility when positioning your camera. This feature makes it suited when subjects need to be photographed from above or at a low angle. Its stability is directly related to weight. The provision of a hook at the lower end of the centre column allows the temporary addition of extra weight (e.g. a camera bag) to provide further stability when long lenses are used on the camera. The Benbo Trekker Mk 3 kit consists of the BEN107 Trekker Mk3 tripod, a BEN299 Compact Ball and Socket Head and a BEN503 Carry Bag. · Leg sections 2 · Max height 160cm · Max Load 8kg · Min height 76cm · Weight 2kg Benbo Monopod Tripods Camera Power Camera Memory / Portable Storage Camera Accessories This two-section monopod utilises the 180° tilting camera mount from the Trekker tripod, making it one of the most versatile monopods on the market. The tilting mount allows the camera to be used in landscape and portrait modes without needing an additional ball and socket head. The Camera mount can be adjusted through 180°, allowing the camera to be used in both portrait and landscape modes without needing an additional ball and socket head. TRIPODS Code Brand 28449 Benbo 28450 Benbo 28453 Benbo 10037 Manfrotto 28464 Manfrotto 25881 Manfrotto 25884 Manfrotto 10013 Manfrotto 25879 25880 28475 Manfrotto Manfrotto Manfrotto 28662 Slik 28663 Slik 28664 Slik 28665 Slik 28666 Slik 28667 Slik Product Tripod, Mini Trekker, Mk3 Tripod, Trekker Mk 3, Kit Monopod, Trekker 290 Tripod - XTRA 055 Tripod with XPRO Ball Head MK055XPRO3-BHQ2 2 Single Arm (2 section) c/w camera bracket - 196B Ball Tripod Head - MHXPRO-BHQ2 Monopod Tilt Head - 234 with Quick Release Plate Super Clamp - 035 Camera Stud for Super Clamp - 037 Quick Release Plate - 200PL PRO AL-324DX Tripod c/w SH-705E 3-way head GX Mini Tripod with 3-way head GX 640 Tripod with 3-way head GX 640 Tripod with ball & socket head GX 640 Tripod with video head 504QF II Video Tripod with 2-Way fluid Video Head Description Table top or low level, extends to 28 inches Complete with Compact b/s head and bag Two section, tilting mount, extends to 63 inches 3 section, Aluminium, Max height: 160 cm, Max load: 5 kg, Weight 1.8 kg Aluminium 3-section with horizontal column For wheelchair bound photographers; fits into super clamp Triple lock magnesium precision b&s head Simple tilt head for all monopods includes QR plate Attach your camera or flash to most tubes and surfaces Attach your camera or flash to the Manfrotto super clamp Spare QRP for Manfrotto products equipped with RC2/Q2 attachment 4 section tripod, with split column, great for macro work Table-top tripod, complete with a 3-way head and it weighs in at just 730g. A full-size photo and video tripod, complete with a 3-way head and it weighs in at just 1.22kg. A full-size photo and video tripod, complete with ball head and it weighs in at just 1.09kg. A full-size video tripod, complete with 2-way video head and it weighs in at just 1.29kg. A full-size video tripod, complete with 2-way video head and it weighs in at just 2.57kg. Ex VAT Inc VAT 65.83 79.00 140.83 169.00 30.83 37.00 90.83 109.00 242.50 291.00 34.13 40.95 109.17 131.00 30.00 36.00 28.99 10.41 17.67 34.79 12.49 21.2 90.83 109.00 32.50 39.00 45.00 54.00 51.67 62.00 55.83 67.00 115.83 139.00 82 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS INDEX Film Cameras Digital Cameras Lenses Tripods Camera Power CAMERA POWER Traditional Film Camera Batteries They contain a Silver Oxide meter and alkaline batteries that power the film motor drives or flash units. Lithium camera and meter batteries are also used in older film cameras where more power is needed, e.g., CR2 for those with built-in flash. Rechargeable Batteries AA rechargeable batteries are available in different mAh, meaning the higher that figure, the quicker they'll charge. Also, by using a charger with a display, it is possible to see how much power each AA battery will hold. We also sell AAA rechargeables. Nikon Charger for under £13 We list an inexpensive charger for your Nikon digital SLR. It is a light and compact USB charger that allows you to charge your camera's battery in a car from a power pack or notebook. An LED function indicator gives information about the charge stated. For Nikon ENEL14a battery used in Nikon D3300, D3500 & D5600 cameras. Lithium-Ion DSLR Rechargeable Batteries You can save substantial money buying a battery compatible with your digital SLR camera compared to the original camera brand version. Hama Lithium-Ion batteries are renowned for their quality, and these compatible batteries can save you up to 50% in these cases. Some brands like Nikon do not release their patents quickly, so regrettably, EL14 and EL15 batteries still have to be a Nikon sourced. | PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT | Ansmann Lithium-Ion DSLR Charger The Ansmann Powerline Vario charger is a fast charger that will take most Li-Ion and Li-Po batteries (3.6V/3.7V or 7.2V/7.4V) used in digital cameras, camcorders, mobile phones, PDAs and MP3 players. The status of the cells is displayed on the LCD and includes a USB traveller power supply with a wide range of inputs (100-240V AC) and interchangeable main plugs for universal use. This means that whatever your make and size of the battery the Powerline will handle it. Firstcall Photographic is a trading name of The Flash Centre Limited, part of the LUMESCA Group For a full range of digital photographic products visit: www.theflashcentre.com CAMERA POWER Code Brand Product 26519 Firstcall Battery 2CR5 Lithium, 6V 26520 Firstcall Battery CRP2P Lithium, 6V 26523 Firstcall Battery CR2032 Lithium, 3V 26524 Firstcall Battery CR123A Lithium, 3V 26542 Firstcall Battery CR2 Lithium, 3V 26567 Firstcall Battery MN1500 AA size, Pack of 4 26568 Firstcall Battery MN2400 AAA size, Pack of 4 26569 Firstcall Battery MN1500 Lithium AA size, Pack of 2 26570 Firstcall Battery 10L14 Duracell 26571 Firstcall Battery PX625 1.5v 26572 Firstcall Battery PX28, 6V, Pack of 2 26861 Ansmann Powerline Vario Battery Charger 38400 Hama Ni-MH 2400 mAh Rechargeable AA, Pack of 4 26856 Ansmann Ni-MH 2850 mAh Rechargeable AA size, Pack of 4 51991 Hama Li-Ion Camera Battery LP-E8 51996 Hama Li-Ion Camera Battery LP-E10 51998 Hama Li-Ion Camera Battery EN-EL15 52000 Hama Li-Ion Nikon Camera Battery Charger for EN-EL14A 26544 Firstcall Battery, Fuse & Bulb Tester Ex VAT 4.41 4.99 1.58 3.49 3.49 1.74 1.74 5.24 1.91 0.99 6.99 22.49 12.49 11.24 8.33 14.91 39.16 10.83 5.49 Inc VAT 5.29 5.99 1.89 4.19 4.19 2.09 2.09 6.29 2.29 1.19 8.39 26.99 14.99 13.49 9.99 17.89 46.99 12.99 6.59 Camera Memory / Portable Storage Camera Accessories INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 83 Film Cameras Digital Cameras Lenses Tripods Camera Power | PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT | CAMERA MEMORY Storage for a traditional film camera is simple, and we have many sleeves, albums and boxes to help organise and archive your favourite pictures. If you have a digital camera that does not use film, you need to consider your options more carefully. Of course, memory cards are the digital equivalent of film and can store many more images than a 36-roll film, but unlike film, they are not archivally safe. Card formats change, devices to read the pictures change and archiving has to be a regular rolling event using portable storage and backup devices. SD Memory Cards & Compact Flash Hama DSLR Memory Cards are our best seller for a good reason: They are reliable, fast and reasonably priced. We recommend their UHS cards that offer write speeds that are double standard Class 10 versions, thereby halving your wait time in camera and camera to the computer. In particular, the 16GB version is now only £5.79 inc VAT per card. Compact Flash cards are used in more expensive professional DSLR cameras. MEMORY CARDS Code Brand Product 41237 Hama 16GB SDHC Memory Card, UHS-1, class 10 (300x) 41240 Hama 32GB SDHC Memory Card, UHS-1, class 10 (300x) 41241 Hama 64GB SDXC Memory Card, UHS-1, class 10 (300x) 41242 Hama 128GB SDXC Memory Card, UHS-1, class 10 (300x) 41243 Hama 256GB SDXC Memory Card, UHS-1, class 10 (300x) 41246 SanDisk 32GB Extreme Pro SDHC 100MB/s UHS-I 41250 SanDisk 64GB SDHC Memory Card, Ultra, UHS-1 54097 SanDisk 32GB CF Extreme CompactFlash Card (800x) Card Readers Fujifilm USB Multi-Card Reader Transfer your files between your memory card and computer with the Fujifilm USB Multi Card Reader. It's easy to use and install and so inexpensive that every student can have one. Hama USB 3.0 Multi-Card Reader Fast 8in1 card reader for quick reading and writing of all standard memory cards. It supports UDMA mode for CF and UHS-1 for all common types of SD cards, including Micro for phones. CARD READERS Code Brand Product 55029 Fujifilm USB Multi Card Reader SDHC / SDXC / MicroSD / CF 55030 Hama USB 3.0 Multi Card Reader SDHC / SDXC / MicroSD / CF Description Transfer SD cards to your computer the easy way Transfer SD cards to your computer the easy way Ex VAT 8.33 8.33 Inc VAT 9.99 9.99 PORTABLE STORAGE There comes a time when you want to transfer images from your computer. You may need to transport a volume of photos or text from one device to another, i.e., from home to college or directly to "backup" your images securely. The easiest and cheapest method to do this is via a USB Flash Drive or "stick", which appears as a new drive on your computer when inserted into the USB port. Our cheapest USB Flash Drives Sourced for educational departments on a tight budget, these "Fancy" flash pens are USB 2.0 with from only £3.49 exc VAT transfer speeds of 10 MB/second so not the fastest drives, but where speed is not paramount consideration, certainly the cheapest. They can easily be attached to keyrings for handy recall. · A removable storage medium that allows you to write and erase the data as many times as required · With a rotating cap · Suitable for terminal devices with a USB interface · With an eye for attaching the pen, e.g. to a keyring PORTABLE STORAGE Code Brand Product 54172 Hama 32GB USB PenDrive Fancy, 10MB/s 54173 Hama 64GB USB PenDrive Fancy, 10MB/s 54174 Hama 128GB USB PenDrive Fancy, 10MB/s 54200 Hama 16GB USB Rotate Flashpen, 10 MB/s, USB 2.0 54201 Hama 32GB USB Rotate Flashpen, 10 MB/s, USB 2.0 54202 Hama 64GB USB Rotate Flashpen, 10 MB/s, USB 2.0 54376 SanDisk SSD Extreme Portable 1TB, USB 3.2 Gen 2 (1050MB/s) 54377 SanDisk SSD Extreme Portable 2TB, USB 3.2 Gen 2 (1050MB/s) 54315 DigiMagic DM220 U8 8X DVD Burner Ex VAT 5.83 6.66 9.99 17.08 16.66 12.49 12.49 39.99 Inc VAT 6.99 7.99 11.99 20.49 19.99 14.99 14.99 47.99 Ex VAT 3.91 6.08 9.99 2.91 3.33 4.16 155.83 249.99 499.17 Inc VAT 4.69 7.29 11.99 3.49 3.99 4.99 186.99 299.99 599 Camera Memory / Portable Storage Camera Accessories INDEX 84 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Film Cameras Digital Cameras Lenses Tripods Camera Power CAMERA ACCESSORIES Kood Black Straps Kood's two replacement SLR black camera neck straps have a total length of approximately 100cm (1.5 inches) wide and are made from webbing or deluxe black neoprene (Contour version). Nikon ML-L3 Remote This infrared remote control triggers the shutter remotely when using slower speeds to prevent camera movement. It offers an immediate release mode and 2 2-second delay modes, appropriate for taking a self-portrait with a working range of approximately 16 feet. Compatible with cameras such as D3300, D3500, D5600, P series Coolpix. Canon EOS Remote Switch RS-60 E3 This switch prevents camera shake for telephoto shots, macrophotography, and bulb exposures. The length of the cable is two feet (60cm), and it replicates all the functions of the camera AEs shutter-release button. For use with many EOS SLRs, including 1300D, 250D and 800D, | PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT | Hama Terra 130 Camera Bag Our recommended kit bag for those photographers buying a budget film or digital SLR is the Terra camera bag from Hama. In keeping with our other sustainable suggestions in our range, we're proud to say that this is the first eco bag we've offered, as both the inner and outer materials are made from 100% recycled polyester. Terra has resource-sparing production from recycled PET materials that are then processed into yarn. So now you can get a high-quality bag to protect your equipment, and the good thing is there is no premium price for doing so. We recommend this product as a significant step forward in camera bag design. Hama Universal Remote for Canon and Nikon The Infrared Universal Hama remote control release is an ideal multi-use IR remote for educational departments. Stand up to 28m from your camera, and you can still take a photo at the touch of a button. It is perfect for photographers who want to capture an image while observing from a distance. e.g. with animals and wildlife. It works with Canon, Nikon, Olympus and Pentax DSLR and compact cameras with built-in IR receivers and has similar functions to the original remote-control release: Canon RC1/ RC-5/RC-6, Nikon ML-L3, Olympus RM-2 or the Pentax E/F. Kood Cable Releases These low-cost metal cable releases are sleeved in a black vinyl cord and come with a locking screw in a choice of 10 or 18-inch lengths. We also sell an Air release, which offers a long, 20-foot vibration-free release option. CAMERA ACCESSORIES AND BAGS Code Brand Product 67023 Canon EOS Remote Switch RS-60 E3 67024 Canon 52039 Nikon 52037 Nikon 26460 Firstcall 55163 Hahnel 55160 Hahnel RC-6 Remote Control Remote Cord MC-DC2 ML-L3 Remote Controller Air Release, 20 feet Captur Module, Timer Remote Shutter Release HRN 280P, Nikon 55165 Hama 26464 Hama 26446 Kaiser 9083 Kaiser 25051 Kood 25053 Kood 26455 Kood 26459 Kood 26454 Firstcall 28273 Hama 28274 Hama 28272 Hama IR Mini 2 Universal Remote-control Release, Infra-Red Spirit Level 2, 5411 Spirit Level 3-way, 6393 Cable Release Adaptor, 6154 Black Camera Strap Comfort Camera Strap - Black Cable Release black vinyl, 10in Cable Release black vinyl, 16in Focusing Cloth for Large Format Camera black/red Terra 110 Camera Bag, Grey Terra 110 Colt Camera Bag, Grey Terra 130 Camera Bag, Grey Description Electronic release for many EOS SLRs including 1000D & 1100D Electronic release for many EOS SLRs including 100D, 600D, 700D, 60D, 70D, 6D, and 5D Mark III. for Nikon D3200, D3300, D5000, D7000 Nikon original infrared shutter release up to 5 metres For vibration-free shutter release Basic timer module for use with Hahnel Captur 2 metre wired release for all Nikon SLR and P Series Coolpix models Ideal department release as it covers all four major brands of SLR/Compacts 2 bubbles, 2 levels, fits camera hot shoe 3 bubbles, 3 levels, fits camera hot shoe For SLRs with no cable release socket Black, non slip, 1.5 in. wide 72cm in length 10 inches / 25.4 cm 16 inches / 40 cm Measures 1.2 metres square and is black on one side and red on the other. Inside Dimensions W x D x H: 15.5 x 10 x 13cm Inside Dimensions W x D x H: 16 x 10 x 16 cm Inside Dimensions W x D x H: 20 x 11 x 17 cm Ex VAT Inc VAT 12.50 15.00 13.33 16.00 24.99 29.16 14.99 30.66 29.99 34.99 17.99 36.79 20.83 24.99 4.17 5.00 11.66 17.49 13.33 4.41 10.83 6.08 7.91 13.99 20.99 16.00 5.29 12.99 7.29 9.49 40.00 48.00 16.66 16.66 20.83 19.99 19.99 24.99 Camera Memory / Portable Storage Camera Accessories INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 85 Film Cameras Digital Cameras Lenses Tripods | PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT | CAMERA CLEANING Calotherm Cloth and Spray The ultimate in microfibre cleaning technology, Calotherm is still the bestvalue cleaning package on the market. This high-quality British manufacturer of optical cleaning materials, established in 1934, is renowned for making the best cleaner for spectacle wearers. We have also found their products work equally well in the photographic world and have selected their Calocloth and Caloclean optical spray as the perfect match for photographers. The Caloclean formula provides an antistatic guard without using any alcohol or solvents. The design of the spray is specifically for delicate camera lenses, which you must take special care of when cleaning. This formula ensures that your equipment is in the best possible hands. The union creates a proper cleaning technique using a Calocloth Microfibre lens cloth. Calotherm's cleaning sprays are not aerosols. Instead, they work with a pump-action offering a safe alternative. When you buy the two together as a kit, you save £0.51 on the separate regular prices. Kenro Lens Cleaner Spray This high-quality aerosol cleans, polishes and demists camera lenses and optical equipment. We suggest using a microfibre cloth for best results. It is suitable for use on glass, mirrors, Perspex, ceramic and porcelain, camera and optical instrument lenses, and most plastics (we recommend testing the product first). Please note: You should not spray it directly onto VDUs or photocopiers, as static may ignite the spray. It is also not suitable for polycarbonate lenses. Hydra Developer Cleaners Sprint from Hydra is a liquid darkroom cleaner for tanks, reels and dishes. Use neat or dilute 1+9 to soak your stained plastic equipment overnight. Hydra also makes a scale cleaner, Blitz, for those difficult-to-shift stains. Firstcall Cleaning and Maintenance Kits Our own complete Lens Cleaning Set offers excellent value for money and contains a blower brush, lens cleaning fluid, lens cleaning tissues and cotton buds. You will not find a better value to keep your optical equipment clean, and our Maintenance Kit makes for an even more complete set by including all of the above plus a cleaning cloth, tweezers and a screwdriver in its reusable carry case. Camera Power Camera Memory / Portable Storage Camera Accessories Tetenal Cloths and Lens Solutions Tetenal's soft cleaning cloth is low priced, is 11.5 x 12 inches in area and has no impregnation. Plus, it is ultragentle on cleaning surfaces. This makes it ideal for the gentle cleaning of camera lenses in combination with Kenro Film Cleaner spray or our own 30ml. lens solution bottle. CAMERA CLEANING Code Brand Product Description Ex VAT 19140 Calotherm Lens Cleaning Spray, Caloclean, 25ml Recommended for all photographic uses and spectacles, too 2.99 19141 Calotherm Lens Cleaning Kit, Cloth and Spray Perfect cleaning solution for camera lenses or spectacles 4.91 19144 Calotherm Calowipe, 34 individual lens wipes Recommended for all photographic uses and spectacles, too 2.74 25072 Kenro Lens Cleaner Spray, 150ml Crystal-clear images from your optical equipment by keeping it free from dust and smears with this professional-grade lens cleaner. 8.33 25115 Firstcall Camera/Enlarger Maintenance Kit Includes screwdriver 8.33 26218 Firstcall Lens Cleaning Set Blower brush, tissue, solution and buds 4.99 19130 Tetenal Anti-static Spray, 400ml Removes static build-up 14.58 19133 Tetenal Anti-static Cleaning Cloth, Microfibre, Optical For all lenses, washable, 8x10in 5.83 19142 Tetenal Anti-static Cleaning Cloth, Premium 11.5 x 12in 5.83 Inc VAT 3.59 5.89 3.29 9.99 9.99 5.99 17.49 6.99 6.99 DARKROOM CLEANERS Code Brand Product 88001 Hydra Developer and Tar Cleaner, Sprint Liquid, 1 litre 88002 Hydra Developer and Tar Cleaner, Sprint Liquid, 5 litres 88004 Hydra Developer and Scale Cleaner, Blitz V2, 1 litre Description New foaming action spray head Liquid, non-foaming New foaming action, acid-based Ex VAT Inc VAT 11.66 13.99 41.66 49.99 22.16 26.59 86 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS INDEX Film Cameras Reveni Labs | PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT | Digital Cameras Lenses Tripods Camera Power Camera Memory / Portable Storage The World's Smallest Light Meter Being able to measure the light in a scene is a crucial aspect of photography. If you're a lover of film cameras, you've probably noticed they often lack light meters, or have selenium light meters which have stopped working in the decades since they were built. Light metering is essential in film photography- since you have to make every frame count, but handheld light meters are clunky and difficult to use while juggling your camera and other equipment. The light meter Reveni Labs created uses modern technology to add metering to any camera. The housing is made from high-quality 3D printed nylon using Multi Jet Fusion technology, and a single standard LR44 alkaline battery provides power for thousands of readings. Firstcall is an exclusive seller of all Reveni Labs meters in the UK. You access the readings on a bright and crisp OLED display. At less than an inch in all dimensions and weighing only 8 grams, it makes the perfect companion to any camera kit. The bottom of the meter features a flash shoe mount, making it easy to mount on hundreds of cameras. The Reveni Labs Light Meter is the world's smallest meter, yet packed with features and designed with the photographer in mind regarding functionality. Features: · Incredibly tiny: only 0.92(22.5) x 0.86(21.8) x 0.71" (17.8 mm)! · Weighs only 0.3oz (9g) · It is made from high-quality 3D printed nylon using state-of-the-art MJF printing technology. · Centre-weighted reflective metering, 45-degree sensor field of view · Bright and crisp OLED display · Simple controls and menu · Aperture or Shutter priority mode · Exposure compensation in 1/3 stops (-2 to +2 stop range) · Single LR44 battery supply · Integrated camera flash shoe mount (hot or cold shoe compatible) · EV Range: EV 0.5 to EV 20 @ ISO 100 · Exposure Value display option · ISO range: 1, 3, 6, 12, 25, 50, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800 · Aperture range: f0.7 - f1024 in 1 stop increments · Shutter speed range: 1 hour to 1/8000s in 1 stop increments · Factory calibrated but calibration can be adjusted by the user Reveni Labs Hard Case Reveni is also a system light meter, and we're stocking all the accessories that go with it. The number one accessory is the pocketready, hard case. It also has a lanyard loop on the rear to be tethered in a bag or onto a strap if desired. Finger Ring Mount Reveni Labs has it covered when you want to keep your little meter attached, whether it be this fun little accessory so you can wear your Reveni Labs Light Meter on your finger like a ring, wrist or neck straps. Reveni Incident Meter The new Reveni Labs Incident Meter makes advanced metering more affordable. It features an ergonomic hand strap that eliminates the need for a neck strap, allowing for zero handholding and one-hand operation. The all-in-one meter includes Incident, Ambient, Colour and Flash measurements via a top-mounted diffuser dome. The full-colour LCD provides clear and easy-to-understand information. Reveni Labs Double Shoe Mount If you use a viewfinder, your camera's shoe may already be used! You can add your Reveni Labs Light Meter with the double shoe mount next to your viewfinder. Features: · One shoe is kept in line with the original camera shoe. · The second shoe is offset by 32mm (1.25") · Increases the viewfinder height by approximately 9mm (0.375") · Reversible to put the second shoe on the left or right side (entry is one-way, from the rear when placed on the left) Neck Strap Reveni Labs Spot Meter MK2 The innovative and highly sought-after Reveni Labs Spot Meter is exclusively available in the UK from Firstcall. Following on from the miniature design of the original meter, the spot meter includes all the latest technology, giving reliable and consistent readings. MK2 now comes powered by AAA batteries. Key Features · Spot metering (~1.5 degree) 6" (15cm) circle at 20ft (6m) · Bright internal OLED display · Innovative two-eye aiming method · Simple controls and menu · Single, 2-spot Average, Zone and Precision Method metering modes · Aperture or Shutter priority modes · Exposure compensation in 1/3 stops (-3 to +3 stop range) · 2x AAA battery · Dimensions: 2.8" L x 1.2" W x 1.5" H (71 L x 30.5 W x 38 H mm) · Weight: ~35 grams (1.25 oz) REVENI LABS Code Brand 17023 Reveni Labs 17024 Reveni Labs 17025 Reveni Labs 17026 Reveni Labs 17027 Reveni Labs 17028 Reveni Labs 17029 Reveni Labs 17030 Reveni Labs 17031 Reveni Labs 17032 Reveni Labs 17033 Reveni Labs 17034 Reveni Labs 17035 Reveni Labs Product Light Meter Light Meter Hard Case Light Meter Double Shoe Mount Light Meter Wrist Strap Shoe Mount Light Meter Sticky Shoe and Lanyard Mount Light Meter Right Angle Shoe Adapter Light Meter Riser for Thick Camera Shoes Light Meter Early (Barnack) Leica Offset Mount Light Meter Finger Ring Mount Light Meter Leash with clip Light Meter Neck Strap Spot Meter MK2 Incident Meter Ex VAT 112.50 7.92 7.92 6.67 5.00 6.67 3.33 6.67 6.67 2.50 2.50 199.17 207.50 Inc VAT 135.00 9.50 9.50 8.00 6.00 8.00 4.00 8.00 8.00 3.00 3.00 239.00 249.00 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 87 Camera Accessories INDEX Continuous Lighting | STUDIO EQUIPMENT | Flash Lighting Flashguns and Accessories Copy Stands Background Support Systems CONTINUOUS LIGHTING Continuous lighting means light, which is on all the time. It's great to see where shadows fall, and you simplify the learning process in studio photography by using this system. The products below represent the entry level lights we sell. We have an extended range of lights and light modifiers online, as well as access to the full portfolio offered by one of our LUMESCA Group companies www.theflashcentre.com. The Flash Centre (TFC) have been the UK's leading studio lighting specialists for over thirty years. Through Firstcall, we can also offer rental facilities, `try before you buy' deals, and we hold a wide range of demonstration equipment for you to try out. TFC supplies a wide range of other carefully chosen branded products from a variety of suppliers, including Elinchrom, Canon, Fujifilm, Manfrotto, Godox, Pixapro, Nanlite, Phottix, Nikon, Tether Tools, Sekonic, Broncolor, Colorama, Calibrite, Color Confidence, Rogue, Benro and many more. If you need any further advice please call us at Firstcall. Paterson LIT109 Head When there is a need for cool daylight-balanced (5400K) lighting, this fluorescent head from Paterson offers an inexpensive lighting solution. The light is supplied with a 19cm reflector, but it does not include a lamp. You can select a 30W, 70W (standard) or a powerful 135W lamp separately, depending on the intensity of light required. All lamps are standard screw fitting. The same head is available with a softbox (LIT110) if you want a single light but with more even lighting. Paterson LIT111 Kit This kit is a step up from the LIT111 version in that although you still get two of the LIT109 heads with lighting stands, the modifiers included are two softboxes to make a soft balanced fluorescent lighting option. You also get two powerful 135w bulbs included at a price that saves money if the parts were bought individually and a handy carry bag to put all the equipment in. Kit includes: · 2 x LIT110 Fluorescent Lighting Heads · 2 x 135W Lamps · 2 x LIT299 Stands · 2 x LIT318 60 x 80cm softboxes · 1 x LIT320 Carry Bag Paterson LIT112D Kit This kit puts two of the LIT109 heads together including 30cm flood reflectors with lighting stands to make a balanced fluorescent lighting option. You also get two powerful 135w bulbs included all at a price that saves money if the parts were bought individually. Kit includes: · 2 x LIT110 Fluorescent Lighting Heads · 2 x 5400kFluorescent Lighting Bulbs (135W) · 2 x LIT299 Stands · 2 x 30cm flood reflectors · Mains leads Paterson LIT113 Kit This kit is a hybrid version in that although you still get two of the LIT109 heads with lighting stands, the modifiers include one softbox to make a soft, balanced fluorescent lighting option and one with a 30cm reflector for focused light. You also get two powerful 135w bulbs included at a price that saves money if the parts were bought individually and a handy carry bag to put all the equipment in. Kit includes: · 2 x LIT110 Fluorescent Lighting Heads · 2 x 6400kFluorescent Lighting Bulbs (135W) · 2 x LIT299 Stands · 1 x LIT318 60 x 80cm softbox · 1 x LIT305 30cm Flood Reflector · 1 x LIT320 Carry Bag PATERSON CONTINUOUS LIGHTING Code Product Description 65104 LIT110 Fluorescent Head with Softbox Fluourescent head and softbox, does not include lamp 65105 LIT111 Fluorescent Softbox/Softbox Kit 2x heads, stands, softboxes, 1350W lighting outfit 65107 LIT109 Fluorescent Head with Reflector Fluourescent head and reflector, does not include lamp 65108 LIT112D Fluorescent Head Reflector Kit 2x heads, stands, 30cm flood reflector, 1350W lighting outfit 65111 LIT113 Fluorescent Softbox/Reflector Kit 2x heads, stands, softbox & reflector 1350W lighting outfit 65113 LIT201 Fluorescent Super Series Head with Softbox Super Series 2025W head and softbox, includes 3 lamps Ex VAT 78.74 Inc VAT 94.49 297.49 356.99 74.37 89.24 253.74 304.49 297.49 356.99 209.99 251.99 88 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Background Paper Background Cloth Studio Accessories and Lamps Digital Colour INDEX Continuous Lighting Flash Lighting Flashguns and Accessories Copy Stands Background Support Systems | STUDIO EQUIPMENT | Every month a new lighting brand seems to appear, usually at the entry level/price. With any light source the most important consideration is the consistency and NEW accuracy of the lights. Bi-Colour lights typically operate between 2800K and 6500K, the K stands for Kelvin. The higher the Kelvin the whiter the light (and eventually bluer as you go above 8000k). The lower the value, the warmer the light (more orange and at 1800K you are at Candlelight). RGB means you have the ability to change the colour of the light into Red, Green and Blue colour spectrums. Pixapro, Godox and Phottix are affordable brands, trusted by a growing number of working professional Photographers/ Videographers across the world. Below are several entry level lights. Please visit our website for an extended range or call and we can arrange for one of our lighting experts to talk to you about your specific needs Pixapro 2 x 85w Ezylite Kit The 2x85w EzyLite Studio Softbox Bulbs Lighting Kit is a small lightweight and portable constant light which comprises of two continuous single lamp heads with integrated 50cmx70cm easy open softbox and two 85W CFL bulb, with stands. The energy efficient units can be used with your compact camera as well as the automatic exposure of your SLR and video camera. The 2x85w EzyLite Continuous Softbox Lighting Kit is the perfect budget friendly option for shooting small to medium-sized products, as well as for portrait photography and for shooting video such as commercial, vlogs or YouTube videos. Pixapro 3 x 105w Ezylite Kit The EzyLite 3-Studio Lighting Bulbs Softbox Kit + Boom Arm (3x105W) is a small lightweight and portable constant light which comprises of three continuous single lamp heads with integrated 50cmx70cm easy open softbox and three 105W CFL bulb, with stands. The energy efficient units can be used with your compact camera as well as the automatic exposure of your SLR and video camera. The EzyLite 3-Studio Lighting Bulbs Softbox Kit is the perfect budget friendly option for shooting small to large-sized products, as well as for portrait photography and for shooting video such as commercial, vlogs or YouTube videos. Godox SL60IIBi 75W Bi-Colour LED The Godox SL60IIBi is a small and budget-friendly 75W BiColour COB LED light powered by mains electricity, using the latest high-intensity integrated LED technology. It allows you to adjust the colour temperature from 2800K to 6500K, providing flexibility for different lighting needs. With a CRI (Colour-Rendering Index) rating of 96 and a TLCI (Television Lighting Consistency Index) rating of 97, it ensures accurate colour reproduction, making it suitable for broadcasting. The Godox SL60IIBi is ideal for filmmaking, video interviews, YouTube, live streaming, as well as still photography like portraits, food, and product shots. Phottix Kali 50R RGB LED Twin Kit! Perfect user-friendly lighting system with endless creative possibilities, the Phottix Kali 50R RGB LED Twin Kit is here to revolutionise your lighting setup. Say goodbye to uneven lighting and colour issues this kit delivers flicker-free, CRI 96+ (TLCI 98+) colour accuracy with 1000Lux (40W at 1m) output. Whether you're live streaming, capturing photos, or shooting videos, this kit solves your lighting challenges with ease. Seamless Remote Control Utilise the included 2.4G wireless remote control with 6 groups and 40 channels for effortless adjustments. Vivid Colour Control. Enjoy full RGB colour and saturation adjustment (HSI) from 0-360° and access 43 preset scenario effects. Adaptive Colour Temperature Achieve the perfect colour temperature with a wide range from 2500K to 8500K. Background Paper Background Cloth Studio Accessories and Lamps Digital Colour PIXAPRO, GODOX , PHOTTIX CONTINUOUS LIGHTING Code Brand Product Description 65381 Pixapro 2x85w Ezylite Kit 2x Single lamp holder with integrated 50x70cm Softbox 65382 Pixapro 3x105w Ezylite Kit 3x Single lamp holder with integrated 50x70cm Softbox 65351 Godox Godox SL60 II Bi-Colour Budget-friendly 75W Bi-Colour COB LED 65380 Phottix Kali 50R RGB Twin Kit 2x Phottix Kali50R RGB LED Panels, 1x Remote Control, 2x Light Stands 1x Carry Bag Ex VAT Inc VAT 66.66 79.99 129.16 155.00 140.83 169.00 299.16 359.00 INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 89 Continuous Lighting | STUDIO EQUIPMENT | Flash Lighting Flashguns and Accessories Copy Stands Background Support Systems FLASH LIGHTING Most professional photographers prefer Flash Lighting. We have selected the entry level `professional' lighting below from Pixapro, Godox and Elinchrom who are all longstanding trusted brands offering fantastic affordability and light consistency. Flash lighting is measured in Watts per Second (Ws). For indoor use 200Ws is usually enough power for most situations. Adding additional lights provides the ability to build control, power and lighting effects. Lighting modifiers enable further control, from how light spreads, how sharp or soft the light becomes. We have Flash Lighting Modifiers to suit all budgets, below we have featured one of the best range because they are very well made, durable and multifunctional performing the task of having multiple separate modifiers. So, if you combine the cost of all of the separate features they are extremely good value for money. Godox AD200 Pro TTL A powerful battery, wireless control and a system providing many accessories. Key Features: Useful AD200Pro is approx. 4 times more powerful than typical speedlite lamps, while maintaining similar size and weight. The Pro version also offers developed possibilities to facilitate the work of demanding photographers. TTL AD200Pro is compatible with Canon, Nikon, Sony, Olympus, Fuji X automatic flash metering system (using Godox X trigger). Battery Professional lithium battery with a capacity of 2900mAh and a voltage of 14.4V allows you to fire up to 500 flashes with full power, and the charging time to full flash power is 1.8 seconds. For anyone new to Flash Photography the most basic modifier would be a `softbox' which comes in different shapes, Round/ Octa (octagonal) great for portrait, Square great for product photography, Strip/Recta (rectangle) great for full length, but typically used on a second light. Modifiers are not universal, different lights have different mount systems (speed rings) that enable you to secure the modifier to the front of the light. Lumi200 200Ws Studio Flash Monolight A robust and dependable studio monolight strobe suitable for both the professional and amateur photographer alike and is ideal for entry-level home studio use. The LUMI II200 Strobe Lighting Video is also a great starter when moving from speedlite to studio flash as it offers around 3 times more power output than a flashgun. This small and compact light has every feature you need from a studio flash such as power, built-in receiver, slave mode, fast recycling time and flash duration up to 1/2000th of a second for sharper images and stopping motion. Lumi400: 400Ws Studio Flash Monolight A robust and dependable studio monolight strobe suitable for both the professional and amateur photographer alike and is ideal for entry-level home studio use. Elinchrom One Engineered for efficiency, 131Ws power but generates a light output usually seen in 200Ws lights. Key Features: · Supreme portability Weighing only 1.5kg & more compact than a 70-200mm lens · Integrated Li-Ion battery Up to 725 full-power flashes on one charge & protection from the elements · USB-C charge port Charge from any USB-C source without proprietary spare batteries or chargers · Active charging Connect to a power source and continue shooting while charging · Touch screen interface Intuitive & streamlined for an efficient user experience · Fast recycle times Recycles in 0.9s at full power and maintains +/- 150K colour temperature · Sync up to 1/8000s with HSS Freeze motion, overpower ambient light & darken backgrounds · TTL with manual lock Enables a quick switch from TTL to Manual without losing exposure settings · Built-in Skyport Bridge Technology Control from your computer with the Elinchrom Studio software · Smart pro-active cooling The ONE learns your shooting style and adapts its cooling cycle accordingly This small and compact light has every feature you need from a studio flash such as power, built-in receiver, slave mode, fast recycling time and flash durations. This LUMI II 400 portable flash head light is suitable for Home Studio, School, Portrait, Pet Photography and much more. Phottix G-Capsule The innovative G-Capsule light modifier series combines a traditional softbox with a shoot-through umbrella lantern and patented magnetic gel system for maximum versatility. *Stand and light sold separately. FLASH LIGHTING & MODIFIERS Code Brand Product 65371 Pixapro Lumi 200 65372 Pixapro Lumi 400 65356 Godox AD200 Pro 65301 Elinchrom Elinchrom One 65281 Phottix G-Capsule 65cm Round 65282 Phottix G-Capsule 85cm Round 65283 Phottix G-Capsule 105cm Round Description Mains Powered, 200Ws Single Head Mains Powered, 400Ws Single Head Battery Powered, upto 500 shots on one charge Battery Powered, up to 750 shots on one charge Multi Function Multi Function Multi Function Ex VAT Inc VAT 104.16 124.99 129.15 154.99 329.15 394.99 499.16 599.00 149.16 179.00 165.83 199.00 174.16 209.00 Use the G-Capsule as a traditional softbox with double diffusion or as a beauty dish thanks to the soft interior. Control your light with the honeycomb grid or attach the included light lantern for omnidirectional lighting. The G-Capsule features an S-Type Bowens/Godox mount. Elinchrom and Profoto mounts available separately. Background Paper Background Cloth Studio Accessories and Lamps Digital Colour INDEX 90 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Continuous Lighting | STUDIO EQUIPMENT | FLASHGUNS & ACCESSORIES Flashguns Flashgun Accessories Flash Lighting Flashguns and Accessories Copy Stands Background Support Systems Background Paper Nikon SB-700 Flashgun Versatile, easy-to-use Speedlight, compatible with Nikon FX and DX format SLR. Incredibly intuitive to operate, it boasts a range of advanced functions that make it simple to manage the quality and direction of light. Three illumination patterns provide total control over flash coverage and the easily accessible A:B mode enables wireless control of multiple flash units. · Versatile I-TTL (intelligent TTL) Speedlight compatible with FX and DX format SLRs, and the Nikon Creative Lighting System. · Multi-step power-zoom: covers a wide 24-120mm angle of view. · Intuitive operation: the large, easy-to-read LCD screen and conveniently placed controls make it easy to adjust settings. · Guide number: 38 (STD, FX-format, ISO 100, m, at 120mm). · Centre-weighted, Even and Standard illumination patterns can be selected to match the shooting situation at hand. · High-speed recycling time: approx. 2.5 seconds when using NiMH or alkaline batteries and approx. 3.5 seconds with lithium batteries. · A:B mode for quick wireless control: allows control of the light ratios of A and B group. Godox TT685 II Flashgun The Godox TT685II TTL Flashgun with built-in 2.4GHz Godox X-System Receiver and a variety of creative modes such as HighSpeed Sync (HSS) and Stroboscopic Multi-Burst. It caters to photographers capturing, portraits, events, fashion, sports, fitness. Its portability makes it particularly suitable for on-location shoots. The Godox TT685C II Flash is available for Canon, Nikon or Sony cameras. · Powered by 4x AA batteries · TTL auto exposure · Built-in 2.4GHz Godox X system receiver and transmitter · High-Speed Sync and Rear Curtain Sync modes · Stroboscopic Multi-flash mode · Auto-zoom feature · Approximately 330 full-powered flashes per set of batteries · 0.1-2.6s recycle times · USB Type-C port for firmware updates Flashgun Connections This handy group includes hot-shoe adaptors, leads and brackets to connect your flashgun to the camera securely and conveniently. Our most popular connections are the Kaiser 1300 for connecting studio flash units to cameras with a hot shoe contact via a flash shoe or connecting studio flash units via a sync cable. Their other adaptor, 1301, allows the firing of the flash via your camera's PC socket. Kenro KFL101 Flashgun The KFL101 features oncamera TTL, dual Nikon / Canon compatibility, highspeed synchronisation, S1 and S2 slave functions, fast recycle time, auto-zoom, a built-in diffusor, and plenty more. · Wireless master function: Canon wireless flash, Nikon command flash · Wireless slave function: Compatible with both Canon and Nikon Wireless Flash systems, wireless E-ETTL, and i-TTL off-camera flash, manual and multiflash system · Power supply: 4 AA batteries - Built-in power indicator (batteries not included) Dual compatibility: Universal hotshoe contact means the same flash head can be used with both Canon and Nikon cameras · High-speed synchronisation (up to 1/8000) TTL flash / Manual flash / Multi flash. · Slave functions: S1 and S2 · Included in the box: Flashgun with a case, diffusor, table stand and instruction manual. Pocket Wizard Flash Triggers To fire your flash wirelessly is an alternative to leads. The Pocket Wizard PlusX is the most straightforward radio trigger set ever. The PlusX is what's called a transceiver incorporating both transmitter and receiver. It is compatible with all standard channel PocketWizard transmitters and receivers, so it's the perfect companion for any existing kit but equally well-priced to be your first choice for a new radio-trigger set. Godox XPro II Triggers The GODOX XPro II 2.4GHz Trigger with App Control. The XPro II supports TTL autoexposure and High-Speed Sync (HSS), allowing flash usage at shutter speeds up to 1/8000s. With Bluetooth support, it can be seamlessly integrated with the Godox smartphone app, offering convenient flash control via your smartphone. This is especially useful when your camera's trigger is not easily accessible. Featuring a large screen, dedicated group buttons, and a user-friendly interface. This trigger is available for Canon, Nikon, Sony, and Fujifilm. · Works with X Wireless Radio System · Frequency: 2.4 GHz · Range: 328' · 32 Channels; 16 Groups; Wireless ID · Remote Power Control for Select Flashes · Backlit LCD Panel · High-Speed, 1st & 2nd Curtain Sync · 2.5mm Sync Port; USB Type-C Port · Bluetooth Connectivity FLASHGUNS Code Brand Product 25401 Canon 430EX III RT Speedlite 25408 Canon EL-100 Speedlite 25402 Kenro KFL101 Flashgun 26393 Nikon SB-700 Speedlight 25421 25422 25423 Godox Godox Godox TT685N II Flash for Nikon Cameras TT685C II Flash for Canon Cameras TT685F II Flash for Sony Cameras Description GN43, dedicated to all EOS and Canon digitals Wireless slave capability, manual zoom head, E-TTL II, E-TTL, TTL GN58, dedicated with most Canon/Nikon compatibility Versatile I-TTL (intelligent TTL) Speedlight compatible with FX and DX format SLRs, and the Nikon Creative Lighting System TT685II Speedlite boasts a zoom range span-ning from 20mm to 200mm. TT685II Speedlite boasts a zoom range span-ning from 20mm to 200mm. TT685II Speedlite boasts a zoom range span-ning from 20mm to 200mm. Ex VAT Inc VAT 249.17 299.00 149.17 179.00 74.16 89.00 249.16 299.00 114.16 136.99 114.16 136.99 114.16 136.99 FLASHGUN ACCESSORIES Code Brand Product 9072 Kaiser Flash Adaptor inc. Cable with PC Jack Plug 3.5mm, 1303 25601 Lastolite Off Camera Straight TTL Flash Cord Nikon, 3m 2425 26362 Kood Hot Shoe Slave Unit 26294 Kaiser Hot Shoe Flash Adaptor, 1300 26298 Kaiser Hot Shoe Flash Adaptor with cable, 1301 26321 Hama Straight Flash Lead, 6973, 3 metre 26328 Firstcall Straight Flash Lead, 6975, 10 metres 26359 Hama Folding Bracket Angle Bracket, 6831 55153 Pocket Wizard Plus X Twin Set 25461 Godox XPro II Nikon 25463 Godox XPro II Sony 25464 Godox XPro II FujiFilm 25462 Godox XPro II Canon Description For connecting flash to receivers of RC remote releases e.g. Pocket Wizard or Skyport Maintains full through the lens flash exposure control Remote trigger for hot shoe guns For connecting flash to cameras without PC socket For connecting flash to cameras without hot shoe PC plug to PC socket PC plug to PC socket For holding off-camera flash With a simple dial to select channels, the simplest to trigger a remote flash. Supports TTL auto-exposure and High-Speed Sync (HSS) Supports TTL auto-exposure and High-Speed Sync (HSS) Supports TTL auto-exposure and High-Speed Sync (HSS) Supports TTL auto-exposure and High-Speed Sync (HSS) Ex VAT Inc VAT 19.16 22.99 30.33 15.83 9.41 16.66 6.08 6.66 9.17 36.39 19.00 11.29 19.99 7.29 7.99 11.00 149.17 179.00 74.99 74.99 74.99 74.99 89.99 89.99 89.99 89.99 Background Cloth Studio Accessories and Lamps Digital Colour INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 91 Continuous Lighting Flash Lighting Flashguns and Accessories Copy Stands Background Support Systems | STUDIO EQUIPMENT | COPY STANDS Negative Supply Copy stands Known for its state-of-the-art scanning system, Negative Supply offer four copy-stand options. Unusually, they are referred to as "risers", but all work similarly to other manufacturers. Their Basic Riser Mini MK2 uses solid materials at an affordable price for entry-level users. It boasts bolted-on rubber feet for better dampening, features stainless steel hardware, integrated 1/420 camera mounting point, and adds a larger carbon composite foot for more rigidity and more. Dimensions: 9in x 9in x 17in (max riser height 16in) Their Basic Riser MK3 offers added height, rigidity, and a solid baseboard to work with a broader range of camera/ lens combinations and provide a more stable, rigid workflow: pro features at an introductory price. It is a capable copy stand for nearly any user, designed to support almost all popular camera and macro lens combinations. With a maximum riser height of 23 inches, the Basic Riser MK3 can scan 4x5 with up to ~70mm full-frame equivalent focal lengths, 120 film with over 100mm full-frame equivalent focal lengths and 35mm film with nearly any macro lens. It's designed to support systems from large DSLRs (ungripped) such as the Canon 5D series or Nikon D850, large mirrorless cameras such as the Leica SL and Panasonic S1 series. It works excellently with even smaller systems, such as the Fuji and Sony mirrorless systems. It will even support most digital medium format systems! Firstcall Copy stand 720WL Kaiser RS2 We offer a complete range of copy stands with or without lights. The best-selling 720 Copy stand is solid; the electrics are all UK-approved. The all-metal column and camera arm will support 35mm, medium format, video or digital cameras. The 18% grey baseboard will take up to 12 x 16 inches of artwork. You can adjust the metal lamps to any angle thanks to intelligent lighting arms that clamp onto the baseboard. It replaces our old model (920) but has a smaller column which moves up and down on a ratchet track. Included are the stand, lights and two x 100w bulbs. · Column height is 72cm · Maximum camera weight is 2kg · Baseboard: 40 x 48cm The RS2 XA has a 15.7 x 16.5-inch baseboard, and the column height is 31 inches. The non-reflective matt grey base board with printed fine grid helps align copying with a cm/inch scale. Matt-black, anodised aluminium section tube column with cm/inch scale matches the black lamps. It has a horizontally adjustable camera arm to change the distance to the column, which moves approximately. 7 cm (2.7 in.) back and forth. 1/4" mounting thread. Column folds down on baseboard. The accompanying 18w RB 218 HF Lighting unit is a high-frequency operating system. It includes two small light banks, each equipped with a cold light fluorescent lamp, tiltable and adjustable in height. The angle of the vertical arms is adjustable by the locking joint. They are mounted with strong die-cast clamp bases. · Clamp width 48 mm (1.9 in.) · Lamps: 2 x 18 watts 40kHz · Colour temperature: 5400 K Valoi Copy stand Technically, we sell the very affordable Valoi 360 Essential Copy Stand as an aid to scanning, but then all copystands can achieve this. · Point your camera down at the desk to allow for easy, optimised scanning · Quickly regulate the height of the stand with a simple lock and slide · Wide grip area for the head to hold the camera firmly · Large custom aluminium tripod screw for excellent ergonomics and a firm grip on your camera. · Wide area to allow space for your hands · Aluminium and construction provide stability while being affordable · Easy user-assembly The head of the stand is custom-made and specially designed for scanning. The shape of it supports the camera sturdily while providing a broad front, covered in rubber material, that grips onto the base of the camera to keep it from swinging. The wider front also allows for a large, custom-made for this stand, 40mm diameter tripod screw and for your hands to tighten it quickly. COPY STANDS Code Brand Product Description 9079 Kaiser RS2 XA Copystand & Lights (5411 and 5464) With 2x 18w 5400 K lights, includes adj. camera mount 9080 Kaiser RS1 Copystand & Lights (5510 & 5550) With 2x 27w 5600 K LED lights, includes RA1 camera mount 9081 Kaiser RS1 Copystand 5510 (no lights) Includes RA1 camera mount 9082 Kaiser RB 5020 DS2 LED Lighting Unit Two LED lights, 5600k, 2x 17w, 4300 lux 9095 Kaiser Book Copying Holder (K5771) Positions books perfectly for copying 25263 Firstcall Copystand 320 Budget copystand without lights 25264 Firstcall Copystand 500 Intermediate copystand without lights 25265 Firstcall Copystand 720WL Our great value copystand with lights, 200w 25266 Firstcall Copystand Spare Bulb, R80, 100w Spare lamp for our 720 copystand 12179 12187 Negative Supply Negative Supply Basic Riser MK3 c/w Steel Base NEW Basic Riser Mini MK2 NEW Metel entry level copy stand for camera scanning Basic copy stand for film scanning Ex VAT Inc VAT 700.00 840.00 1165.83 1399.00 499.17 599.00 583.33 699.99 349.17 419.00 28.33 34.00 54.17 65.00 133.33 159.99 10.49 12.59 249.17 299.00 157.50 189.00 Background Paper Background Cloth Studio Accessories and Lamps Digital Colour INDEX 92 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Continuous Lighting Flash Lighting Flashguns and Accessories Copy Stands | STUDIO EQUIPMENT | BACKGROUND SUPPORT SYSTEMS Lastolite Freestanding Background System Freestanding setups are often referred to as goalpost stands for apparent reasons and comfortably support your chosen paper or cloth material. They are also the cheapest and easiest way to support backgrounds in your studio. We recommend buying a set-up like those from Lastolite. These portable systems suit all backgrounds paper, cloth, and vinyl. Available as a half-width, full-width, or even telescopic roll option, they comprise two stands and a crossbar. Their full-width versions will take backgrounds up to 10 feet wide and drape from up to 8 feet high. Their kits include a free case to store the components. Choose 1108 for roll weights up to 5kg and 1128 for weights up to 13kg (like Vinyl). Lastolite Solo Background Support This ingenious design features a unique pivoting cross bar, making raising the background on the supports a much more natural and safer operation. Rather than stepby-step adjustments at each end of the support system, the new pivoting connectors allow for much more significant steps without making the whole structure unstable and unmanageable. The support is available as a 3m wide solution. It has a telescopic crossbar and a handy carry case that fits comfortably into a car. The neat thing is that the Solo Support Brackets are also available on their own, in a set of two, for use with most industry standard background support systems. The Solo Background Support consists of 2x Solo Support Brackets, 2x stands and 1x crossbar. Colorama Rolleasy Fixed Background Support Magnetic Background Support With Colorama Rolleasy, it is easy to manage your backgrounds. For use with a solid wall or ceiling mount system, this manual background roller system uses a detachable crank to raise and lower each background smoothly, which is then automatically locked in position. Only one person is needed to change rolls, unlike many other systems that need two. The Lastolite Magnetic Background Support lets photographers quickly and easily attach collapsible backgrounds with a steel rim to a traditional lighting stand. The unit can be ceiling or wall-mounted, according to choice. Both systems have brackets that hold up to four full-size backgrounds. We sell three starter kits for wall and ceiling use that come fully equipped with 2 or 3 rolls of paper. The unit comes equipped complete with stub ends and paper weight & cutters. If you are using vinyl, you will need a different configuration as vinyl users need an aluminium core, and the vinyl is pre-rolled onto the core at the time of order, so call us for a quote. Vinyl backgrounds 2.72m wide are only available in white and black colours. Colorama Rolleasy has no chains and no free-swinging parts and is well out of the way of studio operations when not in use, extending no more than 267mm (10.5") down from the mounting point. Reliable magnetic connectors grip the background in two positions, eliminating yaw and increasing stability. The support is designed to fit an industry-standard 5/8 spigot connector, making it compatible with most traditional lighting stands. The background can be attached to the support at a comfortable height. Switching backgrounds is quick and easy; pull one off and snap another on. Background Support Systems Background Paper Background Cloth Studio Accessories and Lamps Digital Colour NEW BACKGROUND ITEMS WILL BE ADDED TO OUR RANGE DURING 2024 CHECK WEBSITE FOR LATEST NEWCOMERS BACKGROUND SUPPORT SYSTEMS Code Brand Product 23511 Colorama Rolleasy Background System, Wall - 2 roll 23512 Colorama Rolleasy Background System, Ceiling - 2 roll 23551 Colorama Rolleasy Background System, Wall - 3 roll 23552 Colorama Rolleasy Background System, Ceiling - 3 roll 23513 Colorama Supplementary Unit inc Stub Roller for Rolleasy 23514 Colorama Paper Weight and Cutter 23515 Colorama Paper Brake (pair) 26236 Colorama Foam Paper Storage Roll Holder 26243 Lastolite Solo Background Support, 3m 26754 Lastolite Magnetic Background Support Kit - 1121 27027 Lastolite Background Support System & Bag - 1108 27028 Lastolite Background Support System & Bag - 1128 Description Complete kit for wall mounting 2 rolls up to 2.72m Ceiling mounting for 2 rolls up to 2.72m Complete kit for wall mounting 3 rolls up to 2.72m Ceiling mounting for 3 rolls up to 2.72m Needed to add an extra roll on support system Used to keep a straight edge on 2.72m paper roll Used to keep a straight edge on 2.72m paper roll Wall mounted brackets, holds 12 rolls of paper Faster & safer Maximum Payload 5kg, includes lighting stand & bag For backgrounds up to 3 metres in width, 5kg weight limit For backgrounds up to 3 metres in width, 13kg weight limit Ex VAT Inc VAT 950.00 1140.00 921.67 1106.00 1512.5 1815.00 1438.33 1726.00 284.17 341.00 76.67 15.83 47.50 274.17 137.50 192.50 221.67 92.00 19.00 57.00 329.00 165.00 231.00 266.00 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 93 INDEX Continuous Lighting | STUDIO EQUIPMENT | BACKGROUND PAPER The most popular background materials are paper, sold in rolls, and matched to the colour you want your background to appear in your studio shot. Flash Lighting Flashguns and Accessories Copy Stands Background Support Systems Background Paper Background Paper from Colorama and Lastolite Paper is the best choice when it comes to backgrounds because when it gets dirty, you rip it off the roll, ensuring you can shoot against a pristine surface for every shot. Colorama and Lastolite background paper rolls, made in the USA, are available in one length of 11 metres. However, Colorama offers the full range in two width choices 4.5 and 9 feet in a full range of colours. Colorama uses unusually robust and durable paper, coloured with aniline dyes, to guarantee complete fastness to light and faithful colour rendition. They are rolled onto a thick cardboard core; the background stays smooth and does not sag or crease. We can order any colour and stock the most popular, including blue and green Chromakey and Graduated PVC versions. To view an electronic swatch of the Colorama papers, please go to our website for the full selection in our Info. Section. Colorama PVC The choice of background can make the difference between an excellent result and a disappointing shot. Rainbow graduated backgrounds from Colorama punch extra life into your tabletop sets, still-life studies and package shots. There is no need for special lighting or gels - get professional results with the most straightforward lighting setups, even just daylight alone. Best of all, you can easily repeat the same effect time after time because the background is durable, wipe down PVC. Colorama's sheets offer dramatic effects. Each version smoothly blends two or more colours in a background of 1.1 x 1.7 metres (approximately 43" x 67") and is available in five different colour options. BACKGROUND PAPER AND PVC Code Brand Product 26216 Colorama Background Paper Arctic White 1.35 x 11m 26217 Colorama Background Paper Arctic White 2.72 x 11m 26220 Colorama Background Paper Polar White 1.35 x 11m 26221 Colorama Background Paper Polar White 2.72 x 11m 26222 Colorama Background Paper Urban Grey 1.35 x 11m 26231 Colorama Background Paper Urban Grey2.72 x 11m 26223 Colorama Background Paper Black 1.35 x 11m 26224 Colorama Background Paper Black 2.72 x 11m 26185 Colorama Background Paper Cherry Red 2.72 x 11m 26197 Colorama Background Paper Quartz 1.35 x 11m 26198 Colorama Background Paper Quartz 2.72 x 11m 26199 Colorama Background Paper Mist Grey 2.72 x 11m 26227 Colorama Background Paper China Blue 1.35 x 11m 26228 Colorama Background Paper China Blue 2.72 x 11m 26179 Colorama Background Paper Chromakey Blue 1.35 x 11m 26180 Colorama Background Paper Chromakey Blue 2.72 x 11m 26182 Colorama Background Paper Chromakey Green 2.72 x 11m 26184 Colorama Background Paper Chromakey Green 1.35 x 11m 26230 Colorama Background Graduated PVC 303 Smoke to White 26232 Colorama Background Graduated PVC 316 Aqua to White 26233 Colorama Background Graduated PVC 315 Sky to White 26235 Colorama Background Graduated PVC 301 Black to White 26241 Colorama Background Graduated PVC 312 Bluebell to White 27247 Lastolite Paper Roll, Super White, 1.37 x 11m 9101 27250 Lastolite Paper Roll, Super White, 2.75 x 11m 9001 27248 Lastolite Paper Roll, Black, 1.37 x 11m 9120 27259 Lastolite Paper Roll, Black, 2.75 x 11m 9020 27254 Lastolite Paper Roll, Wine, 2.75 x 11m 9006 27255 Lastolite Paper Roll, Red, 2.75 x 11m 9008 27256 Lastolite Paper Roll, Arctic Grey, 2.75 x 11m 9012 27262 Lastolite Paper Roll, Flint, 2.75 x 11m 9026 27272 Lastolite Paper Roll, White, 2.75 x 11m 9050 27273 Lastolite Paper Roll, Ivory, 2.75 x 11m 9051 27274 Lastolite Paper Roll, Pebble Grey, 2.75 x 11m 9075 27278 Lastolite Paper Roll, Regal Blue, 2.75 x 11m 9065 27280 Lastolite Paper Roll, Chromakey Green, 2.75 x 11m 9073 Description Half width Full width Half width Full width Half width Full width Half width Full width Full width Half width Full width Full width Half width Full width Half width Full width Full width Half width 1.1 x 1.7m sheet 1.1 x 1.7m sheet 1.1 x 1.7m sheet 1.1 x 1.7m sheet 1.1 x 1.7m sheet Half width Full width Half width Full width Full width Full width Full width Full width Full width Full width Full width Full width Full width 94 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Ex VAT 45.83 74.17 45.83 74.17 45.83 74.17 45.83 74.17 74.17 45.83 74.17 74.17 45.83 74.17 45.83 74.17 74.17 45.83 74.17 74.17 74.17 74.17 74.17 48.33 64.17 48.33 64.17 64.17 64.17 64.17 64.17 64.17 64.17 64.17 64.17 64.17 Inc VAT 55.00 89.00 55.00 89.00 55.00 89.00 55.00 89.00 89.00 55.00 89.00 89.00 55.00 89.00 55.00 89.00 89.00 55.00 89.00 89.00 89.00 89.00 89.00 58.00 77.00 58.00 77.00 77.00 77.00 77.00 77.00 77.00 77.00 77.00 77.00 77.00 Background Cloth Studio Accessories and Lamps Digital Colour INDEX Continuous Lighting Flash Lighting | STUDIO EQUIPMENT | BACKGROUND CLOTHS, POP-UPS AND VINYL A cloth curtain or pop-up form is an attractive alternative to background paper. Although more expensive to buy initially, most fabrics can be machine-washed and last much longer. Of course, you could always make your own from cotton muslin, but the manufactured ones all come pre-sewn with a loop for the background crossbar to thread through. Both Interfit and Lastolite cloth backgrounds fit standard background pole systems. Pop-Up Backgrounds The range of Lastolite Pop-Up Backgrounds covers all creative photo-taking opportunities. They come in a standard (6 x 7 feet) and are exceptionally well made in the UK. Foldable into the circular bag, which is included in the price, the backgrounds are then tied with Velcro tapes when attached to the (optional) Magnetic stand to make them free-standing. The Lastolite pop-up backgrounds are crease-resistant and come in larger sizes (some in a particular order). Interfit Background Cloths Interfit's range of quality material backgrounds improves any portrait studio shoot. Their range of plain colour muslins is washable and includes a stuff bag, a non-reflective surface treatment for better reproduction, and a crossbar pocket on one edge. Available in two sizes, 2.9m x 3.0m and 2.9m x 6.0m, you should find they will look as good as new throughout years of use. With these cotton muslin cloths, you should use the Lastollite 1108 support stand. We only have a few colours left in stock now since Interfit withdrew from the UK market in 2023. Flashguns and Accessories Copy Stands Background Support Systems Lastolite Super White Vinyl Roll You can use Lastolite's wipe-clean Superwhite vinyl background over and over again. Just wipe away any dirt or footprints at the end of your shoot, then roll it back up, ready for next time! It could not be easier. Supplied on a roll the same width as our standard paper backgrounds (2.75m), the Superwhite vinyl can easily be suspended using the Lastolite 1108 background support system (page 91). It is excellent for high key photography. Colormatt PVC Small Sheet Backgrounds If you want a small sheet (100 x 130cm) of coloured PVC for that particular shot, then Colorama offers Colormatt sheets. Available in nine different colours, each set of PVC provides a smooth matt surface (one version is gloss). They are handily packed in cardboard tubes for transit protection and are water-resistant. Background Paper Background Cloth Studio Accessories and Lamps Lastolite Panoramic Backgrounds Cloths Photography, mainly if you are in a school or college, often involves taking group photographs. Trying to get more than three people successfully posed in the width of 2.72-metre backgrounds is almost impossible. Lastolite has solved this problem by developing an ultra-wide Panoramic Background. Like their other backgrounds, it is crease- free and collapsible using its three-panel aluminium framework. Creating a functional self-supporting wraparound structure in three colours of Black, White and Chromakey Green, each one is 4 metres wide and 2.35m high, and a single person can assemble them. Each kit neatly folds down into its case for compact storage. BACKGROUND CLOTH, POP-UP AND VINYL Code Brand Product 27446 Colorama Colorgloss 100x130cm Background, 1309, Super White 27447 Colorama Colormatt 100x130cm Background, 9700, Coal 27448 Colorama Colormatt 100x130cm Background, 9010, Dove Grey 27449 Colorama Colormatt 100x130cm Background, 5047, Electric 27450 Colorama Colormatt 100x130cm Background, 6900, Navy 27451 Colorama Colormatt 100x130cm Background, 4550, Poppy 27452 Colorama Colormatt 100x130cm Background, 6400, Royal Blue 27453 Colorama Colormatt 100x130cm Background, 9270, Slate 27454 Colorama Colormatt 100x130cm Background, 7100, Spring Green 27455 Colorama Colormatt 100x130cm Background, 1309, Super White 26738 Interfit INT 515S Washable Background Cloth Black 26739 Interfit INT 515L Washable Background Cloth Black 26740 Interfit INT 525S Washable Background Cloth Chromakey Green 26741 Interfit INT 525L Washable Background Cloth Chromakey Green 26754 Lastolite Magnetic Background Support Kit - 1121 27064 Lastolite Collapsible Background, M, Black & White - 5921 27065 Lastolite Collapsible Background, L, Black & White - 6921 27436 Lastolite Panoramic Background, 4m, Black - 7621 27437 Lastolite Panoramic Background, 4m, Green - 7622 27440 Lastolite Panoramic Background, 4m, White - 7623 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com Ex VAT 19.17 19.17 19.17 19.17 19.17 19.17 19.17 19.17 19.17 19.17 40.83 74.17 40.83 74.17 137.5 189.17 249.99 555.83 464.17 555.83 Inc VAT 23.00 23.00 23.00 23.00 23.00 23.00 23.00 23.00 23.00 23.00 49.00 89.00 49.00 89.00 165.00 227.00 299.99 667.00 557.00 667.00 95 Digital Colour INDEX Continuous Lighting | STUDIO EQUIPMENT | Flash Lighting Flashguns and Accessories Copy Stands Background Support Systems Meters Good photographers should use a light meter when they want to be absolutely sure of the light readings to apply to their camera settings. The Sekonic L-308X Flashmate is our best-seller as it's the ideal all-in-one light meter for studio and on-location photographers and is the smallest and lightest digital light meter in the Sekonic range. It offers both ambient and flash lighting exposure control for photographers as well as being suitable for video with its dedicated Cine and HD Cine modes. It can handle direct and reflected light exposure measurements in increments of full, half or third stops when using digital or film cameras. It also has an extensive metering range from 0 to 19.9 EV at ISO 100, and its flash range is f/1.0 to f/90.9 at ISO 100. Its accuracy rating is <0.1 EV on repeat exposures, and when set to the whole stop mode, you view the exposures in steps of 1/10th of a stop. Filmomat PhotoPlug PhotoPlug Shutter-Speed Tester Is your shutter speed correct when you take your photo? Well, with the new PhotoPlug Shutter Speed tester, you can make sure it is. This app-based accessory is a small device that fits the headphone jack of your iPhone or Android smartphone. It converts light into electrical signals, which are transferred to the phone via the microphone input. To make a measurement, you have to open the camera back, point the camera towards a bright light source and position the PhotoPlug behind the camera. A graphic in the Shutter Speed App will show a peak when the shutter opens and another when it closes. The time between the two extremes is the shutter speed. Lamps We are one of the few one-stop sources for replacement studio lamps. We continue to stock most of the lamps we've ever sold for use with lighting outfits, old and new. Increasingly, this is proving difficult for a variety of reasons, including the EU ban on tungsten lamps and manufacturers like Interfit going out of business. If you need a replacement lamp that is not listed opposite, we'll try our hardest to obtain it. STUDIO ACCESSORIES Code Brand Product LAMPS 6001 Lamps Daylight Bulb, 240V/100W BC 6002 Lamps Daylight Bulb, 240V/100W, Screw fit INTERFIT REPLACEMENT LAMPS 26078 Interfit INT 034 Helix 240v 30w 6400K E27 T3 Fluorescent 26068 Interfit INT 036 Halogen Bulb 1000W 240V 26069 Interfit 65027 Interfit 65028 Interfit 65029 Interfit 65116 Paterson INT 038 Modelling Lamp JDD75WE14 INT 499 Modelling Lamp for Stellar INT 515 Modelling Lamp for EXD200 INT 516 Modelling Lamp 75w 240v JD G5.3 PATERSON REPLACEMENT LAMPS LIT006 Lamp, 135w 65115 Paterson LIT007 Lamp, 70w 65114 Paterson LIT008 Lamp, 30w 65117 Paterson 25564 Lamps 26565 Lamps 26521 Lamps 26514 Lamps 26541 Lamps 23003 Lamps 23002 Lamps 26529 Lamps 17021 Sekonic 17022 Sekonic 65017 Interfit 26183 Delta 65123 Paterson 65124 Paterson 65125 Paterson 26244 Interfit 26245 Interfit 26249 Interfit 65120 Paterson 27067 Lastolite 27068 Lastolite 65015 Interfit 26239 Interfit 26293 Hama 39129 Filmomat 65018 Interfit LIT400 Lamp, 3300 lumens (500w) TUNGSTEN STUDIO REPLACEMENT LAMPS P1/1 BC Bayonet Photoflood lamp, 240v 275w P1/1 ES Screw Photoflood lamp, 240V 275w P2/1 BC Bayonet Photoflood lamp, 240V 500w P2/1 ES Screw Photoflood lamp, 240V 500w P2/13 Studio lamp, 240v 800w Photolux Halostar 64480 Modelling Lamp, E27, 250w Super Leuci Modelling Lamp, 100w Fluorescent ES Lamp, 240V 85w (8036) LIGHT METERS & METERING L-208 Twinmate Flashmate L-308X Light Meter INT 410 Flashmeter Gray Card, 8 x 10", with Zone System Guide UMBRELLAS & SOFTBOXES Brolly, LIT310 Translucent Umbrella, 36" Brolly, LIT311 White Reflective Umbrella, 36" Brolly, LIT313 Silver/Black Reflective Umbrella, 36" U3TRSI Translucent/Silver Convertible Umbrella, 36" U4TRSI Translucent/Silver Convertible Umbrella, 43" UP3SI Parabolic Silver Convertible Umbrella, 41" Softbox, LIT319, Heat Resistant REFLECTORS Collapsible Reflector Silver/White, 50cm 2031 Collapsible Reflector Silver/White, 75cm 3031 INT 274 Reflector Bracket 5-in-1 Reflector Set 107cm (42") REF5142 OTHER ACCESSORIES Tripod Flashgun Adaptor, 6959 PhotoPlug Shutter-Speed tester INT 412 Single Channel Radio System Set Description Helps assess colour prints Helps assess colour prints 30w daylight bulb for all Cool Lite heads Replacement lamp 1000 Watt for HL1000 & Stellar X Halogen (INT 189) 75w / 100w self-replacement modelling lamp for EX150 fits all Interfit Stellar units, 150w 60w self-replacement for EX150 Mk1 and EXD200 Self-replacement for Interfit (F121 INT900 & INT905) Studio Lights For LIT110 and LIT200/1 Lights, daylight balanced, 675w output Replacement Lamp for LIT110, daylight balanced, 350w output Replacement Lamp for LIT110, daylight balanced, 150w output LED replacement lmap for 500w tungsten or daylight heads 240v 275w 240V 275w 240V 500w Replacement for Tungsten Heads 240V 500w Replacement for Tungsten Heads Fits Redhead tungsten lamps Replacement modelling lamp for most Bowen heads (halogen lamp) Replacement modelling lamp for Elinchrom, Prolinca, Lastolite 240V 85w screw alternative for tungsten heads Smallest incident and reflected, fits on camera Best-selling, all-in-one light meter Good value, incident and reflected, in 1/3 stops Determines exposure, 18% grey card For use with all lights tungsten or daylight For use with all lights tungsten or daylight For use with all lights tungsten or daylight 90cm 109cm 105cm 60 x 90cm for use with tunsgten lights like LIT100 Reversible, collapses to 1/3 of its original size Reversible, collapses to 1/3 of its original size Fantastic arm and bracket for Interfit reflectors Offers convenient options for photographers and videographers to affect the color and quality of the light. Mount your flashgun to any tripod screw on your tripod The worlds first and only optical Shutter-Speed Tester Good value, transmitter and receiver for all Interfit studio lights Ex VAT Inc VAT 3.16 3.79 2.91 3.49 13.12 16.62 15.74 19.94 8.46 10.15 7.48 8.97 7.47 8.97 5.83 6.99 35.56 42.67 18.90 22.68 10.50 12.60 40.00 48.00 3.50 4.20 3.50 4.20 9.58 11.50 8.25 9.90 8.93 10.71 5.94 7.13 7.14 26.79 8.57 32.15 99.17 182.50 45.83 11.66 119.00 219.00 55.00 13.99 16.10 17.85 17.85 15.00 14.16 24.99 39.38 19.32 21.42 21.42 18.00 16.99 29.99 47.25 29.17 48.33 24.16 33.33 35.00 58.00 28.99 40.00 8.08 30.83 33.33 9.69 36.99 39.99 Background Paper Background Cloth Studio Accessories and Lamps Digital Colour INDEX 96 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Continuous Lighting Flash Lighting Flashguns and Accessories Copy Stands DIGITAL COLOUR MANAGEMENT A further benefit of Fisrtcall joining the LUMESCA Group is the wealth of experience and expanded product range this brings in the area of digital colour control. NEW Just as analogue photography requires a precise approach to developer/fixer times and temperature, digital imagery has its own areas to be controlled. Every camera and scanner sensor is different and changes with age and environment. The same is true of every monitor, projector and printer. A further consideration is the colour settings of image capture and editing applications, along with viewing conditions if comparing a computer screen against a product or print. Camera calibration a universally standard chart, the Calibrite ColorChecker Classic (24 patch), or Calibrite ColorChecker Digital SG chart (140 patch), is photographed and loaded into Calibrite software (free for use with supported charts) which compares the colour patch values in the chart image to reference values in the software. The charts include a range of neutrals, primary, secondary and other key colours, from which a camera profile can be created and used. The profile is applied to correct colours in all images captured under the same conditions. For best results, the process should be repeated at the start of each session or change of environment. Display calibration Monitors and projectors can be calibrated with a Calibrite device, such as the Display Pro HL. Your monitor/projector brightness and temperature is meassured first, and set to the desired values. Following this a sequence of colours are displayed and measured. The values are compared to reference values in the software. From this a colour profile is created, stored in the computer system and used for the active monitor. This process can be repeated on multiple monitors even on the same computer and the system remembers which profile is for which monitor. Monitors change with age and it is generally recommended to repeat the process every 2-4 weeks. Printer calibration A similar process to display calibration, but a colour sequence is printed and a Calibrite Studio device is used to measure the colour sequence from the paper. The results are saved as a printer profile which is applied in the print driver. A different calibration is required for each paper type and the process needs repeating every few months as print conditions change with age/usage. We are pleased to represent Calibrite, the leading brand in colour management · Camera ColorChecker charts for input calibration · Monitor/Projector Calibrite Display range of calibration devices · Printer/Monitor/Projector - Calibrite Studio device · Viewing Calibrite GrafiLite for viewing prints, swatches and product This is complimented by our range of printers (p72-73), and digital cameras (p78). All devices in the Calibrite Display range include Calibrite PROFILER software, with easy to use presets, advanced options and help. See further product and Calibrite PROFILER software details at www.calibrite.com Additionally, our LUMESCA Group technical services department offers a comprehensive range of colour management training and calibration services 0121 684 1234 (option #3). | STUDIO EQUIPMENT | Background Support Systems Background Paper Background Cloth Studio Accessories and Lamps Digital Colour CALIBRITE Code Product 35001 ColorChecker Clasic 35002 ColorChecker Passport Photo 2 35003 35004 35005 35006 35007 ColorChecker Classic Mini ColorChecker Digital SG ColorChecker Gray Ballance ColorChecker 3 Step Grayscale Display 123 35008 Display SL 35009 Display Pro HL 35010 Display Plus HL 35011 35012 ColorChecker Studio GrafiLite Description Classic 24 patch camera calibration chart (A4) Classic 24 patch Mini chart combined with warming/cooling chart, white-balance and grey balance, in a protective rigid plastic pocket size case (approx 12.5 x 9cm) Classic 24 patch chart in a Mini size (approx 6.5 x 11cm) 140 patch digital camera calibration chart (A4) 18% Grey Balance Chart (A4) Black, 18% Grey, and White Camera Chart (A4) Display Calibrator The simplest and easiest way to colour correct your monitor Display Calibrator Perfect for amateur photographers or those new to colour management Display Calibrator Professional calibration for demanding creatives Display Calibrator Precision calibration for demanding creatives with the latest display technology Printer and Display Calibrator includes Mini ColorChecker for camera calibration Desktop Vieiwng Lamp with 3 intensities and 3 temperatures (5000K, 4000K, 2700K) Ex VAT 70.00 103.33 57.50 295.00 53.33 70.00 90.83 131.00 191.00 249.00 435.00 157.50 Inc VAT 84.00 124.00 69.00 354.00 64.00 84.00 109.00 157.20 229.20 298.80 522.00 189.00 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 97 INDEX Film & Film Processing Print & Print Processing | INDEX | 3M Adhesives....................................................................60 35mm Black and White Film........................................... 4, 5 35mm Colour Slide Film...................................................10 120 and Sheet Colour Slide Film.......................................10 120 Black and White Film .................................................. 6 120 Colour Print Film.......................................................... 9 7700 VCCE Multicontrast...................................................67 A | B | C Adox Adofile Polypropolyene Photo Books...................... 58 Adox Adofix Plus................................................................46 Adox Adonal Film Developer (Rodinal formula)................13 Adox Filters........................................................................80 Adox Lupex Silver Chloride Contact Paper.........................42 Adox P Universal Fixer.......................................................46 Adox Starter Developing Kit..............................................27 Ago Film Processor............................................................31 Alternative Photographic Processes..................................37 Alternative Processes from LabOldTech ............................50 Analogue Books.................................................................37 Ansmann Lithium-Ion DSLR Charger.................................83 AP Developing Tanks......................................................... 28 AP Safelight.......................................................................64 AP Slide Storage Case........................................................21 AP Slide Viewer 35mm Auto..............................................36 Ars Imago Analogue Photography....................................37 Ars-Imago Lab-Box Daylight Film Developing Tank........... 30 Artifex Sheet Film Developing Tanks................................. 31 Background Cloths, Pop-Ups and Vinyl............................. 95 Background Paper.............................................................94 Background Paper from Colorama and Lastolite...............94 Background Support Systems...........................................93 Basic 35mm Film Scanning Kit.........................................23 Bellini E6...........................................................................18 Bellini Eco Print Developer................................................43 Bellini Hydroquinone........................................................51 Bellini Potassium Bromide................................................51 Bellini Sodium Carbonate.................................................51 Benbo Tripod, Trekker Mk 3, Kit.........................................82 Bergger Papers..................................................................41 Beseler Besfile Storage Box...............................................22 Beseler Borderless Easels..................................................68 Beseler Cadet II.................................................................66 Beseler Printmaker 35.......................................................66 Beseler Printmaker 67VC..................................................67 Binders for Film Storage....................................................22 Black and White 35mm Film............................................... 4 Black and White Film Developers......................................12 Black and White Paper.......................................................38 Black and White Paper Chemicals.....................................43 Budget Black and White Film.............................................. 5 Bulk 35mm Black and White Film....................................... 6 Bulk Film Accessories........................................................34 Calibrite Colour Management........................................97 Calotherm Cloth and Spray...............................................86 Camera Accessories...........................................................85 Camera cleaning...............................................................86 Camera Colour Calibration................................................97 Camera Memory................................................................84 Camera Power...................................................................83 Canon EF-S 18-55 mm f/4-56 IS STM................................79 Canon EF-S 55-250mm IS STM 4-56.................................79 Canon EOS 850D...............................................................78 Canon EOS 2000D.............................................................78 Canon EOS M50 Mark II....................................................78 Canon EOS Remote Switch RS-60 E3.................................85 Canon Inkjet Cartridges.....................................................56 Canon Inkjet Printers.........................................................73 Canon & Nikon Chargers for under £13............................83 Canon PIXMA PRO-200S Photo Printer.............................73 Canon PROGRAF PRO-300 Photo Printer..........................73 Canon PROGRAF PRO-1000 Photo Printer........................73 Canson, Epson, Permajet and Firstcall Media.............. 5254 Card Readers.....................................................................84 Champion Amfix..........................................................15, 46 Cheapest Stop Bath.....................................................14, 45 CineStill BwXX Black and White.......................................... 4 CineStill CS Temperature Control System.......................... 18 CineStill DF 96 Monobath Developer & Fixer....................13 ClearFile Archival Plus Negative Storage...........................20 ClearFile Archival Plus Print Storage..................................57 Clearfile Archival Plus Slide Pages.....................................21 ClearFile Crystal Clear Bags...............................................58 Clearfile Padded Storage Sheet Binder.............................22 ClearFile Print Boxes..........................................................58 ClearFile Print Protectors...................................................57 Clearfile Ultimate Portfolio Archive Storage Box...............22 Clearing and Wetting Agents............................................16 Colorama PVC....................................................................94 Colorama Rolleasy Fixed Background Support.................93 ColorChecker Charts..........................................................97 Colour Film C41 and ECN2 Chemicals..............................18 Colour Film C41 Chemicals...............................................17 Colour Film E6 Chemicals..................................................18 Colour Paper Chemicals....................................................42 Colour Print Film................................................................. 8 Colour RA4 Paper..............................................................42 Compact Flash & SD Memory Cards..................................84 Condor 2 Blade Easel........................................................68 Continuous Flash...............................................................91 Copy Stands.......................................................................92 Cyanotype Pretreated Fabric Sheets..................................47 Cyanotype Printing............................................................47 D | E | F Darkroom Safe Lighting....................................................64 Delta Photo Blotter Dryer Book..........................................71 Delta Projection Print Calculator Scale..............................70 Densitometers................................................................... 34 Deville Photolav Washer....................................................71 Dial Thermometer.............................................................. 32 Digital SLR Cameras..........................................................78 Digital Timers.................................................................... 33 Display Calibration Devices...............................................97 Dry Mounting Tissue.......................................................... 59 Dubblefilm.......................................................................... 8 Eco-friendly Stainless Steel Tanks and accessories............ 29 Economical Machine Processing Kit for the 2150XL.........44 Elinchrom One...................................................................90 Encapsulite Darkroom Safelight Fluorescent Tube............ 64 Epson Expression Photo XP-15000 Photo Printer, A3+.....72 Epson Inkjet Cartridges.....................................................55 Epson Inkjet Paper.............................................................53 Epson Inkjet Printers.........................................................72 Epson Perfection Scanners................................................70 Epson SureColor SC-P700 Photo Printer...........................72 Epson SureColor SC-P900 Photo Printer...........................72 Everyday Inkjet Photo Paper..............................................52 Experimental Photography: A Handbook of Techniques...37 Extension Tubes................................................................. 80 Film Cameras.....................................................................74 Film Carrier........................................................................25 Film Cleaning....................................................................19 Film Clips...........................................................................35 Film Developing Tanks...................................................... 28 Film Development Starter Kits..........................................27 Film Fixers.........................................................................15 Film Openers and Retrievers............................................ 34 Film Processing Accessories...............................................32 Film Processing Chemicals................................................12 Film Scanners..............................................................2325 Film Stop Bath...................................................................14 Film Storage......................................................................20 Film Washing and Drying..................................................35 Finger Ring Mount............................................................87 Firstcall Baryta Fineart 310gsm.........................................54 Firstcall Cap Keeper...........................................................80 Firstcall Changing Bag.......................................................28 Firstcall Cleaning and Maintenance Kits...........................86 Firstcall Copystand 720WL................................................92 Firstcall Exhibition Cotton Gloss........................................54 Firstcall Filter Wrench........................................................80 Firstcall Lens Hoods...........................................................80 Firstcall Light Panels..........................................................36 Firstcall Matt InkJet Paper.................................................52 Firstcall Mounting Board...................................................59 Firstcall Printing-Out Paper................................................47 Firstcall Red Safelight Bulb................................................64 Firstcall Ultra Smooth Gloss...............................................54 Fixer................................................................................... 15 Fixer Tablets....................................................................... 46 Flashgun Accessories.........................................................88 Flashgun Connections.......................................................88 Flashguns.......................................................................... 88 Flash Triggers..................................................................... 88 Foam Centred Board......................................................... 59 Foma Blue Toner................................................................ 49 FomaPan 100 120............................................................... 7 FomaPan Film...................................................................... 5 Foma Reversal Kit..............................................................18 Fotospeed Argyrotype Kit..................................................50 Fotospeed DY10 B & W Dye Kit..........................................61 Fotospeed DY 15 Colour Retouching Dye Kit.................... 61 Fotospeed FC50 Film Cleaner...........................................19 Fotospeed Fine Art.............................................................54 Fotospeed Liquid Emulsion...............................................50 Fotospeed Paper................................................................52 Fotospeed PD5 Print Developer........................................43 Fotospeed Proofing InkJet Paper......................................53 Fotospeed Salt Printing Kit................................................50 Fotospeed Toner Kits......................................................... 49 Frisk Spray Adhesive..........................................................60 Fuji Crystal Archive RA-4 Paper..........................................42 Fujifilm USB Multi-Card Reader........................................84 Fuji Instax Instant Film......................................................11 Fuji Slide Film....................................................................10 FX-39 Film Developer........................................................13 G | H | I | J | K Graded Paper.....................................................................38 GrafiLite Calibrite desktop vieiwng lamp........................97 Godox Continuous Lighting..............................................89 Godox Flash Lighting.........................................................90 Godox Triggers................................................................... 91 Gudy 802 Self Stick Adhesive Roll.....................................60 Hama 35in1 USB 20 Multi-Card Reader.......................... 84 Hama Air Duster................................................................19 Hama Star Tripods ............................................................. 81 Hama Terra 130 Camera Bag............................................. 85 Hama Traveller 117 Ball Tripod......................................... 81 Hama Traveller TAR Duo Tripod.......................................... 81 Hama Tripods..................................................................... 81 Hama Universal Remote for Canon and Nikon................. 85 Handmade Portfolio Books from Daler..............................58 Harman's Direct Positive FB Paper.....................................41 Harman Titan Pinhole Camera........................................... 77 Heiland Complete College Darkroom Lighting.................65 Heiland LED Darkroom Safelight.......................................65 Heiland LED Small Safelight..............................................65 Holga 120........................................................................ 75 HP5 Single Use Camera....................................................75 Hydra Developer Cleaners.................................................86 Ilford Bromophen Print Developer....................................44 Ilford Educational Filter Set...............................................40 Ilford Harman Warmtone Print Developer........................43 Ilford Ilfosol 3 and Fotospeed FD10..................................12 Ilford Multigrade Filter Sets...............................................40 Ilford Multigrade Print Developer.....................................43 Ilford Multigrade RC DELUXE Paper..................................38 Ilford Obscura Pinhole Camera Kit....................................77 Ilford Rapid and Hypam..............................................15, 46 Ilford Sprite 35-II Camera with Flash.................................75 inkAID Print On Any Surface............................................48 InkJet Cartridges.........................................................5556 Interfit Background Cloths................................................95 Intrepid 4x5 Dark Cloth.....................................................76 Intrepid 4x5 Enlarger Kik MK2..........................................67 Intrepid 4x5 Lens Boards...................................................76 Intrepid 5x4 DeVere Enlarger Conversion Kit....................68 Intrepid Black Edition 4x5.................................................76 Intrepid Cameras...............................................................76 Photographic Equipment Studio Equipment INDEX 98 www.Firstcall-Photo.com | CHECK ONLINE FOR CURRENT PRICING AND SPECIAL OFFERS Film & Film Processing Print & Print Processing Intrepid Compact Enlarger................................................66 Jacquard Cyanotype Set....................................................47 Jacquard Pinata Inks.........................................................51 Jacquard Pinata Inks.........................................................61 Jacquard SolarFast............................................................48 Jobo 1500 Developing Tanks............................................ 29 Jobo 2500 Developing Tanks............................................ 29 Jobo 3000 Expert Developing Tanks................................. 29 Jobo Cascade Film Washer................................................35 Jobo CP Processors............................................................35 Kaiser LED Slimlite Plano Light Panels..............................36 Kaiser RS2.........................................................................92 Kaiser VP 6005..................................................................67 Kenro Air Duster................................................................19 Kenro Budget Video Tripod................................................ 81 Kenro KF101 Flashgun......................................................88 Kenro Lens Cleaner Spray..................................................86 Kenro Paper Negative Storage...........................................21 Kentmere VC Select...........................................................40 Kodak Beehive Safelight...................................................64 Kodak Ektachrome.............................................................10 Kodak Pixpro AZ425..........................................................79 Kodak Portra 160................................................................. 9 Kodak Portra 400 Sheet Film............................................... 9 Kood Black Straps..............................................................85 Kood Cable Releases.........................................................85 Kood Lens Caps..................................................................80 L | M | N Large Format Black and White Sheet Film........................... 7 Lastolite 1108 Stand.........................................................95 Lastolite Panoramic Backgrounds Cloths...........................95 Lastolite Solo Background Support...................................93 Lastolite Super White Vinyl Roll........................................95 LED Safelights....................................................................65 Lens Accessories................................................................80 Lenses................................................................................ 79 Lighting Stands.................................................................96 Light Proofing....................................................................62 Light Source Basic..............................................................26 Light Source Pro................................................................26 Lithable Paper from Foma.................................................41 Lithium-Ion DSLR Rechargeable Batteries.........................83 Loupes and film magnifiers...............................................34 Lumi Studio Flash..............................................................90 Maco Paper Negative Storage...........................................21 Maco Glassine Pages........................................................... 9 Measuring Graduates and Jugs........................................32 Mechanical Timer.............................................................. 33 Moersch Lith Developer.....................................................43 Mounting, adhesives and cutters...................................... 59 Multigrade Fibre Base.......................................................40 Multigrade for Pinhole in 3 x 3 and 4 x 5" Packs...............40 Multigrade RC Warmtone & Cooltone...............................38 Multigrade Resin Coated...................................................38 Neck Strap.........................................................................87 Negative Supply Basic 120 Film Scanning Unit................23 Negative Supply Film Scanners.........................................25 Negative Copy Stands.......................................................92 Nikon 10-20mm f45-56 G AF-P DX VR Nikkor................... 79 Nikon 70-300mm AF-P DX NIKKOR 70-300mm f/45-63G ED VR..................................................................79 Nikon D3300 ....................................................................78 Nikon ML-L3 Remote ........................................................85 Nikon SB-500 Flashgun.....................................................88 Nova FP Processor.............................................................35 Novatronic Water Heater...................................................18 Nova Water Heaters...........................................................35 O | P Odour Free Stop Bath..................................................14, 45 Odourless Fixer............................................................15, 46 Olmec RC Photo Premium Matte......................................53 On-Camera LED Lights ......................................................88 Paper Chemicals................................................................43 Paper Developers..............................................................43 Paper Fixers.......................................................................45 Paper Stop Bath.................................................................45 Paper Stop Baths and Fixers..............................................45 Paterson 35mm Film Tank................................................. 28 Paterson 2000D Enlarger Timer........................................ 69 Paterson Auto Print Washer...............................................71 Paterson Contact Printing Frames.....................................69 Paterson Darkroom Film & Print Kit...................................30 Paterson Deluxe Film Processing Kit.................................27 Paterson Developing Dishes.............................................70 Paterson Drying Rack.........................................................71 Paterson Film Developing Kit............................................27 Paterson Focus Finders......................................................70 Paterson High Speed Print Washer...................................71 Paterson & Kaiser Safelights..............................................64 Paterson Multi Reel Tanks.................................................. 28 Paterson RC Print Squeegee..............................................71 Paterson Single Sheet Easel..............................................68 Paterson Tungsten Umbrella & Softbox Kit........................ 91 Paterson Universal Condenser Enlarger............................66 Paterson Universal Film Tank............................................. 28 PEC-12 Film Cleaner..........................................................19 Peerless-Color Transparent Water Colours - Dry Book........ 61 Pentax K1000 c/w 50mm Lens..........................................74 Pentax ME Super c/w 50mm Lens.....................................74 Pentax P30/T c/w c/w 50mm Lens ..................................... 74 PermaJet Digital Transfer Film........................................... 49 PermaJet FB Mono Gloss Baryta 320................................54 Photo Chemicals................................................................16 Photocorners and Tabs...................................................... 59 Photographic Film............................................................... 4 Photolux LED Slide Viewer.................................................36 Photo Transfer Gel............................................................. 48 Phottix, G-Capsule, 65cm, 86cm, 105cm Round............... 90 Phottix Continuous Lighting.............................................89 Pinhole and 3D Cameras...................................................77 Pixma ip7250....................................................................56 Pixapro Continuous Lighting.............................................89 Plustek OpticFilm 8100.....................................................23 Plustek OpticFilm 8200i Ai................................................24 Polaroid Black and White Instant Film...............................11 Polaroid Instant Film.........................................................11 Polaroid Type 600 Instant Film.......................................... 11 Pop-Up Backgrounds.........................................................95 Pop Up Darkroom..............................................................62 Portfolio Books from Daler................................................58 Powder Developer.............................................................44 Powder Developers ID11 and D76....................................13 Praktica MTL3 c/w 50mm Lens..........................................74 Print Drying.......................................................................71 Printfile CP-1 Contact Printing Frame................................69 Printing from Colour Negatives.........................................42 Print Storage......................................................................57 Print Tongs......................................................................... 70 Pro 10s..............................................................................56 Pro 100s............................................................................56 Pro 200..............................................................................56 Prograf 300.................................................................56, 73 Prograf 1000...............................................................56, 73 Projection and viewing......................................................36 Pro Mount MK2.................................................................25 Pro Riser MK2....................................................................25 R | S R3000................................................................................ 55 Raw Photographic Chemicals............................................51 Rechargeable Batteries......................................................83 Reflecta Combo Album Scan Photo Scanner.....................24 Reflecta Film Scanner for Super 8 and Normal 8..............24 Reflecta proscan 10T Film Scanner.................................... 23 Reflecta x33-Scan Film Scanner.........................................23 Reflecta x66 Scan Film Scanner.........................................24 Reflectors........................................................................... 96 RETO3D Classic 35mm 3D Camera....................................77 Reto Ultra Wide Slim 35mm Camera................................75 Reveni Labs.......................................................................87 Reveni Labs Double Shoe Mount......................................87 Reveni Labs Hard Case......................................................87 | INDEX | Reveni Labs Spot Meter.....................................................87 Reveni Labs Sticky Shoe and Lanyard Mount....................87 RH Designs SafeTorch........................................................64 RH Designs Timer 3........................................................... 69 Rockland Colloid Tintype Kit.............................................. 50 Rockland Liquid Light Emulsion........................................50 Rollei Colorchem C-41.......................................................17 RolleiI Fix Ag Plus..............................................................46 Rollei RPN Eco Paper Developer........................................43 Rotatrim MCA3 Rotary Trimmer......................................... 60 Schneider and Rodenstock Enlarging Lenses....................68 SD Memory Cards & Compact Flash..................................84 Second Hand 35mm Film SLR...........................................74 Sheet Colour Print Film....................................................... 9 Sheet Film Developing Tanks............................................ 31 Sigma DC 105mm EX OS HSM Macro...............................79 Slide Mounts.....................................................................36 Slik GX640 3-Way..............................................................82 Slik GX640 Ball & Socket...................................................82 Slik GX640 Video...............................................................82 Slik Tripods - Extraordinary Value & Choice....................... 82 Sodium Fixers..............................................................15, 45 Specialist and Direct Papers..............................................41 Stearman Press Low Cost Sheet Film Developing Tanks....30 Storage Bottles..................................................................33 Stop Bath.....................................................................14, 45 Studio Panels.....................................................................89 Surecolor SC-P700.......................................................55, 72 Surecolor SC-P900.......................................................55, 72 T | U | W | Z Take Anywhere C41 Powder Kit.........................................17 Tetenal Cleaning Cloths and Sprays..................................19 The Photography Teacher's Handbook.............................. 37 Thermometers and Stirrers................................................32 The World's Smallest Light Meter......................................87 Timers................................................................................ 33 Traditional Film Camera Batteries......................................83 Tripods and Monopods......................................................81 Universal Developer..........................................................44 Valoi Negative Film Scanners......................................2425 Washi Film........................................................................... 5 Washing in the Darkroom.................................................63 Washi Paper Negative 4 x 5 Film......................................... 7 Washi X Colour Film............................................................ 8 Water Filtration..................................................................63 Zone Imaging Lab 510 Pyro..............................................12 Photographic Equipment Studio Equipment INDEX www.Firstcall-Photo.com | TELEPHONE 01823 413007 | sales@firstcall-photo.com 99 | INTRODUCTION | Film & Film Processing Print & Print Processing Photographic Equipment Studio Equipment INDEX 100 wwwwww..FFiirrssttccaalll--PPhhoottoo..ccoomm || CTHELEECPKHOONNLEIN0E18F2O3R4C13U0R0R7EN| TsaPlReIsC@INfirGstAcaNllD-pShPoEtoC.IcAoLmOFFERSAdobe InDesign 19.4 (Macintosh) Adobe PDF Library 17.0